Docstoc

1. Intake Manifold

Document Sample
1. Intake Manifold Powered By Docstoc
					2-7    [C1A0]        COMPONENT PARTS
1. Intake Manifold


1. Intake Manifold
A: 2200 cc MODELS




                                       H2M3531A




                            2
                                       COMPONENT PARTS                                         [C1A0] 2-7
                                                                                          1. Intake Manifold


(1)    Intake manifold gasket RH      (11)   Nipple                      Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(2)    Guide pin                      (12)   Intake manifold
                                                                            T1: 16±1.5 (1.6±0.15, 11.6±1.1)
(3)    Insulator A                    (13)   Intake manifold gasket LH
                                                                            T2: 23±3 (2.3±0.3, 16.6±2.2)
(4)    Insulator B                    (14)   Fuel pipe protector LH
                                                                            T3: 25±2 (2.5±0.2, 18.1±1.4)
(5)    Fuel injector                  (15)   Bracket RH
(6)    O-ring B                       (16)   Fuel pipe ASSY                 T4: 3.4±0.5 (0.35±0.05, 2.5±0.4)
(7)    O-ring A                       (17)   Bracket LH                     T5: 4.9±0.5 (0.5±0.05, 3.6±0.4)
(8)    Plug                           (18)   Fuel hose                      T6: 18.6±1.5 (1.9±0.15, 13.7±1.1)
(9)    PCV valve                      (19)   Clip
(10)   Purge control solenoid valve   (20)   Bracket




                                                         3
2-7    [C1B0]        COMPONENT PARTS
1. Intake Manifold


B: 2500 cc MODELS




                                       H2M3532A




                            4
                                           COMPONENT PARTS                                                  [C1B0] 2-7
                                                                                                       1. Intake Manifold


(1)    Intake manifold gasket RH          (15)   O-ring                               Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(2)    Fuel injector pipe                 (16)   Bracket LH
                                                                                         T1: 16±1.5 (1.6±0.15, 11.6±1.1)
(3)    Fuel injector                      (17)   Bracket RH
                                                                                         T2: 25±2 (2.5±0.2, 18.1±1.4)
(4)    O-ring                             (18)   Fuel pipe ASSY
                                                                                         T3: 2.0±0.4 (0.2±0.04, 1.4±0.3)
(5)    O-ring                             (19)   Fuel hose
(6)    O-ring                             (20)   Clip                                    T4: 18.6±1.5 (1.9±0.15, 13.7±1.1)
(7)    Plug                               (21)   Clip                                    T5: 4.9±0.5 (0.5±0.05, 3.6±0.4)
(8)    PCV valve                          (22)   Air assist injector solenoid valve      T6: 3.4±0.5 (0.35±0.05, 2.5±0.4)
(9)    Purge control solenoid valve       (23)   Air assist injector solenoid valve      T7: 6.4±0.5 (0.65±0.05, 4.7±0.4)
(10)   Nipple                                    bracket
(11)   Intake manifold                    (24)   Guide pin
(12)   Intake manifold gasket LH          (25)   Atmospheric pressure sensor
(13)   Fuel pipe protector LH                    bracket
(14)   Intake air temperature and pres-   (26)   Atmospheric pressure sensor
       sure sensor                        (27)   Bracket




                                                               5
2-7    [C2A0]                            COMPONENT PARTS
2. Air Intake System


2. Air Intake System
A: 2200 cc MODELS




                                                                                                          B2M2278A


(1)   Gasket                            (5) Intake manifold pressure sensor   Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(2)   Throttle position sensor          (6) Throttle body
                                                                                 T1: 2.2±0.2 (0.22±0.02, 1.6±0.1)
(3)   Gasket
                                                                                 T2: 6.0±0.8 (0.61±0.08, 4.4±0.6)
(4)   Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                                                 T3: 22±2 (2.2±0.2, 15.9±1.4)




                                                         6
                                        COMPONENT PARTS                          [C2B0] 2-7
                                                                         2. Air Intake System


B: 2500 cc MODELS




                                                                                      B2M3455A


(1)   Gasket                                              Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(2)   Throttle position sensor
                                                             T1: 2.0±0.4 (0.2±0.04, 1.4±0.3)
(3)   Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                             T2: 6.0±0.8 (0.61±0.08, 4.4±0.6)
(4)   Throttle body
                                                             T3: 19±5 (1.9±0.5, 13.7±3.6)




                                               7
2-7    [C300]                 COMPONENT PARTS
3. Air Cleaner


3. Air Cleaner




                                                                                               H2M2940A


(1)    Spacer                (11) Air cleaner case B               (19) Bush
(2)    Bush                  (12) Air cleaner case stay LH (MT     (18) Spacer
(3)    Air chamber                vehicles)
(4)    Cushion rubber        (13) Air cleaner case stay LH (AT     Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(5)    Air intake duct A          vehicles)                           T1: 33±10 (3.4±1.0, 25±7)
(6)    Air intake duct B     (14) Air cleaner case stay RH            T2: 6.4±0.5 (0.65±0.05, 4.7±0.4)
(7)    Holder                (15) Clamp                               T3: 7.4±2.0 (0.75±0.2, 5.4±1.4)
(8)    Air cleaner case A    (16) Intake air temperature sensor       T4: 14±4 (1.4±0.4, 10.1±2.9)
(9)    Clip                       (2200 cc models)                    T5: 16±5 (1.6±0.5, 11.6±3.6)
(10)   Air cleaner element   (17) Rubber holder (2200 cc models)




                                              8
                                  COMPONENT PARTS                                            [C400] 2-7
                                              4. Crankshaft Position, Camshaft Position and Knock Sensors


4. Crankshaft Position, Camshaft Position and Knock Sensors




                                                                                                    B2M2282B


(1) Crankshaft position sensor   (3) Camshaft position sensor           Tightening torque: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
(2) Knock sensor                 (4) Camshaft position sensor sup-
                                                                           T1: 6.4±0.5 (0.65±0.05, 4.7±0.4)
                                     port
                                                                           T2: 23.5±2.9 (2.4±0.3, 17.4±2.2)




                                                  9
2-7    [W1A0]                           SERVICE     PROCEDURE
1. Air Cleaner Case and Air Intake Duct


1. Air Cleaner Case and Air                              4) Remove air intake (A) and (B) as a unit.
Intake Duct
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                  B2M2012

                                                         5) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
                                                         ture sensor. (2200 cc models)

                                      G6M0095

2) Remove bolt which installs air intake duct (A)
on the front side of body.




                                                                                                  B2M2285

                                                         6) Loosen clamp which connects air cleaner case
                                                         to throttle body.

                                      H2M2930A

3) Remove bolt which installs air intake duct (B)
on body.




                                                                                                  B2M2286

                                                         7) Disconnect hoses from air cleaner case.
                                                         8) Remove bolts which install air cleaner case to
                                                         stays.
                                                         9) Remove air cleaner assembly.
                                      B2M2284A




                                                                                                  B2M2287

                                                         10) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

                                                    10
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                      [W2A1] 2-7
                                                                                           2. Throttle Body


2. Throttle Body                                       5) Disconnect connectors from throttle positioin
                                                       sensor (A), idle air control solenoid valve (B) and
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION                            intake manifold pressure sensor (C).
                                                       6) Disconnect air by-pass hose (D) from idle air
1. 2200 cc MODELS
                                                       control solenoid valve.
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                               B2M3658B
                                        B2M1723
                                                       7) Disconnect engine coolant hoses from throttle
2) Remove air cleaner case. <Ref. to 2-7               body.
[W1A0].>




                                                                                                B2M2299
                                        B2M2287
                                                       8) Remove bolts which install throttle body to
3) Disconnect accelerator cable (A).                   intake manifold.
4) Disconnect cruise control cable (B). (With
cruise control model)




                                                                                                B2M2300


                                       B2M2295A        9) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                       CAUTION:
                                                       Always use a new gasket.
                                                       Tightening torque:
                                                         Throttle body:
                                                           22±2 N·m (2.2±0.2 kg-m, 15.9±1.4 ft-lb)
                                                         Air cleaner case:
                                                           4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                                  11
2-7   [W2A2]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
2. Throttle Body


2. 2500 cc MODELS                                      5) Disconnect connectors from idle air control
                                                       solenoid valve, throttle position sensor.
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.
                                                       6) Disconnect air by-pass hose from air assist
                                                       injector solenoid valve.




                                       G6M0095

2) Remove air cleaner case.                                                                           B2M3457A

                                                          (A)   Throttle position sensor
                                                          (B)   Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                          (C)   Air by-pass hose from air assist injector solenoid
                                                                valve

                                                       7) Disconnect engine coolant hoses from throttle
                                                       body.



                                       H2M2947

3) Disconnect accelerator cable (A).
4) Disconnect cruise control cable (B). (With
cruise control model)


                                                                                                        B2M3458

                                                       8) Remove bolts which install throttle body to
                                                       intake manifold.
                                                       9) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                       CAUTION:
                                                       Always use a new gasket.
                                       B2M3365A        Tightening torque:
                                                         Throttle body;
                                                           22±2 N·m (2.2±0.2 kg-m, 15.9±1.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                       H2M2951




                                                  12
                                   SERVICE PROCEDURE                                        [W3A0] 2-7
                                                                                        3. Intake Manifold


Tightening torque:                                    3. Intake Manifold
  Air cleaner case;
    4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)        A: REMOVAL
                                                      1) Release fuel pressure. <Ref. to 2-8 [W1A0].>
                                                      2) Open fuel flap lid, and remove fuel filler cap.




                                      H2M2947



                                                                                               H2M2535

                                                      3) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                               G6M0095

                                                      4) Remove air intake duct and air cleaner assem-
                                                      bly. <Ref. to 2-7 [W1A0].>




                                                                                               H2M2931




                                                 13
2-7    [W3A0]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


5) Disconnect accelerator cable (A).                         (4) Remove bolts which secure power steering
6) Disconnect cruise control cable (B). (With                pipe brackets to intake manifold.
cruise control model)                                      NOTE:
                                                           Do not disconnect power steering hose.




                                       B2M3365A

7) Remove power steering pump and tank from                                                         B2M2309

brackets.                                                    (5) Remove bolts which install power steering
   (1) Remove resonator chamber.                             pump to bracket.




                                        B2M2306
                                                                                                    S2M0086

   (2) Remove V-belt covers.                                 (6) Place power steering pump on the right side
                                                             wheel apron.




                                        S2M0896

                                                                                                 H2M3615
   (3) Loosen lock bolt and slider bolt, and remove
   power steering pump drive V-belt.                       8) Disconnect spark plug cords from spark plugs.




                                        G2M0286                                                     B2M2024



                                                      14
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                      [W3A0] 2-7
                                                                                        3. Intake Manifold


9) Disconnect PCV hose from intake manifold.            12) Remove air cleaner case stay RH and engine
                                                        harness bracket, and disconnect engine harness
                                                        connectors from bulkhead harness connectors.




                                      H2M2953

10) Disconnect engine coolant hose from throttle                                               H2M2955
body.
                                                        13) Disconnect connectors from engine coolant
                                                        temperature sensor.




                                      B2M2299B


                                                                                               S2M1658

                                                        14) Disconnect knock sensor connector.




                                      B2M3458B

11) Disconnect brake booster hose.
                                                                                               S2M1659

                                                        15) Disconnect connector from crankshaft position
                                                        sensor.




                                       B2M3156




                                                                                              B2M1252A




                                                   15
2-7    [W3B1]                           SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


16) Disconnect       connector   from   oil   pressure        19) Remove bolts which hold intake manifold onto
switch.                                                       cylinder heads.




                                          B2M1253A                                                  B2M2318

17) Disconnect connector from camshaft position               20) Remove intake manifold.
sensor.




                                                                                                    B2M0160
                                          B2M2317C

18) Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel pipes.                    B: DISASSEMBLY
WARNING:                                                      1. 2200 cc MODELS
¼ Do not spill fuel.
                                                              1) Disconnect engine ground terminal from intake
¼ Catch fuel from hoses in a container or cloth.
                                                              manifold.




                                          S2M0500C
                                                                                                    B2M2779

                                                              2) Disconnect connector from ignition coil and
                                                              ignitor assembly.




                                                         16
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                         [W3B1] 2-7
                                                                                           3. Intake Manifold


3) Remove ignition coil and ignitor assembly.              8) Disconnect pressure regulator vacuum hose
                                                           from intake manifold.




                                        B2M3459
                                                                                                  B2M3460
4) Disconnect connectors from throttle position
sensor (A), idle air control solenoid valve (B) and        9) Remove fuel pipe protector LH.
intake manifold pressure sensor (C).
5) Disconnect air by-pass hose (D) from idle air
control solenoid valve.
6) Disconnect air by-pass hose (E) from intake
manifold.




                                                                                                  H2M3528

                                                           10) Disconnect connectors from fuel injectors.


                                       B2M3658A

7) Remove throttle body.




                                                                                                  B2M3371

                                                           11) Disconnect connector from purge control sole-
                                                           noid valve.

                                        B2M2300




                                                                                                  H2M2963




                                                      17
2-7    [W3B1]                     SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


12) Remove harness bands (*) which hold engine         17) Remove two bolts which hold fuel pipes on the
harness onto intake manifold.                          left side of intake manifold.




                                    B2M3463A                                                     B2M3466

13) Remove engine harness from intake manifold.        18) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on
14) Remove purge control solenoid valve.               intake manifold.




                                     H2M2964                                                     H2M3529

15) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on        19) Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel injec-
intake manifold as shown in figure.                    tor pipe.




                                     B2M3464                                                     B2M3468

16) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on        20) Disconnect air by-pass hoses from intake
intake manifold.                                       manifold.




                                     B2M3465                                                    B2M3469A




                                                  18
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                        [W3B2] 2-7
                                                                                          3. Intake Manifold


21) Loosen clamp which holds front left side fuel         25) Remove fuel pipe assembly and pressure
hose to injector pipe and remove the pipe from            regulator, from intake manifold.
clamp.
                                                          2. 2500 cc MODELS
                                                          1) Disconnect engine ground terminal from intake
                                                          manifold.




                                       H2M2972

22) Loosen clamp which holds front right side fuel
hose to injector pipe and remove the pipe from
                                                                                                 B2M3471
clamp.
                                                          2) Disconnect connector from ignition coil and
                                                          ignitor assembly.




                                       B2M3376

23) Remove fuel injector pipe.
                                                                                                 B2M3472

                                                          3) Remove ignition coil and ignitor assembly.




                                       H2M2975

24) Remove bolt which installs fuel pipes on
                                                                                                 B2M3473
intake manifold.




                                       B2M3470



                                                     19
2-7    [W3B2]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


4) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-          8) Remove throttle body.
ture and pressure sensor.




                                                                                                 H2M2951
                                       B2M3474
                                                          9) Disconnect connector from air assist injector
5) Remove intake air temperature and pressure             solenoid valve.
sensor from intake manifold.                              10) Disconnect air by-pass hoses from air assist
                                                          solenoid valve.




                                       B2M3475
                                                                                                 B2M3477
6) Disconnect connectors from throttle position
sensor and idle air control solenoid valve.               11) Remove air assist injector solenoid valve from
                                                          intake manifold.




                                       B2M3479
                                                                                                 B2M3478
7) Disconnect air by-pass hose from throttle body.
                                                          12) Disconnect pressure regulator vacuum hose
                                                          from intake manifold.




                                       B2M3480


                                                                                                 H2M2961



                                                     20
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                        [W3B2] 2-7
                                                                                          3. Intake Manifold


13) Remove fuel pipe protector LH.                       17) Remove harness bands (*) which hold engine
                                                         harness onto intake manifold.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         There is no harness band under the fuel protector.




                                       B2M3476

14) Disconnect connectors from fuel injectors.
                                                                                                B2M3486A

                                                         18) Remove engine harness from intake manifold.
                                                         19) Remove purge control solenoid valve.




                                       B2M3484

15) Disconnect connector from purge control sole-
noid valve.
                                                                                                 B2M3487

                                                         20) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on
                                                         intake manifold as shown in figure.




                                       B2M3485

16) Disconnect air by-pass hose from purge con-
trol solenoid valve.
                                                                                                 H2M2965




                                                    21
2-7    [W3B2]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


21) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on            (2) Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel
intake manifold.                                           injector pipe.




                                        H2M2966                                                 H2M2970


22) Remove two bolts which hold fuel pipes on the        25) Disconnect air by-pass hoses from intake
left side of intake manifold.                            manifold.




                                                                                               B2M3490A
                                        H2M2968

                                                         26) Loosen clamp which holds front left side fuel
23) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on
                                                         hose to injector pipe and remove the pipe from
intake manifold.
                                                         clamp.




                                        H2M3529
                                                                                                B2M3489

24) Remove fuel injectors.                               27) Loosen clamp which holds front right side fuel
   (1) Remove fuel injector securing clip.               hose to injector pipe and remove the pipe from
                                                         clamp.




                                        B2M3488

                                                                                                B2M3376



                                                    22
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                           [W3C1] 2-7
                                                                                             3. Intake Manifold


28) Remove fuel injector pipe.                             3) Connect right side fuel hose to injector pipe,
                                                           and tighten clamp screw.




                                        H2M2975
                                                                                                    B2M3376
29) Remove bolt which installs fuel pipes on
intake manifold.                                           4) Install fuel injector pipe.




                                        B2M3491                                                     H2M2975

30) Remove fuel pipe assembly and pressure                 5) Connect left side fuel hose to injector pipe, and
regulator, from intake manifold.                           tighten clamp screw.

C: ASSEMBLY
1. 2200 cc MODELS
1) Install fuel pipe assembly and pressure
regulator, etc. to intake manifold.
2) Tighten bolt which installs fuel pipes on intake
manifold.
Tightening torque:
    4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)
                                                                                                    H2M2972

                                                           6) Connect air assist hoses.




                                        B2M3470



                                                                                                   B2M3469A




                                                      23
2-7    [W3C1]                      SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


7) Install fuel injectors.                              10) Tighten two bolts which install fuel pipes on
CAUTION:                                                the left side of intake manifold.
Always use new o-rings and insulators.                  Tightening torque:
                                                            4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                     B2M3516B
                                                                                                    B2M3466
   (A)   O-ring
   (B)   Fuel injector                                  11) Tighten bolt which install injector pipe on
   (C)   Insulator                                      intake manifold.
8) Tighten bolt which installs injector pipe on         Tightening torque:
intake manifold.                                            4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)
Tightening torque:
    3.4±0.5 N·m (0.35±0.05 kg-m, 2.5±0.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                    B2M3465

                                                        12) Install purge control solenoid valve.
                                      H2M3529

9) Tighten bolt which installs injectors pipe on
intake manifold.
Tightening torque:
    4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                H2M2964




                                      B2M3464




                                                   24
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                           [W3C1] 2-7
                                                                                             3. Intake Manifold


13) Connect hoses to purge control solenoid               18) Connect pressure regulator vacuum hose to
valve.                                                    intake manifold.
CAUTION:
Carefully connect the evaporation hoses.




                                                                                                    B2M3460

                                                          19) Install throttle body to intake manifold.
                                       B2M1893A
                                                          CAUTION:
14) Install engine harness onto intake manifold.          Replace gasket with a new one.
15) Connect connectors to fuel injectors and              Tightening torque:
purge control solenoid valve.                                 22±2 N·m (2.2±0.2 kg-m, 15.9±1.4 ft-lb)
16) Hold engine harness by harness band (*).




                                                                                                    B2M2300
                                       B2M3463A
                                                          20) Connect connectors to throttle position sensor
NOTE:                                                     (A), idle air control solenoid valve (B) and intake
Do not use harness band on harnesses where they           manifold pressure sensor (C).
are supposed to be protected by the fuel pipe pro-        21) Connect air by-pass hose (D) to idle air con-
tector.                                                   trol solenoid valve.
17) Install intake manifold protector LH.                 22) Connect air by-pass hose (E) to intake mani-
                                                          fold.
Tightening torque:
    18.6±1.5 N·m (1.9±0.15 kg-m, 13.7±1.1
    ft-lb)




                                                                                                   B2M3658A



                                        H2M3528




                                                     25
2-7    [W3C2]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


23) Install ignition coil and ignitor assembly.            3) Connect right side fuel hose to injector pipe,
                                                           and tighten clamp screw.




                                          B2M3459
                                                                                                    B2M3376
24) Connect connector to ignition coil and ignitor
assembly.                                                  4) Install fuel injector pipe.
25) Install engine ground terminal to intake mani-
fold.




                                                                                                    H2M2975


                                          B2M2779
                                                           5) Connect left side fuel hose to injector pipe, and
                                                           tighten clamp screw.
2. 2500 cc MODELS
1) Install fuel pipe assembly and pressure
regulator, etc. to intake manifold.
2) Tighten bolt which installs fuel pipes on intake
manifold.
Tightening torque:
    4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)

                                                                                                    B2M3489

                                                           6) Connect air assist hoses.




                                          B2M3491




                                                                                                   B2M3490A




                                                      26
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                            [W3C2] 2-7
                                                                                              3. Intake Manifold


7) Install fuel injectors.                                 9) Tighten bolt which install injector pipe on intake
CAUTION:                                                   manifold.
Always use new o-rings.                                    Tightening torque:
                                                               4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                       B2M3492E
                                                                                                     H2M2965
   (A)   O-ring
   (B)   Fuel injector                                     10) Tighten two bolts which install fuel pipes on
NOTE:                                                      the left side of intake manifold.
Do not forget to install the fuel injector securing        Tightening torque:
clip.                                                          4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                        B2M3488                                                      H2M2968

8) Tighten bolt which installs injector pipe on            11) Tighten bolt which install injector pipe on
intake manifold.                                           intake manifold.
Tightening torque:                                         Tightening torque:
    3.4±0.5 N·m (0.35±0.05 kg-m, 2.5±0.4 ft-lb)                4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                        H2M3529                                                      H2M2966




                                                      27
2-7    [W3C2]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


12) Install purge control solenoid valve.                  17) Install fuel pipe protector LH.
                                                           Tightening torque:
                                                               18.6±1.5 N·m (1.9±0.15 kg-m, 13.7±1.1
                                                               ft-lb)




                                            B2M3487

13) Connect hoses to purge control solenoid
valve.
                                                                                                  B2M3476
CAUTION:
Carefully connect the evaporation hoses.                   18) Connect pressure regulator vacuum hose to
                                                           intake manifold.




                                        B2M1893A
                                                                                                  H2M2961
14) Install engine harness onto intake manifold.
15) Connect connectors to fuel injectors and               19) Install air assist injector solenoid valve to
purge control solenoid valve.                              bracket.
16) Hold engine harness by harness band (*).               Tightening torque:
NOTE:                                                          16±1.5 N·m (1.6±0.15 kg-m, 11.6±1.1 ft-lb)
Do not use harness band on harnesses where they
are supposed to be protected by the fuel pipe pro-
tector.




                                                                                                  B2M3478




                                        B2M3486A




                                                      28
                                    SERVICE PROCEDURE                                        [W3C2] 2-7
                                                                                         3. Intake Manifold


20) Connect air by-pass hoses to air assist sole-        24) Connect air by-pass hose to throttle body.
noid valve.




                                                                                                B2M3480
                                       B2M3477
                                                         25) Install intake air temperature and pressure
21) Connect connector to air assist solenoid             sensor.
valve.                                                   Tightening torque:
22) Install throttle body to intake manifold.                2.0±0.4 N·m (0.2±0.04 kg-m, 1.4±0.3 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
Replace gasket with a new one.
Tightening torque:
    22±2 N·m (2.2±0.2 kg-m, 15.9±1.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                B2M3475


                                                         CAUTION:
                                                         Replace O-ring with new one.
                                       H2M2951

23) Connect connector to throttle position sensor
and idle air control solenoid valve.




                                                                                                H2M2999




                                       B2M3479




                                                    29
2-7    [W3D0]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


26) Connect connector to intake air temperature           2) Connect fuel hoses.
and pressure sensor.
27) Install ignition coil and ignitor assembly.




                                                                                                S2M0500C


                                        B2M3473
                                                          3) Connect connector to camshaft position sensor.

28) Connect connector to ignition coil and ignitor
assembly.
29) Install engine ground terminal to intake mani-
fold.




                                                                                                B2M2317C

                                                          4) Connect connector to oil pressure switch.


                                        B2M2779



D: INSTALLATION
1) Install intake manifold onto cylinder heads.
CAUTION:
Always use new gaskets.
Tightening torque:                                                                              B2M1253A

    25±2 N·m (2.5±0.2 kg-m, 18.1±1.4 ft-lb)
                                                          5) Connect connector to crankshaft position sen-
                                                          sor.




                                        B2M2318

                                                                                                B2M1252A




                                                     30
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                         [W3D0] 2-7
                                                                                           3. Intake Manifold


6) Connect knock sensor connector.                         10) Connect engine coolant hose to throttle body.




                                        S2M1659                                                  B2M2299B

7) Connect connectors to engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor.




                                                                                                 B2M3458B


                                        S2M1658
                                                           11) Connect PCV hose to intake manifold.

8) Install air cleaner case stay RH and engine har-
ness bracket, and connect engine harness con-
nectors to bulkhead connectors.




                                                                                                  H2M2953

                                                           12) Connect spark plug cords to spark plugs.

                                        H2M2955

9) Connect brake booster hose.




                                                                                                  B2M2024




                                        B2M3156




                                                      31
2-7    [W3D0]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
3. Intake Manifold


13) Install power steering pump on bracket.                 (5) Install V-belt covers.
   (1) Tighten bolts which install power steering
   pump on bracket.
Tightening torque:
    20.1±2.5 N·m (2.05±0.25 kg-m, 14.8±1.8
    ft-lb)




                                                                                                 S2M0896

                                                            (6) Install resonator chamber.
                                                          Tightening torque:
                                                              33±10 N·m (3.4±1.0 kg-m, 25±7 ft-lb)
                                         S2M0086

   (2) Install power steering pipe brackets on the
   right side of intake manifold.




                                                                                                 B2M2306

                                                          14) Connect accelerator cable (A).
                                                          15) Connect cruise control cable (B). (With cruise
                                         B2M2309
                                                          control models)

   (3) Install power steering drive V-belt.




                                                                                                B2M2295A

                                                          16) Install air intake duct and air cleaner assem-
                                         G2M0286
                                                          bly. <Ref. to 2-7 [W1A0].>
   (4) Adjust V-belt. <Ref. to 1-5 [G200].>




                                                                                                 H2M2931



                                                     32
                                    SERVICE PROCEDURE                                   [W4A0] 2-7
                                                                  4. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


17) Connect connector to fuel pump relay.            4. Engine Coolant Temperature
                                                     Sensor
                                                     A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
                                                     1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                     S2M0093A

18) Connect battery ground cable.


                                                                                           G6M0095

                                                     2) Remove air intake duct and air cleaner assem-
                                                     bly. <Ref. to 2-7 [W1A0].>




                                      G6M0095




                                                                                           H2M2931

                                                     3) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-
                                                     perature sensor.




                                                                                           S2M1658




                                                33
2-7   [W5A0]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
5. Crankshaft Position Sensor


4) Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.               5. Crankshaft Position Sensor
5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Tightening torque:                                         A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
    25±3 N·m (2.5±0.3 kg-m, 18.1±2.2 ft-lb)                1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                         H2M3503                                                 G6M0095

                                                           2) Remove bolt which install crankshaft position
                                                           sensor to cylinder block.




                                                                                                 G2M0408

                                                           3) Remove crankshaft position sensor, and dis-
                                                           connect connector from it.




                                                                                                 G2M0409




                                                      34
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                       [W6A0] 2-7
                                                                                 6. Camshaft Position Sensor


4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.        6. Camshaft Position Sensor
Tightening torque:
    T: 6.4±0.5 N·m (0.65±0.05 kg-m, 4.7±0.4                A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
    ft-lb)                                                 1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                        B2M1252B                                                 G6M0095

                                                           2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position
                                                           sensor.




                                                                                                 B2M2317C

                                                           3) Remove bolt which installs camshaft position
                                                           sensor to camshaft position sensor support.




                                                                                                  B2M2375




                                                      35
2-7   [W7A0]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
7. Knock Sensor


4) Remove bolt which installs camshaft position            7. Knock Sensor
sensor support to camshaft cap LH.
                                                           A: REMOVAL
                                                           1) Disconnect battery ground cable from battery
                                                           ground terminal.




                                         B2M2321

5) Remove camshaft position sensor and cam-
shaft position sensor support as a unit.
6) Remove camshaft position sensor itself.                                                         G6M0095

                                                           2) Remove air cleaner case.




                                         B2M2322

7) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.                                                H2M2947
Tightening torque:
  ¼ Camshaft position sensor support;                      3) Disconnect knock sensor connector.
    6.4±0.5 N·m (0.65±0.05 kg-m, 4.7±0.4 ft-lb)
  ¼ Camshaft position sensor;
    6.4±0.5 N·m (0.65±0.05 kg-m, 4.7±0.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                   S2M1659

                                                           4) Remove knock sensor from cylinder block.




                                                                                                   S2M1673




                                                      36
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                          [W7B0] 2-7
                                                                                              7. Knock Sensor


B: INSTALLATION                                            4) Connect battery ground cable.
1) Install knock sensor to cylinder block.
Tightening torque:
    23.5±2.9 N·m (2.4±0.3 kg-m, 17.4±2.2 ft-lb)
NOTE:
The extraction area of the knock sensor cord must
be positioned at a 45° angle relative to the engine
rear.

                                                                                                   G6M0095




                                        H2M3511A

2) Connect knock sensor connector.




                                         S2M1659

3) Install air cleaner case.




                                         H2M2947




                                                      37
2-7   [W8A0]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
8. Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor


8. Front Oxygen (A/F) Sensor                              B: INSTALLATION
A: REMOVAL                                                1) Before installing front oxygen (A/F) sensor,
                                                          apply anti-seize compound only to threaded por-
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.                       tion of front oxygen (A/F) sensor to make the next
                                                          removal easier.
                                                          Anti-seize compound:
                                                               SS-30 by JET LUBE
                                                          CAUTION:
                                                          Never apply anti-seize compound to protector
                                                          of front oxygen (A/F) sensor.



                                       G6M0095

2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen (A/F)
sensor.



                                                                                                  G2M0412

                                                          2) Install front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                          Tightening torque:
                                                              21±3 N·m (2.1±0.3 kg-m, 15.2±2.2 ft-lb)

                                       B2M3439

3) Lift-up the vehicle.
4) Apply SUBARU CRC or its equivalent to
threaded portion of front oxygen (A/F) sensor, and
leave it for one minute or more.
SUBARU CRC (Part No. 004301003)
5) Remove front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                                                                  G2M0411
CAUTION:
When removing front oxygen (A/F) sensor, do               3) Lower the vehicle.
not force front oxygen (A/F) sensor especially            4) Connect connector of front oxygen (A/F) sen-
when exhaust pipe is cold, otherwise it will              sor.
damage exhaust pipe.




                                                                                                  B2M3439
                                       G2M0411




                                                     38
                                   SERVICE PROCEDURE                                   [W9A0] 2-7
                                                                              9. Rear Oxygen Sensor


5) Connect battery ground cable.                   9. Rear Oxygen Sensor
                                                   A: REMOVAL
                                                   1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                    G6M0095




                                                                                          B2M1723

                                                   2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.




                                                                                          B2M3440

                                                   3) Lift-up the vehicle.
                                                   4) Apply SUBARU CRC or its equivalent to
                                                   threaded portion of rear oxygen sensor, and leave
                                                   it for one minute or more.
                                                   SUBARU CRC (Part No. 004301003)
                                                   5) Remove rear oxygen sensor.
                                                   CAUTION:
                                                   When removing, do not force rear oxygen sen-
                                                   sor in an unnatural way especially when
                                                   exhaust pipe is cold, otherwise it will damage
                                                   exhaust pipe.




                                                                                          B2M0351




                                              39
2-7   [W9B0]                          SERVICE PROCEDURE
9. Rear Oxygen Sensor


B: INSTALLATION                                             5) Connect battery ground cable.
1) Before installing rear oxygen sensor, apply anti-
seize compound only to threaded portion of rear
oxygen sensor to make the next removal easier.
CAUTION:
Never apply anti-seize compound to protector
of rear oxygen sensor.
Anti-seize compound:
     SS-30 by JET LUBE
                                                                                               B2M1723




                                        B2M0352A

2) Install rear oxygen sensor.
Tightening torque:
    21±3 N·m (2.1±0.3 kg-m, 15.2±2.2 ft-lb)




                                         B2M0351

3) Connect connector to rear oxygen sensor.




                                         B2M3440

4) Lower the vehicle.




                                                       40
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                          [W10A2] 2-7
                                                                                    10. Throttle Position Sensor


10. Throttle Position Sensor                               4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                           CAUTION:
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION                                When installing throttle position sensor, adjust
1. 2200 cc MODELS                                          the position to match with the specified data.
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.                        Tightening torque:
                                                               2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)




                                        B2M1723
                                                                                                     B2M2757
2) Disconnect connector from throttle position
sensor.
                                                           2. 2500 cc MODELS
                                                           1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                        B2M3659

3) Remove throttle position sensor holding                                                          G6M0095
screws, and remove throttle position sensor itself.
                                                           2) Disconnect connector from throttle position
                                                           sensor.




                                        B2M2757


                                                                                                     B2M3493




                                                      41
2-7   [W10B1]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
10. Throttle Position Sensor


3) Remove throttle position        sensor   holding        3) When using voltage meter;
screws, and remove it.                                        (1) Take out ECM.
                                                              (2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                              (3) Adjust throttle position sensor to the proper
                                                              position to allow the voltage signal to ECM to be
                                                              in specification.
                                                           Connector & terminal / Specified voltage
                                                              (B136) No. 15 — (B136) No. 17 / 0.45 —
                                                              0.55 V
                                                              [Fully closed.]

                                         H2M2979

4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Tightening torque:
    2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)
CAUTION:
When installing throttle position sensor, adjust
to the specified data.
                                                                                                    B2M2760

                                                              (4) Tighten throttle position sensor holding
                                                              screws.
                                                           Tightening torque:
                                                               2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)




                                         H2M2979



B: ADJUSTMENT
1. 2200 cc MODELS
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                                                     B2M3660
2) Loosen throttle position sensor holding screws.
                                                           4) When using Subaru Select Monitor;
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
                                                           Subaru Select Monitor Operation Manual.




                                         B2M3660




                                                      42
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                           [W10B2] 2-7
                                                                                    10. Throttle Position Sensor


  (1) Insert the cartridge to Subaru Select Moni-          2. 2500 cc MODELS
  tor.                                                     1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
  <Ref. to 1-6 [G1100].>                                   2) Loosen throttle position sensor holding screws.




                                       S2M0286A
                                                                                                     B2M3765

  (2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to the data            3) When using voltage meter;
  link connector.                                             (1) Take out ECM.
  (3) Turn ignition switch to ON, and Subaru                  (2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
  Select Monitor switch to ON.                                (3) Adjust throttle position sensor to the proper
  (4) Select {2. Each System Check} in Main                   position to allow the voltage signal to ECM to be
  Menu.                                                       in specification.
  (5) Select {Engine Control System} in Selection          Connector & terminal / Specified voltage
  Menu.                                                       (B136) No. 15 — (B136) No. 17 / 0.45 —
  (6) Select {1. Current Data Display & Save} in              0.55 V
  EGI/EMPI Diagnosis.                                         [Fully closed.]
  (7) Select {1.12 Data Display} in Data Display
  Menu.
  (8) Adjust throttle position sensor to the proper
  position to match with the following specifica-
  tions.
Condition: Throttle fully closed
   Throttle opening angle 0.00%
   Throttle sensor voltage 0.50 V
  (9) Tighten throttle position sensor holding
  screws.                                                                                            B2M2760
Tightening torque:
                                                              (4) Tighten throttle position sensor holding
    2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)
                                                              screws.
                                                           Tightening torque:
                                                               2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)




                                        B2M3660



                                                                                                     B2M3765




                                                      43
2-7    [W11A0]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
11. Intake Manifold Pressure Sensor (2200 cc models)


4) When using Subaru Select Monitor;                        11. Intake Manifold Pressure
NOTE:                                                       Sensor (2200 cc models)
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
Subaru Select Monitor Operation Manual.                     A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
   (1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         1) Disconnect battery ground cable.
   (2) Loosen throttle position sensor holding
   screws.




                                                                                                    B2M1723

                                         B2M3765            2) Remove idle air control solenoid valve. <Ref. to
                                                            2-7 [W12A1].>
   (3) Insert the cartridge to Subaru Select Moni-
   tor.
   <Ref. to 1-6 [G1100].>




                                                                                                    B2M2364

                                                            3) Disconnect connector from intake manifold
                                        S2M0286A
                                                            pressure sensor.
   (4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to the data
   link connector.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON, and Subaru Select
Monitor switch to ON.
6) Select {2. Each System Check} in Main Menu.
7) Select {Engine Control System} in Selection
Menu.
8) Select {1. Current Data Display & Save} in
Engine Control System Diagnosis.
9) Select {1.12 Data Display} in Data Display
Menu.                                                                                               B2M2372
10) Adjust throttle position sensor to the proper
position to match with the following specifications.
Condition: Throttle fully closed
   Throttle opening angle 0.00%
   Throttle sensor voltage 0.50 V




                                                       44
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                         [W12A0] 2-7
                                                            12. Intake Air Temperature Sensor (2200 cc models)


4) Remove intake manifold pressure sensor from             12. Intake Air Temperature
throttle body.
                                                           Sensor (2200 cc models)
                                                           A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
                                                           1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                         B2M2373

5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Replace gaskets for intake air pressure sensor                                                      B2M1723
and idle air control solenoid valve with new
                                                           2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
ones.
                                                           ture sensor.
Tightening torque:
    2.2±0.2 N·m (0.22±0.02 kg-m, 1.6±0.1 ft-lb)




                                                                                                    B2M2285


                                         B2M2373
                                                           3) Remove intake air temperature sensor from air
                                                           cleaner case.




                                                                                                    B2M2374

                                                           4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.




                                                      45
2-7    [W13A0]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
13. Intake Air Temperature and Pressure Sensor (2500 cc models)


13. Intake Air Temperature and                          4) Remove intake air temperature and pressure
                                                        sensor.
Pressure Sensor (2500 cc
models)
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                 B2M3497

                                                        5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                        Tightening torque:
                                                            2.0±0.4 N·m (0.2±0.04 kg-m, 1.4±0.3 ft-lb)
                                      G6M0095

2) Disconnect spark plug cord from ignition coil
and ignitor assembly.




                                                                                                 B2M3497


                                                        CAUTION:
                                                        Replace O-ring with new one.
                                      B2M3495

3) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
ture and pressure sensor.




                                                                                                 H2M2999




                                      B2M3496




                                                   46
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                   [W14A0] 2-7
                                                        14. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor (2500 cc models)


14. Atmospheric Pressure                              4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Sensor (2500 cc models)                               Tightening torque:
                                                          6.4±0.5 N·m (0.65±0.05 kg-m, 4.7±0.4 ft-lb)
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                               B2M3499



                                       G6M0095

2) Disconnect connector from atmospheric pres-
sure sensor.




                                       B2M3498

3) Remove atmospheric pressure sensor from
bracket.




                                       B2M3499




                                                 47
2-7    [W15A1]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
15. Idle Air Control Solenoid Valve


15. Idle Air Control Solenoid                              4) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from
                                                           throttle body.
Valve
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1. 2200 cc MODELS
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                    B2M2364

                                                           5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                           CAUTION:
                                                           Replace gasket with a new one.
                                        B2M1723            Tightening torque:
                                                               6.0±0.8 N·m (0.61±0.08 kg-m, 4.4±0.6 ft-lb)
2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole-
noid valve.




                                                                                                    B2M2364

                                        B2M2363
                                                           2. 2500 cc MODELS
3) Disconnect air by-pass hose from idle air con-
trol solenoid valve.                                       1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                    G6M0095
                                       B2M3661A




                                                      48
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                             [W16A0] 2-7
                                                           16. Air Assist Injector Solenoid Valve (2500 cc models)


2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole-        16. Air Assist Injector Solenoid
noid valve.
                                                           Valve (2500 cc models)
                                                           A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
                                                           1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                         B2M3500

3) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from
throttle body.
                                                                                                      G6M0095

                                                           2) Disconnect connector from air assist injector
                                                           solenoid valve and disconnect air by-pass hoses.




                                         B2M3501

4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Always use new gasket.                                                                                 B2M3502
Tightening torque:
    6.0±0.8 N·m (0.61±0.08 kg-m, 4.4±0.6 ft-lb)            3) Remove air assist injector solenoid valve from
                                                           intake manifold.




                                         B2M3501
                                                                                                       B2M3503




                                                      49
2-7   [W17A0]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
17. Purge Control Solenoid Valve


4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.        17. Purge Control Solenoid
Tightening torque:                                         Valve
    15.7±1.5 N·m (1.6±0.15 kg-m, 11.6±1.1
    ft-lb)                                                 A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
                                                           1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                         B2M3503

                                                                                                 G6M0095

                                                           2) Remove bolt which installs purge control sole-
                                                           noid valve onto intake manifold.




                                                                                                  H2M3616

                                                           3) Take out purge control solenoid valve through
                                                           the bottom of the intake manifold.
                                                           4) Disconnect connector and hoses from purge
                                                           control solenoid valve.




                                                                                                  H2M2986




                                                      50
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                         [W18A1] 2-7
                                                                                               18. Fuel Injector


5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.        18. Fuel Injector
Tightening torque:
    16±1.5 N·m (1.6±0.15 kg-m, 11.6±1.1 ft-lb)             A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
                                                           1. RH SIDE
                                                           1) Release fuel pressure.
                                                           <Ref. to 2-8 [W1A0].>
                                                           2) Open fuel flap lid, and remove fuel filler cap.




                                         H2M2985


CAUTION:
Carefully connect the evaporation hoses.

                                                                                                    H2M2535

                                                           3) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                        B2M1893A




                                                                                                    G6M0095

                                                           4) Remove air intake duct and air cleaner assem-
                                                           bly. <Ref. to 2-7 [W1A0].>




                                                                                                    H2M2931




                                                      51
2-7   [W18A1]                        SERVICE PROCEDURE
18. Fuel Injector


5) Remove resonator chamber.                                 (3) Remove bolts which secure power steering
                                                             pipes brackets to intake manifold.




                                        B2M2306
                                                                                                   B2M2309
6) Remove spark plug cords from spark plugs (#1
and #3 cylinders).                                           (4) Remove bolts which install power steering
                                                             pump to bracket.




                                        B2M2014
                                                                                                   S2M0086
7) Remove power steering pump from bracket.
   (1) Remove V-belt covers.                                 (5) Place power steering pump on the right side
                                                             wheel apron.




                                        S2M0896
                                                                                                  H2M3615
   (2) Loosen lock bolt and slider bolt, and remove
   power steering pump drive V-belt.                       8) Disconnect connector from fuel injector.




                                        G2M0286                                                    B2M3506




                                                      52
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                          [W18A1] 2-7
                                                                                                18. Fuel Injector


9) Remove bolt which install injector pipe to intake        12) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
manifold.                                                   CAUTION:
                                                            Replace O-rings and insulator with new ones.




                                         B2M3507

10) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe on                                                     B2M3516C

intake manifold.




                                                                                                    B2M3492F
                                         H2M3529
                                                               (A)   O-ring
11) Remove fuel injector from intake manifold.                 (B)   Fuel injector
   (1) Remove fuel injector securing clip. (2500 cc            (C)   Insulator
   models)
                                                            Tightening torque:
                                                                3.4±0.5 N·m (0.35±0.05 kg-m, 2.5±0.4 ft-lb)




                                         B2M3508

   (2) Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel                                                    B2M3507
   injector pipe.




                                         B2M3509



                                                       53
2-7   [W18A2]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
18. Fuel Injector


Tightening torque:                                        5) Disconnect connector from front window
    3.4±0.5 N·m (0.35±0.05 kg-m, 2.5±0.4 ft-lb)           washer motor.
                                                          6) Disconnect connector from rear gate glass
                                                          washer motor.




                                        H2M3529


                                                                                              B6M0562B
2. LH SIDE
1) Release fuel pressure. <Ref. to 2-8 [W1A0].>           7) Disconnect rear window glass washer hose
2) Open fuel flap lid, and remove fuel filler cap.        from washer motor, then plug connection with a
                                                          suitable cap.
                                                          8) Move washer tank, and secure it away from
                                                          working area.




                                        H2M2535

3) Disconnect battery ground cable.
                                                                                               B2M2023

                                                          9) Remove spark plug cords from spark plugs (#2
                                                          and #4 cylinders).




                                        G6M0095

4) Remove two bolts which install washer tank on
body.
                                                                                               B2M2024




                                         B2M3139



                                                     54
                                     SERVICE PROCEDURE                                     [W18A2] 2-7
                                                                                          18. Fuel Injector


10) Remove fuel pipe protector LH.                     14) Remove bolt which holds fuel pipe on the left
                                                       side intake manifold.




                                       H2M3528
                                                                                               H2M2995
11) Disconnect connector from fuel injector.
                                                       15) Remove fuel injector from intake manifold.
                                                          (1) Remove fuel injector securing clip. (2500 cc
                                                          models)




                                       B2M3514

12) Remove bolt which holds injector pipe to
intake manifold.                                                                               H2M2997

                                                         (2) Remove fuel injector while lifting up fuel
                                                         injector pipe.




                                       B2M3515

13) Remove bolt which installs injector pipe to
intake manifold.                                                                               H2M3241




                                       H2M2994




                                                  55
2-7   [W18A2]                         SERVICE PROCEDURE
18. Fuel Injector


16) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.        Tightening torque:
CAUTION:                                                        4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)
Replace O-rings and insulator with new ones.




                                                                                                  H2M2995

                                        B2M3516C
                                                            Tightening torque:
                                                                18.6±1.5 N·m (1.9±0.15 kg-m, 13.7±1.1
                                                                ft-lb)




                                        B2M3492F

   (A)   O-ring                                                                                   B2M3515
   (B)   Fuel injector
   (C)   Insulator                                          Tightening torque:
Tightening torque:                                              18.6±1.5 N·m (1.9±0.15 kg-m, 13.7±1.1
                                                                ft-lb)
    4.9±0.5 N·m (0.5±0.05 kg-m, 3.6±0.4 ft-lb)




                                                                                                  H2M3528
                                         H2M2994




                                                       56
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                    [W19A0] 2-7
                                                                                 19. Engine Control Module


19. Engine Control Module                              5) Remove nuts which hold ECM to bracket.

A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                B2M2368

                                                       6) Remove clip from bracket.

                                       G6M0095

2) Remove side sill front cover.
<Ref. to 5-3 [W5A1].>




                                                                                               B2M2369A

                                                       7) Disconnect ECM connectors.


                                       B2M0672A

3) Detach floor mat of front passenger seat.




                                                                                                B2M2370

                                                       8) Take out ECM.


                                       B2M0673A

4) Remove protect cover.




                                                                                               B2M2371A

                                                       9) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                                       CAUTION:
                                                       When replacing ECM, be careful not to use the
                                        B2M0674
                                                       wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage to the
                                                       fuel injection system.

                                                  57
2-7  [W20A0]                                 SERVICE PROCEDURE
20. Main Relay


20. Main Relay                                                4) Remove main relay from mounting bracket.

A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                      S2M0137A

                                                              5) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

                                              G6M0095

2) Remove bolt which holds bracket of main relay
and fuel pump relay.




                                               S2M0107

3) Disconnect connectors from relays.




                                              S2M0108A

   (A)   Rear accessory power supply relay
   (B)   Main relay
   (C)   Fuel pump relay




                                                         58
                                      SERVICE PROCEDURE                                    [W21A0] 2-7
                                                                                      21. Fuel Pump Relay


21. Fuel Pump Relay                                    3) Remove fuel pump relay from mounting
                                                       bracket.
A: REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
1) Disconnect battery ground cable.




                                                                                                S2M0138

                                                       4) Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
                                       G6M0095

2) Disconnect connector from fuel pump relay.




                                       S2M0093A




                                                  59
2-7     SERVICE PROCEDURE


MEMO:




               60
2-7  [T1A0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
1. General


1. General                                                    system where the electro-magnetic injection valve
                                                              (fuel injector) opens only for a short period of time,
A: GENERAL DESCRIPTION                                        depending on the quantity of air required for one
                                                              cycle of operation. In actual operation, the injection
¼ The on-board diagnostics (OBD) system detects               quantity is determined by the duration of an elec-
and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs           tric pulse applied to the fuel injector and this per-
of the complex electronic control. CHECK ENGINE               mits simple, yet highly precise metering of the fuel.
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) in the combina-              ¼ Further, all the operating conditions of the
tion meter indicates occurrence of a fault or                 engine are converted into electric signals, and this
trouble.                                                      results in additional features of the system, such as
¼ Further, against such a failure or sensors as               large improved adaptability, easier addition of com-
may disable the drive, the fail-safe function is pro-         pensating element, etc.
vided to ensure the minimal driveability.                     The MFI system also has the following features:
¼ The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles                   ¼ Reduced emission of harmful exhaust gases.
within this engine family complies with Section                   ¼ Reduced in fuel consumption.
1968.1, California Code of Regulations (OBD-II                    ¼ Increased engine output.
regulation). The OBD system monitors the compo-                   ¼ Superior acceleration and deceleration.
nents and the system malfunction listed in Engine                 ¼ Superior startability and warm-up perfor-
Section which affects on emissions.                               mance in cold weather since compensation is
¼ When the system decides that a malfunction                      made for coolant and intake air temperature.
occurs, MIL illuminates. At the same time of the
MIL illumination or blinking, a diagnostic trouble            C: AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
code (DTC) and a freeze frame engine conditions
are stored into on-board computer.
                                                              1. ELECTRONIC-HYDRAULIC CONTROL
¼ The OBD system stores freeze frame engine                   SYSTEM
condition data (engine load, engine coolant                   The electronic-hydraulic control system consists of
temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle              various sensors and switches, a transmission con-
speed, etc.) into on-board computer when it                   trol module (TCM) and the hydraulic controller
detects a malfunction first.                                  including solenoid valves. The system controls the
¼ If the OBD system detects the various malfunc-              transmission proper including shift control, lock-up
tions including the fault of fuel trim or misfire, the        control, overrunning clutch control, line pressure
OBD system first stores freeze frame engine con-              control and shift timing control. It also controls the
ditions about the fuel trim or misfire.                       AWD transfer clutch. In other words, the system
¼ When the malfunction does not occur again for               detects various operating conditions from various
three consecutive driving cycles, MIL is turned off,          input signals and sends output signals to shift sole-
but DTC remains at on-board computer.                         noids 1, 2 and low clutch timing solenoid and 2-4
¼ The OBD-II system is capable of communication               brake timing solenoid, line pressure duty solenoid,
with a general scan tool (OBD-II general scan tool)           lock-up duty solenoid, transfer duty solenoid and
formed by ISO 9141 CARB.                                      2-4 brake duty solenoid (a total of eight solenoids).
¼ The OBD-II diagnostics procedure is different
from the usual diagnostics procedure. When
troubleshooting OBD-II vehicles, connect Subaru
Select Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool to
the vehicle.

B: ENGINE
1. ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM
¼ The Multipoint Fuel Injection (MFI) system is a
system that supplies the optimum air-fuel mixture
to the engine for all the various operating condi-
tions through the use of the latest electronic tech-
nology.
With this system fuel, which is pressurized at a
constant pressure, is injected into the intake air
passage of the cylinder head. The injection quan-
tity of fuel is controlled by an intermittent injection

                                                          2
        DIAGNOSTICS   [T1C1] 2-7
                        1. General


MEMO:




               3
2-7   [T2A1]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


2. Electrical Components Location
A: ENGINE (2200 cc MODELS)
1. MODULE




                                                                      H2M2431I


(1) Engine control module (ECM)       (3) Test mode connector
(2) Data link connector (for Subaru   (4) CHECK ENGINE malfunction
    Select Monitor and OBD-II gen-        indicator lamp (MIL)
    eral scan tool)




                                             B3M0183E                S2M0258J




                                             S2M0259D                H2M2446D




                                                        4
        DIAGNOSTICS                       [T2A1] 2-7
                      2. Electrical Components Location


MEMO:




               5
2-7   [T2A2]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


2. SENSOR




                                                                                                       H2M3527A


(1) Engine coolant temperature sen-   (3) Throttle position sensor          (6) Camshaft position sensor
    sor                               (4) Intake manifold pressure sensor   (7) Crankshaft position sensor
(2) Intake air temperature sensor     (5) Knock sensor




                                                       6
DIAGNOSTICS                           [T2A2] 2-7
                  2. Electrical Components Location




   S2M1248A                              B2M2250A




   B2M2251A                              B2M3702A




   B2M2241A                              B2M2242A




   B2M0213J




              7
2-7   [T2A2]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                     H2M3230B


(1) Front oxygen (A/F) sensor       (3) Front catalytic converter
(2) Rear oxygen sensor              (4) Rear catalytic converter




                                            B2M2253A                OBD0019I




                                            S2M1036B                OBD0525G




                                                       8
                               DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T2A2] 2-7
                                                              2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                                      H2M2431B


(1) Fuel level sensor         (3) Fuel tank pressure sensor
(2) Fuel temperature sensor   (4) Fuel sub level sensor




                                      H2M3207A                                       B2M1807A




                                      S2M0270A




                                                 9
2-7   [T2A3]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


3. SOLENOID VALVE, EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM
PARTS




                                                                                                    H2M3527B


(1) Purge control solenoid valve    (2) Ignition coil & ignitor ASSY   (3) Idle air control solenoid valve




                                                     10
DIAGNOSTICS                            [T2A3] 2-7
                   2. Electrical Components Location




   B2M2254A                               B2M2255A




   B2M2256B




              11
2-7   [T2A3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                              H2M2431C


(1) Pressure control solenoid valve   (3) Drain valve
(2) Canister                          (4) Drain filter




                                              H2M2443A        S2M0949B




                                              H2M2444A




                                                         12
        DIAGNOSTICS                       [T2A3] 2-7
                      2. Electrical Components Location


MEMO:




               13
2-7   [T2A3]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                                               H2M2431D


(1) Inhibitor switch (AT vehicles   (3) Main relay                (6) Radiator sub fan relay
    only)                           (4) Fuel pump relay           (7) Starter
(2) Fuel pump                       (5) Radiator main fan relay




                                            B2M2246A                                           S2M0277A




                                            S2M0278A                                           S2M0279A




                                                       14
DIAGNOSTICS                            [T2A3] 2-7
                   2. Electrical Components Location




   B2M2247B




              15
2-7   [T2B1]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


B: ENGINE (2500 cc MODELS)
1. MODULE




                                                                      H2M2431F


(1) Engine control module (ECM)       (3) Test mode connector
(2) Data link connector (for Subaru   (4) CHECK ENGINE malfunction
    Select Monitor and OBD-II gen-        indicator lamp (MIL)
    eral scan tool)




                                             B3M0183E                S2M0258J




                                             S2M0259D                H2M2446D




                                                        16
        DIAGNOSTICS                       [T2B1] 2-7
                      2. Electrical Components Location


MEMO:




               17
2-7   [T2B2]                            DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


2. SENSOR




                                                                                                        H2M3526A


(1) Atmospheric pressure sensor        (3) Engine coolant temperature sen-   (5) Knock sensor
(2) Intake air temperature and pres-       sor                               (6) Camshaft position sensor
    sure sensor                        (4) Throttle position sensor          (7) Crankshaft position sensor




                                                       18
DIAGNOSTICS                        [T2B2] 2-7
               2. Electrical Components Location




   B2M3713A                           B2M3714A




   S2M1248B                           B2M2240A




   B2M2241A                           B2M2242A




   B2M0213J




          19
2-7   [T2B2]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                     H2M3136B


(1) Front oxygen (A/F) sensor       (3) Front catalytic converter
(2) Rear oxygen sensor              (4) Rear catalytic converter




                                            S2M0264A                OBD0019I




                                            S2M1036B                OBD0525G




                                                       20
                               DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T2B2] 2-7
                                                              2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                                      H2M2431B


(1) Fuel level sensor         (3) Fuel tank pressure sensor
(2) Fuel temperature sensor   (4) Fuel sub level sensor




                                      H2M3207A                                       B2M1807A




                                      S2M0270A




                                                 21
2-7   [T2B3]                              DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


3. SOLENOID VALVE, EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PARTS AND IGNITION SYSTEM
PARTS




                                                                            H2M3526B


(1) Air assist injector solenoid valve   (3) Purge control solenoid valve
(2) Idle air control solenoid valve      (4) Ignition coil & ignitor ASSY




                                                         22
DIAGNOSTICS                        [T2B3] 2-7
               2. Electrical Components Location




   B2M3715A                           H2M3259A




   H2M3258B                           B2M3720A




          23
2-7   [T2B3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                              H2M2431C


(1) Pressure control solenoid valve   (3) Drain valve
(2) Canister                          (4) Drain filter




                                              H2M2443A        S2M0949B




                                              H2M2444A




                                                         24
        DIAGNOSTICS                       [T2B3] 2-7
                      2. Electrical Components Location


MEMO:




               25
2-7   [T2B3]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location




                                                                                               H2M2431D


(1) Inhibitor switch (AT vehicles   (3) Main relay                (6) Radiator sub fan relay
    only)                           (4) Fuel pump relay           (7) Starter
(2) Fuel pump                       (5) Radiator main fan relay




                                            B2M2246A                                           S2M0277A




                                            S2M0278A                                           S2M0279A




                                                       26
DIAGNOSTICS                            [T2B3] 2-7
                   2. Electrical Components Location




   B2M2247B




              27
2-7   [T2C1]                         DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


C: TRANSMISSION
1. MODULE




                                                                              H2M2445E


(1) Transmission Control Module     (2) AT diagnostic indicator light (for
    (TCM) (for AT vehicles)             AT vehicles)




                                             B3M1666D                        H2M2446E




                                                        28
                                               DIAGNOSTICS                            [T2C2] 2-7
                                                                  2. Electrical Components Location


2. SENSOR




                                                  B2M2258A                               B2M2259A




                                                  B2M2260A                               B2M2261A




                                                  OBD0653B

(1) Vehicle speed sensor 1 (for AT vehicles)
(2) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (for MT vehicles)
(3) Vehicle speed sensor 2 (for AT vehicles)
(4) Torque converter turbine speed sensor
(5) ATF temperature sensor (for AT vehicles)
(6) Brake light switch




                                                             29
2-7   [T2C3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
2. Electrical Components Location


3. SOLENOID VALVE AND RELAY
¼ For AT vehicles




                                          B3M1670C        B2M2246B




                                          B2M2263A        B2M2264A

(1) Dropping resistor
(2) Inhibitor switch
(3) Shift solenoid valve 1
(4) Shift solenoid valve 2
(5) Line pressure duty solenoid
(6) Lock-up duty solenoid
(7) Transfer duty solenoid
(8) 2-4 brake duty solenoid
(9) Low clutch timing solenoid valve
(10) 2-4 brake timing solenoid valve
¼ For MT vehicles




                                          B2M2265A

(1) Neutral position switch




                                                     30
                                        DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T3B1] 2-7
                                                                                            3. Diagnosis System


3. Diagnosis System                                          4) When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine
                                                             off) or to “START” with the test mode connector
A: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION                                  connected, the MIL blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz.
INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
1. ACTIVATION OF CHECK ENGINE
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
1) When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine
off), the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) in the combination meter illuminates.
NOTE:
If the MIL does not illuminate, perform diagnostics
of the CHECK ENGINE light circuit or the combi-                                                     OBD0055A
nation meter circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T700].>

                                                             B: OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL
                                                             1. HOW TO USE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN
                                                             TOOL
                                                             1) Prepare a general scan tool (OBD-II general
                                                             scan tool) required by SAE J1978.
                                                             2) Open the cover and connect the OBD-II general
                                                             scan tool to the data link connector located in the
                                                             lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driv-
                                         H2M2446C            er’s side).
2) After starting the engine, the MIL goes out. If it
does not, either the engine or the emission control
system is malfunctioning.




                                                                                                    S2M0258B

                                                             3) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, call up
                                                             diagnostic trouble code(s) and freeze frame data.
                                         OBD0053A
                                                             OBD-II general scan tool functions consist of:
                                                                (1) MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic
3) If the diagnosis system senses a misfire which               data
could damage the catalyzer, the MIL will blink at a             (2) MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data
cycle of 1 Hz.                                                  (3) MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain
                                                                diagnostic trouble codes
                                                                (4) MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related
                                                                diagnostic information
                                                             Read out data according to repair procedures. (For
                                                             detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBD-II
                                                             General Scan Tool Operation Manual.)
                                                             NOTE:
                                                             For details concerning diagnostic trouble codes,
                                                             refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)
                                                             LIST.
                                         OBD0054A            ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
                                                             ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>

                                                        31
2-7   [T3B2]                                DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


2. DATA LINK CONNECTOR (FOR OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR)
1) This connector is used both for OBD-II general scan tools and the Subaru Select Monitor.
2) Terminal No. 4 to No. 6 of the data link connector is used for the Subaru Select Monitor signal.
CAUTION:
Do not connect any scan tools other than the OBD-II general scan tools and the Subaru Select
Monitor, because the circuit for the Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged.




                                            H2M1280



 Terminal No.                   Contents                     Terminal No.                    Contents
      1       Power supply                                        9       Blank
      2       Blank                                              10       K line of ISO 9141 CARB
      3       Blank                                              11       Blank
              Subaru Select Monitor signal (ECM to Subaru
      4                                                          12       Ground
              Select Monitor)*
              Subaru Select Monitor signal (Subaru Select
      5                                                          13       Ground
              Monitor to ECM)*
      6       Line end check signal 1                            14       Blank
      7       Blank                                              15       Blank
      8       Line end check signal 2 (MT vehicles)              16       Blank
*: Circuit only for Subaru Select Monitor




                                                            32
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T3B5] 2-7
                                                                                          3. Diagnosis System


3. CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA (MODE $01)
Refers to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output and/or
the powertrain system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
   PID     Data                                                                             Unit of measure
   01      Number of emission-related powertrain trouble codes and MIL status                   ON/OFF
   03      Fuel system control status                                                               —
   04      Calculated engine load value                                                             %
   05      Engine coolant temperature                                                               °C
   06      Short term fuel trim                                                                     %
   07      Long term fuel trim                                                                      %
   0B      Intake manifold absolute pressure                                                       kPa
   0C      Engine revolution                                                                       rpm
   0D      Vehicle speed                                                                          km/h
   0E      Ignition timing advance                                                                   °
   10      Air flow rate from pressure sensor                                                     g/sec
   11      Throttle valve opening angle                                                             %
   13      Check whether oxygen sensor is installed.                                                —
           Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen
    14                                                                                         V and %
           sensor—bank 1
           Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen
    15                                                                                         V and %
           sensor—bank 2
    1C     On-board diagnosis system                                                              —
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE
$01).
4. POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE $02)
Refers to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is sensed by the on-board diagnosis system.
A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.
   PID     Data                                                                             Unit of measure
   02      Trouble code that caused CARB required freeze frame data storage                        —
   03      Fuel system control status                                                              —
   04      Calculated engine load value                                                             %
   05      Engine coolant temperature                                                              °C
   06      Short term fuel trim                                                                     %
   07      Long term fuel trim                                                                      %
   0B      Intake manifold absolute pressure                                                      kPa
   0C      Engine revolution                                                                      rpm
   0D      Vehicle speed                                                                          km/h
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access freeze frame data (MODE
$02).
5. EMISSION-RELATED POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (MODE $03)
Refers to data denoting emission-related powertrain diagnostic trouble codes.
For details concerning diagnostic trouble codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST.
¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to access emission-related powertrain
diagnostic trouble codes (MODE $03).

                                                           33
2-7   [T3B6]                            DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


6. CLEAR/RESET EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION (MODE $04)
Refers to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnos-
tic information).
NOTE:
Refer to OBD-II general scan tool manufacturer’s instruction manual to clear or reset emission-related
diagnostic information (MODE $04).

C: SUBARU SELECT MONITOR                                4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
                                                        connector.
1. HOW TO USE SUBARU SELECT                                (1) Data link connector located in the lower por-
MONITOR                                                    tion of the instrument panel (on the driver’s
1) Prepare Subaru Select Monitor kit.                      side).




                                         S2M0285                                                S2M0258B


2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru Select                (2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con-
Monitor.                                                   nector.
3) Insert cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.         CAUTION:
<Ref. to 1-6 [G1100].>                                  Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru
                                                        Select Monitor and OBD-II general scan tool.
                                                        5) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
                                                        Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.




                                        S2M0286A




                                                                                                S2M0288A

                                                        6) Using Subaru Select Monitor, call up diagnostic
                                                        trouble code(s) and various data, then record
                                                        them.
                                                        2. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
                                                        (DTC) SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE.
                                                        (NORMAL MODE)
                                                        1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
                                                        {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
                                                        2) On the System Selection Menu display
                                                        screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
                                                        press the [YES] key.

                                                   34
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                [T3C3] 2-7
                                                          3. Diagnosis System


3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
mation of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
select the {Diagnostic Code(s) Display} and press
the [YES] key.
5) On the        Diagnostic Code(s) Display
display screen, select the {Current Diagnostic
Code(s)} or {History Diagnostic Code(s)} and press
the [YES] key.
NOTE:
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
MANUAL.
¼ For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble
codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) LIST.
  ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
  ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
3. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
(DTC) SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE.
(OBD MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
mation of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
{Diagnosis Code(s) Display} and press the [YES]
key.
6) Make sure that a diagnostic trouble code (DTC)
is shown on the display screen.
NOTE:
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
MANUAL.
¼ For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble
codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODE (DTC) LIST.
  ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
  ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>




                                                     35
2-7   [T3C4]                                 DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


4. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (NORMAL MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the
[YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES]
key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                            Contents                                            Display         Unit of measure
Battery voltage                                                    Battery Voltage                      V
Vehicle speed signal                                               Vehicle Speed                 km/h or MPH
Engine speed signal                                                Engine Speed                       rpm
Engine coolant temperature signal                                  Coolant Temp.                    °C or °F
Ignition timing signal                                             Ignition Timing                    deg
Throttle position signal                                           Throttle Opening Angle               %
Throttle position signal                                           Throttle Sensor Voltage              V
Injection pulse width                                              Fuel Injection #1 Pulse             ms
Idle air control signal*2                                          ISC Valve Duty Ratio                 %
Idle air control signal*1                                          ISC Valve Step                    STEP
Engine load data                                                   Engine Load                          %
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor output signal                            A/F Sensor #1                       —
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor resistance                               A/F Sensor #1 Resistance             Ω
Rear oxygen sensor output signal                                   Rear O2 Sensor                       V
Short term fuel trim                                               A/F Correction #1                    %
Knock sensor signal                                                Knocking Correction                deg
                                                                                              mmHg or kPa or inHg   or
Atmospheric absolute pressure signal                               Atmosphere Pressure
                                                                                                       psi
                                                                                              mmHg or kPa or inHg   or
Intake manifold relative pressure signal                           Mani. Relative Pressure
                                                                                                       psi
                                                                                              mmHg or kPa or inHg   or
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal                           Mani. Absolute Pressure
                                                                                                       psi
A/F correction (short term fuel trim) by rear oxygen sensor        A/F Correction #3                    %
Long term whole fuel trim                                          A/F Learning #1                      %
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater current                           A/F Heater #1                        A
Rear oxygen sensor heater voltage                                  Rear O2 Heater Voltage               V
Canister purge control solenoid valve duty ratio                   CPC Valve Duty Ratio                 %
                                                                                              mmHg or kPa or inHg   or
Fuel tank pressure signal                                          Fuel Tank Pressure
                                                                                                       psi
Fuel temperature signal                                            Fuel Temp.                       °C or °F
Fuel level signal                                                  Fuel Level                           V
Intake air temperature signal                                      Intake Air Temp.                 °C or °F
Learned ignition timing                                            Learned Ignition Timing              V
Ignition switch signal                                             Ignition Switch                ON or OFF
Test mode connector signal                                         Test Mode Signal               ON or OFF
Neutral position switch signal                                     Neutral Position Switch        ON or OFF
Air conditioning switch signal                                     A/C Switch                     ON or OFF
Air conditioning relay signal                                      A/C Relay                      ON or OFF
Radiator main fan relay signal                                     Radiator Fan Relay #1          ON or OFF
Fuel pump relay signal                                             Fuel Pump Relay                ON or OFF
Knocking signal                                                    Knocking Signal                ON or OFF
Radiator sub fan relay signal                                      Radiator Fan Relay #2          ON or OFF


                                                              36
                                             DIAGNOSTICS                                   [T3C4] 2-7
                                                                                    3. Diagnosis System


                                Contents                              Display        Unit of measure
 Engine torque control signal #1                         Torque Control Signal #1      ON or OFF
 Engine torque control signal #2                         Torque Control Signal #2      ON or OFF
 Engine torque control permission signal                 Torque Control Permit         ON or OFF
 Rear oxygen sensor rich signal                          Rear O2 Rich Signal           ON or OFF
 Pressure control solenoid valve                         PCV Solenoid Valve            ON or OFF
 Drain valve                                             Vent. Solenoid Valve          ON or OFF
 Starter switch signal                                   Starter Switch Signal         ON or OFF
 Idle switch signal                                      Idle Switch Signal            ON or OFF
 Crankshaft position sensor signal                       Crankshaft Position Sig.      ON or OFF
 Camshaft position sensor signal                         Camshaft Position Sig.        ON or OFF
 Rear defogger switch signal                             Rear Defogger Switch          ON or OFF
 Blower fan switch signal                                Blower Fan Switch             ON or OFF
 Small light switch signal                               Small Light Switch            ON or OFF
 Air assist injector solenoid valve signal               AAI Solenoid Valve            ON or OFF
*1: 2500 cc models
*2: 2200 cc models
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                    37
2-7   [T3C5]                                  DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


5. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the
[YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES] key.
6) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
7) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                               Contents                               Display          Unit of measure
Number of diagnosis code                                  Number of Diagnosis Code            —
Malfunction indicator lamp status                         MIL Status                     ON or OFF
Monitoring test of misfire                                Misfire monitoring             ON or OFF
Monitoring test of fuel system                            Fuel system monitoring         ON or OFF
Monitoring test of comprehensive component                Component monitoring           ON or OFF
Test of catalyst                                          Catalyst Diagnosis             ON or OFF
Test of heated catalyst                                   Heated catalyst                ON or OFF
Test of evaporative emission purge control system         Evaporative purge system       ON or OFF
Test of secondary air system                              Secondary air system           ON or OFF
Test of air conditioning system refrigerant               A/C system refrigerant         ON or OFF
Test of oxygen sensor                                     Oxygen sensor                  ON or OFF
Test of oxygen sensor heater                              Oxygen sensor heater           ON or OFF
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1                  Fuel System for Bank 1         ON or OFF
Engine load data                                          Engine Load                          %
Engine coolant temperature signal                         Coolant Temp.                    °C or °F
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor         Short term fuel trim B1              %
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor          Long term fuel trim B1               %
                                                                                     mmHg or kPa or inHg or
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal                  Mani. Absolute Pressure
                                                                                              psi
Engine speed signal                                       Engine Speed                       rpm
Vehicle speed signal                                      Vehicle Speed                 km/h or MPH
Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder                   Ignition timing adv. #1              °
Intake air temperature signal                             Intake Air Temp.                 °C or °F
Throttle position signal                                  Throttle Opening Angle               %
A/F sensor equipment                                      A/F sensor                     ON or OFF
Rear oxygen sensor output signal                          Oxygen Sensor #12                    V
Air fuel ratio correction by rear oxygen sensor           Short term fuel trim #12             %
On-board diagnostic system                                OBD System                          —
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                     38
                                             DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T3C7] 2-7
                                                                                                3. Diagnosis System


6. READ FREEZE FRAME DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the
[YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {Freeze Frame Data} and press the [YES] key.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                               Contents                                   Display               Unit of measure
Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for freeze frame data           Freeze frame data                       DTC
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1                      Fuel system for Bank1               ON or OFF
Engine load data                                              Engine Load                               %
Engine coolant temperature signal                             Coolant Temp.                         °C or °F
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor             Short term fuel trim B1                   %
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor              Long term fuel trim B1                    %
                                                                                              mmHg or kPa or inHg or
Intake manifold absolute pressure signal                      Mani. Absolute Pressure
                                                                                                       ps
Engine speed signal                                           Engine Speed                            rpm
Vehicle speed signal                                          Vehicle Speed                      km/h or MPH
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.
7. READ OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE. (OBD MODE)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the
[YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the {O2 Sensor Monitor} and press the [YES] key.
6) On the O2 Sensor Select display screen, select the {Bank 1-Sensor1} or {Bank 1-Sensor2} and press
the [YES] key.
¼ Bank 1-Sensor1 indicates the front oxygen or A/F sensor, and Bank 1-Sensor2 indicates the rear oxy-
gen sensor.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                            Contents                                       Display               Unit of measure
Oxygen sensor for monitoring test                             <O2 Sensor Monitor (-------)>              —
Rich to lean oxygen sensor threshold voltage                  Rich to lean sensor volt                   V
Lean to rich oxygen sensor threshold voltage                  Lean to rich sensor volt                   V
Low oxygen sensor voltage for switch time calculation         Low sensor voltage                         V
High oxygen sensor voltage for switch time calculation        High sensor voltage                        V
Rich to lean oxygen sensor switch time                        Rich to lean switch time                  sec
Lean to rich oxygen sensor switch time                        Lean to rich switch time                  sec
Maximum oxygen sensor voltage for test cycle                  Maximum sensor Voltage                     V
Minimum oxygen sensor voltage for test cycle                  Minimum sensor Voltage                     V
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                         39
2-7   [T3C8]                                 DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


8. LED OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Engine Control System} and press the
[YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press the [YES]
key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data & LED Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
              Contents                          Display              Message                 LED “ON” requirements
Ignition switch signal              Ignition Switch                 ON or OFF   When ignition switch is turned ON.
Test mode connector signal          Test Mode Signal                ON or OFF   When test mode connector is connected.
Neutral position switch signal      Neutral Position Switch         ON or OFF   When neutral position signal is entered.
Air conditioning switch signal      A/C Switch                      ON or OFF   When air conditioning switch is turned ON.
Air conditioning relay signal       A/C Relay                       ON or OFF   When air conditioning relay is in function.
Radiator main fan relay signal      Radiator Fan Relay #1           ON or OFF   When radiator main fan relay is in function.
Fuel pump relay signal              Fuel Pump Relay                 ON or OFF   When fuel pump relay is in function.
Knocking signal                     Knocking Signal                 ON or OFF   When knocking signal is entered.
Radiator sub fan relay signal       Radiator Fan Relay #2           ON or OFF   When radiator sub fan relay is in function.
                                                                                When engine torque control signal 1 is
Engine torque control signal #1     Torque Control Signal #1        ON or OFF
                                                                                entered.
                                                                                When engine torque control signal 2 is
Engine torque control signal #2     Torque Control Signal #2        ON or OFF
                                                                                entered.
Engine torque control permission                                                When engine torque control permission sig-
                                    Torque Control Permit           ON or OFF
signal                                                                          nal is entered.
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor rich                                                  When front oxygen (A/F) sensor mixture
                                    Front O2 Rich Signal #1         ON or OFF
signal                                                                          ratio is rich.
                                                                                When rear oxygen sensor mixture ratio is
Rear oxygen sensor rich signal      Rear O2 Rich Signal             ON or OFF
                                                                                rich.
                                                                                When pressure control solenoid valve is in
Pressure control solenoid valve     PCV Solenoid Valve              ON or OFF
                                                                                function.
Drain valve                         Vent. Solenoid Valve            ON or OFF   When drain valve is in function.
Starter switch signal               Starter Switch Signal           ON or OFF   When starter switch signal is entered.
Idle switch signal                  Idle Switch Signal              ON or OFF   When idle switch signal is entered.
                                                                                When crankshaft position sensor signal is
Crankshaft position sensor signal   Crankshaft Position Sig.        ON or OFF
                                                                                entered.
                                                                                When camshaft position sensor signal is
Camshaft position sensor signal     Camshaft Position Sig.          ON or OFF
                                                                                entered.
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                               40
                                            DIAGNOSTICS                                   [T3C9] 2-7
                                                                                   3. Diagnosis System


9. READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY FOR AT.
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the {Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
2) On the System Selection Menu display screen, select the {Transmission Control System} and press
the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the information of transmission type.
4) On the Transmission Diagnosis display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save} and press
the [YES] key.
5) On the Data Display Menu display screen, select the {Data Display} and press the [YES] key.
6) Using the scroll key, move the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                              Contents                               Display        Unit of measure
Battery voltage                                         Battery Voltage                     V
Vehicle speed sensor 1 signal                           Vehicle Speed #1             km/h or MPH
Vehicle speed sensor 2 signal                           Vehicle Speed #2             km/h or MPH
Engine speed signal                                     Engine Speed                      rpm
Automatic transmission fluid temperature signal         ATF Temp.                       °C or °F
Throttle position signal                                Throttle Sensor Voltage             V
Gear position                                           Gear Position                      —
Line pressure control duty ratio                        Line Pressure Duty Ratio            %
Lock up clutch control duty ratio                       Lock Up Duty Ratio                  %
Transfer clutch control duty ratio                      Transfer Duty Ratio                 %
Power supply for throttle position sensor               Throttle Sensor Power               V
Torque converter turbine speed signal                   AT Turbine Speed                  rpm
2-4 brake timing pressure control duty ratio            2-4B Duty Ratio                     %
Intake manifold pressure sensor voltage                 Mani. Pressure Voltage              V
2 wheel drive switch signal                             2WD Switch                    ON or OFF
Kick down switch signal                                 Kick Down Switch              ON or OFF
Stop lamp switch signal                                 Stop Lamp Switch              ON or OFF
Anti lock brake system signal                           ABS Signal                    ON or OFF
Cruise control system signal                            Cruise Control Signal         ON or OFF
Neutral/Parking range signal                            N/P Range Signal              ON or OFF
Reverse range signal                                    R Range Signal                ON or OFF
Drive range signal                                      D Range Signal                ON or OFF
3rd range signal                                        3rd Range Signal              ON or OFF
2nd range signal                                        2nd Range Signal              ON or OFF
1st range signal                                        1st Range Signal              ON or OFF
Shift control solenoid A                                Shift Solenoid #1             ON or OFF
Shift control solenoid B                                Shift Solenoid #2             ON or OFF
Torque control output signal #1                         Torque Control Signal #1      ON or OFF
Torque control output signal #2                         Torque Control Signal #2      ON or OFF
Torque control cut signal                               Torque Control Cut Sig.       ON or OFF
2-4 brake timing control solenoid valve                 2-4 Brake Timing Sol.         ON or OFF
Low clutch timing control solenoid valve                Low Clutch Timing Sol.        ON or OFF
Automatic transmission diagnosis indicator lamp         AT Diagnosis Lamp             ON or OFF
NOTE:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                   41
2-7   [T3D1]                          DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


D: CLEAR MEMORY MODE                                      After the memory has been cleared, the ISC must
                                                          be initialized. To do this, turn the ignition switch to
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL                          the ON position. Wait 3 seconds before starting the
MODE)                                                     engine. (2500 cc models only)
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.           E: INSPECTION MODE
2) On the System Selection Menu display                   1. PREPARATIONS FOR THE
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
                                                          INSPECTION MODE
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-         Raise the vehicle using a garage jack and place on
mation of engine type.                                    safety stands or drive the vehicle onto free rollers.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
                                                          WARNING:
select the {Clear Memory} and press the [YES]
key.                                                      ¼ Before raising the vehicle, ensure parking
5) When the ‘Done’ and ‘Turn Ignition Switch OFF’         brakes are applied.
are shown on the display screen, turn the Subaru          ¼ Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a
Select Monitor and ignition switch to OFF.                safety stand.
                                                          ¼ Secure a rope or wire to the front and rear
NOTE:                                                     towing or tie-down hooks to prevent the lateral
¼ After the memory has been cleared, the ISC              runout of front wheels.
must be initialized. To do this, turn the ignition        ¼ Do not abruptly depress/release clutch pedal
switch to the ON position. Wait 3 seconds before
                                                          or accelerator pedal during works even when
starting the engine. (2500 cc models only)
                                                          engine is operating at low speeds since this
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION                           may cause vehicle to jump off free rollers.
MANUAL.                                                   ¼ In order to prevent the vehicle from slipping
                                                          due to vibration, do not place any wooden
2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD                             blocks or similar items between the safety
MODE)                                                     stands and the vehicle.
1) On the Main Menu display screen, select the            ¼ Since the rear wheels will also rotate, do not
{2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.           place anything near them. Also, make sure that
2) On the System Selection Menu display                   nobody goes in front of the vehicle.
screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
press the [YES] key.
3) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
mation of engine type.
4) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
select the {OBD System} and press the [YES] key.
5) On the OBD Menu display screen, select the
{4. Diagnosis Code(s) Cleared} and press the
[YES] key.
6) When the ‘Clear Diagnostic Code?’ is shown on
the display screen, press the [YES] key.
7) Turn Subaru Select Monitor and ignition switch
to OFF.
NOTE:
¼ After the memory has been cleared, the ISC
must be initialized. To do this, turn the ignition
switch to the ON position. Wait 3 seconds before
starting the engine. (2500 cc models only)
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION
MANUAL.
3. OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL                                                                         OBD0072A

For clear memory procedures using the OBD-II
general scan tool, refer to the OBD-II General
Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

                                                     42
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T3E2] 2-7
                                                                                          3. Diagnosis System


2. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR                                   5) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
                                                           connector.
After performing diagnostics and clearing the
                                                              (1) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link
memory, check for any remaining unresolved
                                                              connector located in the lower portion of the
trouble data.
                                                              instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
1) Prepare Subaru Select Monitor kit.




                                                                                                   S2M0258B
                                        S2M0285

                                                              (2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con-
2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru Select
                                                              nector.
Monitor.
3) Insert cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.            CAUTION:
<Ref. to 1-6 [G1100].>                                     Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru
                                                           Select Monitor and OBD-II general scan tool.
                                                           6) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
                                                           Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.




                                       S2M0286A

4) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
                                                                                                   S2M0288A
the side of the center console box.
                                                           7) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
                                                           {2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
                                                           8) On the System Selection Menu display
                                                           screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
                                                           press the [YES] key.
                                                           9) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
                                                           mation of engine type.
                                                           10) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
                                                           select the {Dealer Check Mode Procedure} and
                                                           press the [YES] key.
                                       S2M0259B
                                                           11) When the “Perform Inspection (Dealer Check)
                                                           Mode?” is shown on the display screen, press the
                                                           [YES] key.
                                                           12) Perform subsequent procedures as instructed
                                                           on the display screen.
                                                           ¼ If trouble still remains in the memory, the corre-
                                                           sponding diagnostic trouble code (DTC) appears
                                                           on the display screen.



                                                      43
2-7   [T3E3]                             DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


NOTE:                                                         NOTE:
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the              ¼ Ensure the selector lever is placed in the “P”
SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION                               position before starting. (AT vehicles)
MANUAL.                                                       ¼ Depress clutch pedal when starting the engine.
¼ For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble                  (MT vehicles)
codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE                        4) Using the selector lever or shift lever, turn the
CODE (DTC) LIST.                                              “P” position switch and the “N” position switch to
    ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>                  ON.
    ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>                  5) Depress the brake pedal to turn the brake
¼ Release the parking brake.                                  switch ON. (AT vehicles)
¼ The speed difference between front and rear                 6) Keep engine speed in the 2,500 — 3,000 rpm
wheels may light either the ABS warning light, but            range for 40 seconds.
this indicates no malfunctions. When engine con-
trol diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory            NOTE:
clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system.                 On models without tachometer, use the tachom-
                                                              eter (Secondary pickup type).
3. OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL
                                                              7) Place the selector lever or shift lever in the “D”
After performing diagnostics and clearing the                 position (AT vehicles) or “1st” gear (MT vehicles)
memory, check for any remaining unresolved                    and drive the vehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH).
trouble data:
1) Connect test mode connector at the lower side              NOTE:
of the instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to the        ¼ On AWD vehicles, release the parking brake.
side of the center console box.                               ¼ The speed difference between front and rear
                                                              wheels may light the ABS warning light, but this
                                                              indicates no malfunctions. When engine control
                                                              diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory
                                                              clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system.
                                                              8) Using the OBD-II general scan tool, check for
                                                              diagnostic trouble code(s) and record the result(s).
                                                              NOTE:
                                                              ¼ For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
                                                              OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                              ¼ For detailed concerning diagnostic trouble
                                          S2M0259B            codes, refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
                                                              CODE (DTC) LIST.
2) Connect the OBD-II general scan tool to its data             ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
link connector in the lower portion of the instrument           ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
panel (on the driver’s side).
                                                              F: COMPULSORY VALVE
CAUTION:
Do not connect the scan tools except for
                                                              OPERATION CHECK MODE
Subaru Select Monitor and OBD-II general scan                 1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR
tool.                                                         1) Prepare Subaru Select Monitor kit.




                                          S2M0258B
                                                                                                        S2M0285

3) Start the engine.                                          2) Connect diagnosis cable to Subaru Select
                                                              Monitor.

                                                         44
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T3F1] 2-7
                                                                                         3. Diagnosis System


3) Insert cartridge into Subaru Select Monitor.            6) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and
<Ref. to 1-6 [G1100].>                                     Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.




                                       S2M0286A                                                  S2M0288A


4) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-           7) On the Main Menu display screen, select the
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to        {2. Each System Check} and press the [YES] key.
the side of the center console box.                        8) On the System Selection Menu display
                                                           screen, select the {Engine Control System} and
                                                           press the [YES] key.
                                                           9) Press the [YES] key after displayed the infor-
                                                           mation of engine type.
                                                           10) On the Engine Diagnosis display screen,
                                                           select the {System Operation Check Mode} and
                                                           press the [YES] key.
                                                           11) On the System Operation Check Mode
                                                           display screen, select the {Actuator ON/OFF
                                                           Operation} and press the [YES] key.
                                                           12) Select the desired compulsory actuator on the
                                       S2M0259B             Actuator ON/OFF Operation display screen and
                                                           press the [YES] key.
5) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link              13) Pressing the [NO] key completes the compul-
connector.                                                 sory operation check mode. The display will then
   (1) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link          return to the Actuator ON/OFF Operation
   connector located in the lower portion of the           screen.
   instrument panel (on the driver’s side).




                                       S2M0258B

  (2) Connect diagnosis cable to data link con-
  nector.
CAUTION:
Do not connect scan tools except for Subaru
Select Monitor and OBD-II general scan tool.




                                                      45
2-7   [T3F1]                                 DIAGNOSTICS
3. Diagnosis System


¼ A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
                                         Contents                                       Display
Compulsory   fuel pump relay operation check                              Fuel Pump Relay
Compulsory   radiator fan relay operation check                           Radiator Fan Relay
Compulsory   air conditioning relay operation check                       A/C Relay
Compulsory   pressure control solenoid valve operation check              PCV Solenoid Valve
Compulsory   drain valve operation check                                  Vent Control Solenoid Valve
NOTE:
¼ Because ASV solenoid valve, FICD solenoid valve and air injection system diagnosis solenoid valve are
not installed, ASV Solenoid Valve, FICD Solenoid Valve and Pressure Switching Sol.2 will be displayed but
non-functional.
¼ For detailed operation procedure, refer to the SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OPERATION MANUAL.




                                                               46
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T4B0] 2-7
                                                                                                    4. Cautions


G: FINISHING DIAGNOSIS                                     4. Cautions
OPERATION
                                                           A: SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
1. SUBARU SELECT MONITOR                                   SYSTEM “AIRBAG”
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                           Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the
2) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to OFF.
                                                           engine control module (ECM), main relay and fuel
                                                           pump relay.
                                                           CAUTION:
                                                           ¼ All Airbag system wiring harness and con-
                                                           nectors are colored yellow. Do not use electri-
                                                           cal test equipment on these circuit.
                                                           ¼ Be careful not to damage Airbag system wir-
                                                           ing harness when servicing the engine control
                                                           module (ECM), transmission control module
                                                           (TCM), main relay and fuel pump relay.
                                       S2M0288A
                                                           B: PRECAUTIONS
3) Disconnect test mode connector at the lower             1) Never connect the battery in reverse polarity.
portion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side).
                                                           ¼ The ECM will be destroyed instantly.
4) Disconnect Subaru Select Monitor from its data
                                                           ¼ The fuel injector and other part will be damaged
link connector.
                                                           in just a few minutes more.
                                                           2) Do not disconnect the battery terminals while
                                                           the engine is running.
                                                           ¼ A large counter electromotive force will be gen-
                                                           erated in the alternator, and this voltage may dam-
                                                           age electronic parts such as ECM, etc.
                                                           3) Before disconnecting the connectors of each
                                                           sensor and the ECM, be sure to turn OFF the igni-
                                                           tion switch.
                                                           4) Poor contact has been identified as a primary
                                                           cause of this problem. To measure the voltage
                                                           and/or resistance of individual sensors or all elec-
                                                           trical control modules at the harness side
                                                           connector, use a tapered pin with a diameter of
                                                           less than 0.64 mm (0.025 in). Do not insert the pin
                                                           more than 5 mm (0.20 in) into the part.
                                                           5) Before removing ECM from the located
                                                           position, disconnect two cables on battery.
                                                           ¼ Otherwise, the ECM may be damaged.
                                                           CAUTION:
                                                           When replacing ECM, be careful not to use the
                                                           wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage on fuel
                                                           injection system.
                                                           6) The connectors to each sensor in the engine
                                                           compartment and the harness connectors on the
                                                           engine side and body side are all designed to be
                                                           waterproof. However, it is still necessary to take
                                                           care not to allow water to get into the connectors
                                                           when washing the vehicle, or when servicing the
                                                           vehicle on a rainy day.




                                                      47
2-7   [T4C0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
4. Cautions


7) Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body head           ¼ The antenna feeder must be placed as far
grounding point when measuring voltage and                apart as possible from the ECM and MFI har-
resistance inside the passenger compartment.              ness.
                                                          ¼ Carefully adjust the antenna for correct
                                                          matching.
                                                          ¼ When mounting a large power type radio,
                                                          pay special attention to the three items above
                                                          mentioned.
                                                          ¼ Incorrect installation of the radio may affect
                                                          the operation of the ECM.
                                                          12) Before disconnecting the fuel hose, discon-
                                                          nect the fuel pump connector and crank the engine
                                                          for more than five seconds to release pressure in
                                       H2M1154A
                                                          the fuel system. If engine starts during this
8) Use engine grounding terminal or engine                operation, run it until it stops.
proper as the grounding point to the body when            13) Problems in the electronic-controlled auto-
measuring voltage and resistance in the engine            matic transmission may be caused by failure of the
compartment.                                              engine, the electronic control system, the transmis-
                                                          sion proper, or by a combination of these. These
                                                          three causes must be distinguished clearly when
                                                          performing diagnostics.
                                                          14) Diagnostics should be conducted by rotating
                                                          with simple, easy operations and proceeding to
                                                          complicated, difficult operations. The most impor-
                                                          tant thing in diagnostics is to understand the cus-
                                                          tomer’s complaint, and distinguish between the
                                                          three causes.
                                                          15) In AT vehicles, do not continue the stall for
                                        B2M2779
                                                          more than five seconds at a time (from closed
                                                          throttle, fully open throttle to stall engine speed).
9) Use TCM mounting stud bolts at the body head           16) On ABS vehicle, when performing driving test
grounding point when measuring voltage and                in jacked-up or lifted-up position, sometimes the
resistance inside the passenger compartment.              warning light may be lit, but this is not a malfunc-
                                                          tion of the system. The reason for this is the speed
                                                          difference between the front and rear wheels. After
                                                          diagnosis of engine control system, perform the
                                                          ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagno-
                                                          sis system.

                                                          C: PRE-INSPECTION
                                                          Before performing diagnostics, check the following
                                                          items which might affect engine problems:
                                      B3M1666E            1. POWER SUPPLY
10) Every MFI-related part is a precision part. Do        1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of
not drop them.                                            electrolyte.
11) Observe the following cautions when installing        Standard voltage: 12 V
a radio in MFI equipped models.
                                                          Specific gravity: Above 1.260
CAUTION:
¼ The antenna must be kept as far apart as                2) Check the condition of the main and other
possible from the control unit.                           fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check
(The ECM is located under the steering column,            for proper grounding.
inside of the instrument panel lower trim
panel.)

                                                     48
                                    DIAGNOSTICS         [T4C2] 2-7
                                                          4. Cautions


2. ENGINE GROUNDING
Make sure the engine grounding terminal is prop-
erly connected to the engine.




                                      B2M2779




                                                   49
2-7   [T5A0]                                     DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


5. Specified Data
A: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) I/O SIGNAL FOR 2200 cc MODELS




                                                                                                                       B2M2267A


                                                                   Signal (V)
                              Connec- Termi-
           Content                                Ignition SW ON                                             Note
                               tor No. nal No.                             Engine ON (Idling)
                                                   (Engine OFF)
Crankshaft     Signal   (+)    B135       1               0                    −7 — +7          Sensor output waveform
position       Signal   (−)    B135       8               0                         0                        —
sensor         Shield          B135      10               0                         0                        —
Camshaft       Signal   (+)    B135       2               0                    −7 — +7          Sensor output waveform
position       Signal   (−)    B135       9               0                         0                        —
sensor         Shield          B135      10               0                         0                        —
                                                            Fully closed: 0.2 — 1.0
               Signal          B136      17                                                                   —
                                                           Fully opened: 4.2 — 4.7
Throttle
            Power sup-
position                       B136      15              5                        5                           —
            ply
sensor
            GND (sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0                           —
            sor)
            Signal             B136      18              0                     0 — 0.9                        —
Rear oxy-   Shield             B136      24              0                        0                           —
gen sensor GND sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0                           —
            sor
Front oxy-  Signal 1           B134      22          0.5 — 13                 0.5 — 14                    Waveform
gen (A/F)   Signal 2           B134      23          0.5 — 13                 0.5 — 14                    Waveform
sensor      Power sup-
heater                         B136       3          10 — 13                   13 — 14                        —
            ply monitor
Rear oxy-   Signal             B134      21          0.5 — 13                 0.5 — 14                    Waveform
gen sensor Power sup-
heater                         B136       3          10 — 13                   13 — 14                        —
            ply monitor
Engine      Signal             B136      14         1.0 — 1.4                 1.0 — 1.4           After warm-up the engine.
coolant
tempera-    GND (sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0               After warm-up the engine.
ture sensor sor)
                                                                                                “5” and “0” are repeatedly dis-
Vehicle speed signal           B135      24           0 or 5                    0 or 5
                                                                                                played when vehicle is driven.
Starter switch                 B135      28              0                        0             Cranking: 8 — 14


                                                               50
                                               DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T5A0] 2-7
                                                                                                       5. Specified Data


                                                              Signal (V)
                            Connec- Termi-
        Content                                 Ignition SW ON                                          Note
                             tor No. nal No.                          Engine ON (Idling)
                                                 (Engine OFF)
                                                 ON: 10 — 13             ON: 13 — 14
A/C switch                   B135      27                                                                —
                                                     OFF: 0                OFF: 0
Ignition switch              B135       7           10 — 13               13 — 14                         —
Neutral position switch                                      ON: 12±0.5                    Switch is ON when gear is in
                             B135      26
(MT)                                                           OFF: 0                      neutral position.
Neutral position switch                                         ON: 0                      Switch is ON when shift is in
                             B135      26
(AT)                                                         OFF: 12±0.5                   “N” or “P” position.
Test mode connector          B135      14               5                     5            When connected: 0
Knock sen- Signal            B136       4              2.5                   2.5                          —
sor           Shield         B136      25               0                     0                           —
Back-up power supply         B136       9           10 — 13               13 — 14          Ignition switch “OFF”: 10 — 13
Control unit power sup-      B136      1            10 — 13               13 — 14                         —
ply                          B136      2            10 — 13               13 — 14                         —
Sensor power supply          B136      15               5                     5                           —
Line end check 1             B135      20               0                     0                           —
Ignition    #1, #2           B134      25               0                  1 — 3.4                    Waveform
control     #3, #4           B134      26               0                  1 — 3.4                    Waveform
            #1               B134      4            10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
Fuel injec- #2               B134      13           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
tor         #3               B134      14           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
            #4               B134      15           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
            Signal           B134       5               —                  1 — 13                     Waveform
Idle air
            Power sup-
control                      B136       2          10 — 13                 13 — 14                       —
            ply
solenoid
valve       GND
                             B134       8              0                      0                          —
            (power)
                                                ON: 0.5, or less
Fuel pump relay control      B134      16                                0.5, or less                    —
                                                OFF: 10 — 13
                                                ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
A/C relay control            B134      17                                                                —
                                                OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 1 con-                       ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
                             B134       3                                                                —
trol                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 2 con-                       ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
                             B134      12                                                  With A/C vehicles only
trol                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Self-shutoff control         B135      19         10 — 13                13 — 14                          —
Malfunction indicator                                                                      Light “ON”: 1, or less
                             B134      11             —                       —
lamp                                                                                       Light “OFF”: 10 — 14
Engine speed output          B134      30             —                0 — 13, or more               Waveform
Purge control solenoid                           ON: 1, or less         ON: 1, or less
                             B134       2                                                                —
valve                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
              Signal         B136       5         3.4 — 3.6               1.2 — 1.8                      —
Intake
              Power sup-
manifold                     B136      15              5                      5                          —
              ply
pressure
sensor        GND (sen-
                             B136      16              0                      0                          —
              sor)
                                                                                           Ambient temperature: 25°C
Fuel temperature sensor      B136      26          2.5 — 3.8              2.5 — 3.8
                                                                                           (75°F)
Fuel level sensor            B136      27         0.12 — 4.75            0.12 — 4.75                   —




                                                             51
2-7   [T5A0]                                   DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


                                                               Signal (V)
                            Connec- Termi-
        Content                                  Ignition SW ON                                         Note
                             tor No. nal No.                           Engine ON (Idling)
                                                  (Engine OFF)
                                                                                            The value obtained after the
              Signal         B136      12           2.3 — 2.7              2.3 — 2.7        fuel filler cap was removed
Fuel tank                                                                                   once and recapped.
pressure      Power sup-
                             B136      15              5                       5                          —
sensor        ply
              GND (sen-
                             B136      16              0                       0                          —
              sor)
Fuel tank pressure con-                            ON: 1, or less        ON: 1, or less
                             B134       1                                                                 —
trol solenoid valve                               OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                   ON: 1, or less        ON: 1, or less
Drain valve                  B134      10                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                               Less than 1 ←→ More   Less than 1 ←→ More
AT diagnosis input signal    B135       4                                                             Waveform
                                                       than 4                than 4
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Small light switch           B135      18                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Blower fan switch            B135       5                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Rear defogger switch         B135       6                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136       7           3.7 — 3.9              3.7 — 3.9                      —
sor signal 1
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136      20           2.6 — 4.4              3.4 — 3.6                      —
sor signal 2
SSM/GST communica-                             Less than 1 ←→ More   Less than 1 ←→ More
                             B135       3                                                                 —
tion line                                              than 4                than 4
Intake air temperature                                                                      Intake air temperature: 25°C
                             B136      13           3.0 — 3.4              3.0 — 3.4
sensor                                                                                      (75°F)
Line end check 2             B135      21              5                       5                          —
GND (sensors)                B136      16              0                       0                          —
GND (injectors)              B134       7              0                       0                          —
GND (ignition system)        B134      27              0                       0                          —
GND (power supply)           B134       8              0                       0                          —
                             B136      21              0                       0                          —
GND (control systems)
                             B136      22              0                       0                          —
GND (oxygen sensor
                             B134      35              0                       0                          —
heater 1)
GND (oxygen sensor
                             B134      34              0                       0                          —
heater 2)




                                                            52
        DIAGNOSTICS       [T5A0] 2-7
                      5. Specified Data


MEMO:




               53
2-7   [T5B0]                                     DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


B: ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) I/O SIGNAL FOR 2500 cc MODELS




                                                                                                                       B2M2267A


                                                                   Signal (V)
                              Connec- Termi-
           Content                                Ignition SW ON                                             Note
                               tor No. nal No.                             Engine ON (Idling)
                                                   (Engine OFF)
Crankshaft     Signal   (+)    B135       1               0                    −7 — +7          Sensor output waveform
position       Signal   (−)    B135       8               0                         0                        —
sensor         Shield          B135      10               0                         0                        —
Camshaft       Signal   (+)    B135       2               0                    −7 — +7          Sensor output waveform
position       Signal   (−)    B135       9               0                         0                        —
sensor         Shield          B135      10               0                         0                        —
                                                            Fully closed: 0.2 — 1.0
               Signal          B136      17                                                                   —
                                                           Fully opened: 4.2 — 4.7
Throttle
              Power sup-
position                       B136      15              5                        5                           —
              ply
sensor
              GND (sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0                           —
              sor)
              Signal           B136      18              0                     0 — 0.9                        —
Rear oxy-     Shield           B136      24              0                        0                           —
gen sensor GND (sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0                           —
              sor)
Front oxy-
              Signal 1         B134      22          0 — 1.0                   0 — 1.0                        —
gen (A/F)
sensor
              Signal 2         B134      23          0 — 1.0                   0 — 1.0                        —
heater
Rear oxygen sensor
                               B134      21          0 — 1.0                   0 — 1.0                        —
heater signal
Engine        Signal           B136      14         1.0 — 1.4                 1.0 — 1.4         After warm-up the engine.
coolant
tempera-      GND (sen-
                               B136      16              0                        0             After warm-up the engine.
ture sensor sor)
                                                                                                “5” and “0” are repeatedly dis-
Vehicle speed signal           B135      24           0 or 5                    0 or 5
                                                                                                played when vehicle is driven.
Starter switch                 B135      28             0                        0              Cranking: 8 — 14
                                                   ON: 10 — 13              ON: 13 — 14
A/C switch                     B135      27                                                                   —
                                                     OFF: 0                   OFF: 0
Ignition switch                B135       7         10 — 13                  13 — 14                          —


                                                               54
                                               DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T5B0] 2-7
                                                                                                       5. Specified Data


                                                              Signal (V)
                            Connec- Termi-
        Content                                 Ignition SW ON                                          Note
                             tor No. nal No.                          Engine ON (Idling)
                                                 (Engine OFF)
Neutral position switch                                      ON: 12±0.5                    Switch is ON when gear is in
                             B135      26
(MT)                                                           OFF: 0                      neutral position.
Neutral position switch                                         ON: 0                      Switch is ON when shift is in
                             B135      26
(AT)                                                         OFF: 12±0.5                   “N” or “P” position.
Test mode connector          B135      14               5                     5            When connected: 0
Knock sen- Signal            B136       4              2.8                   2.8                          —
sor           Shield         B136      25               0                     0                           —
Back-up power supply         B136       9           10 — 13               13 — 14          Ignition switch “OFF”: 10 — 13
Control unit power sup-      B136      1            10 — 13               13 — 14                         —
ply                          B136      2            10 — 13               13 — 14                         —
Sensor power supply          B136      15               5                     5                           —
Line end check 1             B135      20               0                     0                           —
Ignition    #1, #2           B134      25               0                  1 — 3.4                    Waveform
control     #3, #4           B134      26               0                  1 — 3.4                    Waveform
            #1               B134      4            10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
Fuel injec- #2               B134      13           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
tor         #3               B134      14           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
            #4               B134      15           10 — 13                1 — 14                     Waveform
            Signal 1         B134      5                —                  1 — 13                     Waveform
Idle air    Signal 2         B134      6                —                  1 — 13                     Waveform
control     Signal 3         B134      19               —                  1 — 13                     Waveform
solenoid    Signal 4         B134      20               —                  1 — 13                     Waveform
valve       Power sup-
                             B136       2          10 — 13                 13 — 14                       —
            ply
                                                ON: 0.5, or less
Fuel pump relay control      B134      16                                0.5, or less                    —
                                                OFF: 10 — 13
                                                ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
A/C relay control            B134      17                                                                —
                                                OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 1 con-                       ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
                             B134       3                                                                —
trol                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Radiator fan relay 2 con-                       ON: 0.5, or less       ON: 0.5, or less
                             B134       2                                                  With A/C vehicles only
trol                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
Self-shutoff control         B135      19         10 — 13                13 — 14                          —
Malfunction indicator                                                                      Light “ON”: 1, or less
                             B134      11             —                       —
lamp                                                                                       Light “OFF”: 10 — 14
Engine speed output          B134      30             —                0 — 13, or more               Waveform
Torque control 1 signal      B135      16              5                      5                           —
Torque control 2 signal      B135      17              5                      5                           —
Torque control cut signal    B134      31              8                      8                           —
Purge control solenoid                           ON: 1, or less         ON: 1, or less
                             B134       2                                                                —
valve                                            OFF: 10 — 13           OFF: 13 — 14
              Signal         B136      29         3.9 — 4.1               2.0 — 2.3
Atmo-
              Power sup-
spheric                      B136      15              5                      5
              ply                                                                                        —
pressure
sensor        GND (sen-
                             B136      16              0                      0
              sor)
                                                                                           Ambient temperature: 25°C
Fuel temperature sensor      B136      26          2.5 — 3.8              2.5 — 3.8
                                                                                           (75°F)
Fuel level sensor            B136      27         0.12 — 4.75            0.12 — 4.75                   —




                                                             55
2-7   [T5B0]                                   DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


                                                               Signal (V)
                            Connec- Termi-
        Content                                  Ignition SW ON                                         Note
                             tor No. nal No.                           Engine ON (Idling)
                                                  (Engine OFF)
                                                                                            The value obtained after the
              Signal         B136      12           2.3 — 2.7              2.3 — 2.7        fuel filler cap was removed
Fuel tank                                                                                   once and recapped.
pressure      Power sup-
                             B136      15              5                       5                          —
sensor        ply
              GND (sen-
                             B136      16              0                       0                          —
              sor)
Fuel tank pressure con-                            ON: 1, or less        ON: 1, or less
                             B134       1                                                                 —
trol solenoid valve                               OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                   ON: 1, or less        ON: 1, or less
Drain valve                  B134      10                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                               Less than 1 ←→ More   Less than 1 ←→ More
AT diagnosis input signal    B135       4                                                             Waveform
                                                       than 4                than 4
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Small light switch           B136       3                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Blower fan switch            B136      30                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
                                                       ON: 0                 ON: 0
Rear defogger switch         B135      21                                                                 —
                                                  OFF: 10 — 13          OFF: 13 — 14
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136      19           2.8 — 3.2              2.8 — 3.2                      —
sor signal 1
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136       6           2.4 — 2.7              2.4 — 2.7                      —
sor signal 2
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136       7           0.2 — 4.9              0.2 — 4.9                      —
sor signal 3
Front oxygen (A/F) sen-
                             B136      20           0.2 — 4.9              0.2 — 4.9                      —
sor signal 4
Pressure sensor              B136       5           2.4 — 4.8              0.4 — 1.8                      —
Intake air temperature
                             B136      13           2.3 — 2.5              1.4 — 1.6                      —
sensor
SSM/GST communica-                             Less than 1 ←→ More   Less than 1 ←→ More
                             B135       3                                                                 —
tion line                                              than 4                than 4
GND (sensors)                B136      16                 0                     0                         —
GND (injectors)              B134       7                 0                     0                         —
GND (ignition system)        B134      27                 0                     0                         —
GND (power supply)           B134       8                 0                     0                         —
                             B136      21                 0                     0                         —
GND (control systems)
                             B136      22                 0                     0                         —
GND (oxygen sensor
                             B134      35              0                       0                          —
heater 1)
GND (oxygen sensor
                             B134      34              0                       0                          —
heater 2)




                                                            56
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                   [T5C0] 2-7
                                                                                5. Specified Data


C: ENGINE CONDITION DATA
          Content                                     Specified data
                                                  1.6 — 2.9 (%): Idling
Engine load
                                             6.4 — 12.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing


Measuring condition:
¼ After warm-up the engine.
¼ Gear position is in “N” or “P” position.
¼ A/C is turned OFF.
¼ All accessory switches are turned OFF.




                                             57
2-7   [T5D0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


D: TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) I/O SIGNAL




                                                                                                           B2M2269A


NOTE:
Check with ignition switch ON.

                                Connector   Terminal
             Content                                               Measuring conditions             Voltage (V)
                                  No.         No.
      Back-up power supply        B55           6                   Ignition switch OFF               10 — 16
                                  B54          23
      Ignition power supply                                 Ignition switch ON (with engine OFF)      10 — 16
                                  B54          24
                                                                Selector lever in “P” range         Less than 1
                    “P” range
                                  B55         23            Selector lever in any other than “P”
                    switch                                                                          More than 8
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “N” range         Less than 1
                    “N” range
                                  B55         22            Selector lever in any other than “N”
                    switch                                                                          More than 8
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “R” range         Less than 1
                    “R” range
                                  B55         17            Selector lever in any other than “R”
                    switch                                                                         More than 9.5
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “D” range         Less than 1
                    “D” range
 Inhibitor switch                 B55          8            Selector lever in any other than “D”
                    switch                                                                         More than 9.5
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “3” range         Less than 1
                    “3” range
                                  B55         18            Selector lever in any other than “3”
                    switch                                                                         More than 9.5
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “2” range         Less than 1
                    “2” range
                                  B54         10            Selector lever in any other than “2”
                    switch                                                                         More than 9.5
                                                                            range
                                                                Selector lever in “1” range         Less than 1
                    “1” range
                                  B54          1            Selector lever in any other than “1”
                    switch                                                                         More than 9.5
                                                                            range
                                                                  Brake pedal depressed            More than 10.5
           Brake switch           B55         24
                                                                   Brake pedal released             Less than 1
                                                                      ABS switch ON                 Less than 1
            ABS signal            B54         19
                                                                      ABS switch OFF               More than 6.5




                                                       58
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                                       [T5D0] 2-7
                                                                                                         5. Specified Data


                                                                                                           Resistance to
                    Connector   Terminal
    Content                                     Measuring conditions                 Voltage (V)               body
                      No.         No.
                                                                                                             (ohms)
Throttle position                               Throttle fully closed.               0.3 — 0.7
                      B55          1                                                                            —
    sensor                                       Throttle fully open.                4.3 — 4.9
Throttle position
                                              Ignition switch ON (with
 sensor power         B55          2                                                 4.8 — 5.3                  —
                                                     engine OFF)
    supply
 ATF tempera-                               ATF temperature 20°C (68°F)              2.9 — 4.0             2.1 k — 2.9 k
                      B55         11
  ture sensor                              ATF temperature 80°C (176°F)              1.0 — 1.4              275 — 375
                                                  Vehicle stopped.                       0
 Vehicle speed
                      B55          3       Vehicle speed at least 20 km/h                                    450 — 650
   sensor 1                                                                    More than 1 (AC range)
                                                      (12 MPH)
 Vehicle speed                             Vehicle speed at most 10 km/h
                      B55          5                                          Less than 1←→More than 4          —
   sensor 2                                            (6 MPH)
  Torque con-                                     Vehicle stopped.                       0
 verter turbine       B55         12       Vehicle speed at least 20 km/h                                    450 — 650
                                                                               More than 1 (AC range)
 speed sensor                                         (12 MPH)
 Vehicle speed                             Vehicle speed at most 10 km/h
                      B55         13                                          Less than 1←→More than 4          —
 output signal                                         (6 MPH)
                                              Ignition switch ON (with
                                                                                   More than 10.5
 Engine speed                                       engine OFF).
                      B55          4                                                                            —
    signal                                    Ignition switch ON (with
                                                                                       8 — 11
                                                     engine ON).
                                             When cruise control is set
                                                                                     Less than 1
Cruise set sig-                                    (SET lamp ON).
                      B54         11                                                                            —
     nal                                   When cruise control is not set
                                                                                    More than 6.5
                                                  (SET lamp OFF).
Torque control 1                                 Ignition switch ON
                      B54         13                                                More than 9                 —
     signal                                       (with engine ON)
Torque control 2                                 Ignition switch ON
                      B54         21                                                More than 9                 —
     signal                                       (with engine ON)
 Torque control
                      B54          2             Ignition switch ON                      8                      —
   cut signal
 AT load signal       B55         20        Engine idling after warm-up              1.2 — 1.8                  —
                                                    1st or 4th gear                 More than 9
Shift solenoid 1      B54          7                                                                          10 — 16
                                                   2nd or 3rd gear                  Less than 1
                                                   1st or 2nd gear                  More than 9
Shift solenoid 2      B54          6                                                                          10 — 16
                                                   3rd or 4th gear                  Less than 1
                                              Throttle fully closed (with
                                                                                     1.5 — 4.0
 Line pressure                              engine OFF) after warm-up.
                      B54          9                                                                         2.0 — 4.5
 duty solenoid                             Throttle fully open (with engine
                                                                                    Less than 0.5
                                                OFF) after warm-up.
                                              Throttle fully closed (with
                                                                                    More than 8.5
Dropping resis-                             engine OFF) after warm-up.
                      B54         18                                                                          9 — 15
     tor                                   Throttle fully open (with engine
                                                                                    Less than 0.5
                                                OFF) after warm-up.
 Lock-up duty                                  When lock up occurs.                 More than 8.5
                      B54         16                                                                          10 — 17
   solenoid                                  When lock up is released.              Less than 0.5
                                                Fuse on FWD switch                  More than 8.5
 Transfer duty                                Fuse removed from FWD
                      B54         15       switch (with throttle fully open                                   10 — 17
   solenoid                                                                         Less than 0.5
                                             and with select lever in 1st
                                                         gear).




                                                            59
2-7   [T5D0]                                DIAGNOSTICS
5. Specified Data


                                                                                                            Resistance to
                     Connector   Terminal
      Content                                    Measuring conditions                  Voltage (V)              body
                       No.         No.
                                                                                                              (ohms)
                                               Throttle fully closed (with
                                                                                       1.5 — 4.0
 2-4 brake duty                              engine OFF) after warm-up.
                       B54          8                                                                        2.0 — 4.5
    solenoid                                Throttle fully open (with engine
                                                                                      Less than 0.5
                                                 OFF) after warm-up.
                                               Throttle fully closed (with
                                                                                     More than 8.5
  2-4 brake duty                             engine OFF) after warm-up.
                       B54         17                                                                         9 — 15
 solenoid resistor                          Throttle fully open (with engine
                                                                                      Less than 0.5
                                                 OFF) after warm-up.
 2-4 brake timing                                        3rd gear                     More than 9
                       B54          5                                                                         10 — 16
     solenoid                                            1st gear                     Less than 1
 Low clutch tim-                                         2nd gear                     Less than 1
                       B54         14                                                                         10 — 16
  ing solenoid                                           4th gear                     More than 9
 Sensor ground
                       B55         10                     —                                0                Less than 1
     line 1
 Sensor ground
                       B55         21                     —                                0                Less than 1
     line 2
 System ground                     9
                       B55                                —                                0                Less than 1
      line                         19
                                                  Fuse removed.                        6 — 9.1
   FWD switch          B55         14                                                                            —
                                                   Fuse installed.                    Less than 1
                                                Fuse on FWD switch                    Less than 1
  FWD indicator
                       B54         12         Fuse removed from FWD                                              —
     lamp                                                                             More than 9
                                                      switch.
 Data link signal                   7                     —                                —
 (Subaru Select        B55                                                                                       —
    Monitor)                       16                     —                                —
  AT diagnosis
                       B54          4             Ignition switch ON           Less than 1 ←→ More than 4        —
     signal




                                                              60
                                        DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T6B0] 2-7
                                                                                  6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure


6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure                                6A4 :   PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS.
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC
                                                             1) Inspect using “Diagnostics Chart with Trouble
PROCEDURE FOR ENGINE                                         Code (DTC)”.
6A1 :    CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE.                         NOTE:
                                                             ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
                                                             ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
1) Ask the customer when and how the trouble
occurred using the interview check list. <Ref. to 2-7        NOTE:
[T6C0].>                                                     Carry out the basic check, only when DTC about
2) Start the engine.                                         automatic transmission is shown on display. <Ref.
                                                             to 2-7 [T6B0].>
         : Does the engine start?
                                                             2) Repair the trouble cause.
         : Go to step 6A2.                                   3) Perform the clear memory mode. <Ref. to 2-7
         : Inspection using “Diagnostics for Engine          [T3D0].>
           Start Failure”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T800].>             4) Perform the inspection mode. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                             [T3E0].>
6A2 :    CHECK ILLUMINATION OF CHECK                                 : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
         ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR                                  OBD-II general scan tool indicate
         LAMP (MIL).                                                   DTC?
                                                                     : Inspect using “Diagnostics Chart with
         : Does CHECK ENGINE malfunction                               Trouble Code (DTC)”.
           indicator lamp illuminate?                        NOTE:
         : Go to step 6A3.                                   ¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
                                                             ¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
         : Inspection using “9. General Diagnos-
           tics Table”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T900].>                       : Complete the diagnosis.
                                                             B: BASIC CHECK ITEMS FOR AT
6A3 :    CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON DIS-                     When trouble code about automatic transmission
         PLAY.                                               is shown on display, carry out the following basic
                                                             check. After that, carry out the replacement or
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                              repair work.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the                  1) ATF level check <Ref. to 3-2 [W1B1].>
OBD-II general scan tool to data link connector.             2) Differential gear oil level check <Ref. to 3-2
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and the Subaru                 [W1B2].>
Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool switch            3) ATF leak check <Ref. to 3-2 [W1B3].>
to ON.                                                       4) Differential gear oil leak check <Ref. to 3-2
4) Read DTC on the Subaru Select Monitor or                  [W1B3].>
OBD-II general scan tool.                                    5) Stall test <Ref. to 3-2 [W8A0].>
                                                             6) Line pressure test <Ref. to 3-2 [W10A0].>
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                 7) Transfer clutch pressure test <Ref. to 3-2
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate                 [W11A0].>
           DTC?                                              8) Time lag test <Ref. to 3-2 [W9A0].>
         : Go to step 6A4.                                   9) Road test <Ref. to 3-2 [W7A0].>
                                                             10) Shift characteristics <Ref. to 3-2 [W7A0].>
         : Repair the related parts.
NOTE:
If DTC is not shown on display although the MIL
illuminates, perform diagnostics of MIL (CHECK
ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp) circuit or com-
bination meter. <Ref. to 2-7 [T700].>




                                                        61
2-7   [T6C1]                              DIAGNOSTICS
6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure


C: CHECK LIST FOR INTERVIEW
1. CHECK LIST NO. 1
Check the following items when problem has occurred.
NOTE:
Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Customer’s name                                              Engine no.
Date of sale                                                 Fuel brand
Date of repair                                               Odometer reading                      km
Vin no.                                                                                          miles
Weather                  „   Fine
                         „   Cloudy
                         „   Rainy
                         „   Snowy
                         „   Various/Others:
Outdoor temperature                                °F (°C)
                         „ Hot
                         „ Warm
                         „ Cool
                         „ Cold
Place                    „ Highway
                         „ Suburbs
                         „ Inner city
                         „ Uphill
                         „ Downhill
                         „ Rough road
                         „ Others:
Engine temperature       „ Cold
                         „ Warming-up
                         „ After warming-up
                         „ Any temperature
                         „ Others:
Engine speed                                          rpm
Vehicle speed                                        MPH
Driving conditions       „ Not affected
                         „ At starting
                         „ While idling
                         „ At racing
                         „ While accelerating
                         „ While cruising
                         „ While decelerating
                         „ While turning (RH/LH)
Headlight                „ ON/„ OFF                          Rear defogger      „   ON/„   OFF
Blower                   „ ON/„ OFF                          Radio              „   ON/„   OFF
A/C compressor           „ ON/„ OFF                          CD/Cassette        „   ON/„   OFF
Cooling fan              „ ON/„ OFF                          Car phone          „   ON/„   OFF
Front wiper              „ ON/„ OFF                          CB                 „   ON/„   OFF
Rear wiper               „ ON/„ OFF




                                                        62
                                            DIAGNOSTICS                                                    [T6C2] 2-7
                                                                                           6. Basic Diagnostic Procedure


2. CHECK LIST NO. 2                                              NOTE:
                                                                 Use copies of this page for interviewing customers.
Check the following items about the vehicle’s state
when MIL turns on.

a) Other warning lights or indicators turn on. „ Yes/„ No
„ Low fuel warning light
„ Charge indicator light
„ AT diagnostics indicator light
„ ABS warning light
„ TCS warning light
„ Engine oil pressure warning light
b) Fuel level
¼ Lack of gasoline: „ Yes/„ No
¼ Indicator position of fuel gauge:
c) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of harness connectors or spark plug cords: „ Yes/„ No
¼ What:
d) Intentional connecting or disconnecting of hoses: „ Yes/„ No
¼ What:
e) Installing of parts other than genuine parts: „ Yes/„ No
¼ What:
¼ Where:
f) Occurrence of noise: „ Yes/„ No
¼ From where:
¼ What kind:
g) Occurrence of smell: „ Yes/„ No
¼ From where:
¼ What kind:
h) Intrusion of water into engine compartment or passenger compartment: „ Yes/„ No
i) Troubles occurred
„ Engine does not start.
„ Engine stalls during idling.
„ Engine stalls while driving.
„ Engine speed decreases.
„ Engine speed does not decrease.
„ Rough idling
„ Poor acceleration
„ Back fire
„ After fire
„ No shift
„ Excessive shift shock




                                                            63
2-7   [T7A0]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
A: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT
COME ON.
¼ DIAGNOSIS:
  ¼ The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) circuit is open or shorted.
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ When ignition switch is turned ON (engine OFF), MIL does not come on.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                    H2M3614




                                                    64
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T7A5] 2-7
                                          7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7A1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                        7A4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-
        ECM.                                                    BINATION METER AND ECM CON-
                                                                NECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
chassis ground.                                         2) Remove combination meter. <Ref. to 6-2
Connector & terminal                                    [W8A0].>
   (B134) No. 11 (+) — Chassis ground (−):              3) Disconnect connector from ECM and combina-
                                                        tion meter.
                                                        4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                        and combination meter connector.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B134) No. 11 — (i12) No. 18:




                                    H2M3264A


        : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
        : Go to step 7A4.
        : Go to step 7A2.                                                                     H2M3533A


7A2 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.                                     : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 7A5.
        : Does the MIL come on when shaking                     : Repair harness and connector.
          or pulling ECM connector and har-
          ness?                                         NOTE:
                                                        In this case, repair the following:
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.         ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
        : Go to step 7A3.                               bination meter connector
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B36)
7A3 :   CHECK ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                        7A5 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.
        : Is ECM connector correctly con-
          nected?                                       Check poor contact in combination meter connec-
                                                        tor. <Ref. to FOREWORD [W3C1].>
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Repair connection of ECM connector.                   : Is there poor contact in combination
                                                                  meter connector?
                                                                : Repair poor contact in combination
                                                                  meter connector.
                                                                : Go to step 7A6.




                                                   65
2-7   [T7A6]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7A6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-
         BINATION METER AND IGNITION
         SWITCH CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between combination meter
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (i12) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       H2M3534A


        : Is voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 7A7.
        : Check the following and repair if neces-
          sary.
NOTE:
¼ Blown out fuse (No. 18).
¼ If replaced fuse (No. 18) blows easily, check the
harness for short circuit of harness between fuse
(No. 18) and combination meter connector.
¼ Open or short circuit in harness between fuse
(No. 18) and battery terminal
¼ Open circuit in harness between combination
meter connector
¼ Poor contact in ignition switch connector

7A7 :    CHECK LAMP BULB.

Remove engine malfunction indicator lamp bulb.
        : Is lamp bulb condition OK?
        : Repair combination meter connector.
        : Replace lamp bulb.




                                                      66
        DIAGNOSTICS                                          [T7A7] 2-7
          7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


MEMO:




                   67
2-7   [T7B0]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


B: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT GO
OFF.
¼ DIAGNOSIS:
  ¼ The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) circuit is shorted.
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Although MIL comes on when engine runs, trouble code is not shown on Subaru select monitor or
  OBD-II general scan tool display.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                          H2M3614




                                                    68
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T7B1] 2-7
                                         7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7B1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-
        BINATION METER AND ECM CON-
        NECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.




                                     H2M2446C


        : Does the MIL come on?
        : Repair short circuit in harness between
          combination meter and ECM connector.
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                    69
2-7   [T7C0]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


C: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DOES NOT
BLINK AT A CYCLE OF 3 Hz.
¼ DIAGNOSIS:
  ¼ The CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) circuit is open or shorted.
  ¼ Test mode connector circuit is in open.
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ When inspection mode, MIL does not blink at a cycle of 3 Hz.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                    H2M3535




                                                    70
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T7C4] 2-7
                                         7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7C1 :   CHECK STATUS OF CHECK ENGINE                    7C3 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TEST
        MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP                              MODE CONNECTOR AND CHASSIS
        (MIL).                                                  GROUND.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect test mode connector.                      2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF)             3) Measure resistance of harness between test
                                                        mode connector and chassis ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B76) No. 1 — Chassis ground:




                                     H2M2446C


        : Does the MIL come on?
        : Go to step 7C2.                                                                    H2M3270A

        : Repair the MIL circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T7A0].>                                              : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 7C4.
7C2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COM-                              : Repair harness and connector.
        BINATION METER AND ECM CON-
                                                        NOTE:
        NECTOR.
                                                        In this case, repair the following:
                                                        ¼ Open circuit in harness between test mode con-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         nector and chassis ground
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          7C4 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

                                                        Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
                                                        FOREWORD [W3C1].>
                                                                : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                  tor?
                                                                : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                : Go to step 7C5.


                                     H2M2446C


        : Does the MIL come on?
        : Repair ground short circuit in harness
          between combination meter and ECM
          connector.
        : Go to step 7C3.




                                                   71
2-7   [T7C5]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7C5 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        AND TEST MODE CONNECTOR.

1) Connect test mode connector.
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 14 — Chassis ground:




                                       B2M2275A


        : Is resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 7C6.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between
          ECM and test mode connector.

7C6 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in ECM connector.
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
          tor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                    72
        DIAGNOSTICS                                          [T7C6] 2-7
          7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


MEMO:




                   73
2-7   [T7D0]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


D: CHECK ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) REMAINS
BLINKING AT A CYCLE OF 3 Hz.
¼ DIAGNOSIS:
  ¼ Test mode connector circuit is shorted.
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ MIL blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz when ignition switch is turned to ON.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                          H2M3535



7D1 :   CHECK TEST MODE CONNECTOR.

1) Disconnect test mode connector.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
        : Does MIL flash on and off?
        : Go to step 7D2.
        : System is in good order.
NOTE:
MIL blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz when test mode con-
nector is connected.




                                                    74
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T7D2] 2-7
                                         7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


7D2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        CONNECTOR AND ENGINE
        GROUNDING TERMINAL.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 14 — Chassis ground:




                                      B2M2275A


        : Is resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Repair short circuit in harness between
          ECM and test mode connector.
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                    75
2-7   [T7D2]                         DIAGNOSTICS
7. Diagnostics for CHECK ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)


MEMO:




                                                    76
                                                DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T8A0] 2-7
                                                                              8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS CHART
1.   Inspection of starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8B0].>
                                                                ↓
2. Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8C0].>
                                                                ↓
3. Inspection of ignition control system. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
                                                                ↓
4. Inspection of fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8E0].>
                                                                ↓
5. Inspection of fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8F0].>
                                                                ↓
6. Inspection of crankshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8G0].>
                                                                ↓
7. Inspection of camshaft position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8H0].>
                                                                ↓
8. Inspection using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool (2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>, 2500 cc
models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>) or inspection using “9. General Diagnostics Table”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T900].>




                                                                  77
2-7   [T8B0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


B: STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                              H2M3536



8B1 :   CHECK BATTERY.                               2) Disconnect connector from starter motor.


        : Is the voltage more than 12 V?
        : Go to step 8B2.
        : Charge or replace battery.

8B2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR
        STARTER MOTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                                            OBD0724

                                                     3) Turn ignition switch to ST.




                                                78
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T8B5] 2-7
                                                                     8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


4) Measure power supply voltage between starter          8B4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BAT-
motor connector terminal and engine ground.                      TERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CON-
Connector & terminal                                             NECTOR.
   (B14) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                         1) Disconnect connector from ignition switch.
                                                         2) Measure power supply voltage between ignition
                                                         switch connector and chassis ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (B72) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      OBD0100A


NOTE:
¼ On AT vehicles, place the selector lever in the
“P” or “N” position.
¼ On MT vehicles, depress the clutch pedal.
                                                                                                  S2M1592A
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8B3.                                        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8B4.                                        : Go to step 8B6.
                                                                 : Repair open circuit in harness between
8B3 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF                                    ignition switch and battery, and check
        STARTER MOTOR.                                             fuse SBF No. 4 and SBF No. 1.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          8B5 :   CHECK IGNITION SWITCH.
2) Disconnect terminal from starter motor.
                                                         1) Disconnect connector from ignition switch.
                                                         2) Measure resistance between ignition switch ter-
                                                         minals while turning ignition switch to the “ST”
                                                         position.
                                                         Terminals
                                                             No. 1 — No. 3:



                                       OBD0725

3) Measure resistance of ground cable between
ground cable terminal and engine ground.
        : Is resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Check starter motor. <Ref. to 6-1
          [K100].>                                                                                 B2M3548
        : Repair open circuit of ground cable.
                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                                 : Go to step 8B6.
                                                                 : Replace ignition switch.




                                                    79
2-7   [T8B6]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8B6 :   CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                         8B8 :    CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

        : Is transmission type AT?                       1) Place the selector lever in the “P” or “N” posi-
        : Go to step 8B7.                                tion.
                                                         2) Measure resistance between inhibitor switch
        : Go to step 8B11.
                                                         terminals.

8B7 :   CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF INHIBI-
                                                         Connector & terminal
        TOR SWITCH.                                         (T3) No. 11 — No. 12:


1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch.
3) Connect connector to ignition switch.
4) Measure input voltage between inhibitor switch
connector terminal and engine ground while turn-
ing ignition switch to ST.
Connector & terminal
   (B12) No. 12 (+) — Engine ground (–):
                                                                                                B2M3550A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair open or ground short circuit in
                                                                   harness between inhibitor switch and
                                                                   starter motor.
                                                                 : Replace inhibitor switch. <Ref. to 3-2
                                                                   [W2C0].>

                                      B2M3549A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8B8.
        : Repair open or ground short circuit in
          harness between inhibitor switch and
          ignition switch.




                                                    80
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T8B11] 2-7
                                                                      8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8B9 :   CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF                            8B10 :    CHECK STARTER INTERLOCK
        STARTER INTERLOCK RELAY.                                    RELAY.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                           1) Connect battery to starter interlock relay termi-
2) Disconnect connector from starter interlock            nals No. 2 and No. 3.
relay.                                                    2) Measure resistance between starter interlock
3) Connect connector to ignition switch.                  relay terminals.
4) Measure input voltage between starter interlock        Terminals
relay connector and chassis ground while turning              No. 1 — No. 4:
ignition switch to ST.
Connector & terminal
   (B105) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
   (B105) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (–):




                                                                                                    B2M3552


                                                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Go to step 8B11.
                                      B2M3551A
                                                                   : Replace starter interlock relay.
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8B10.                                8B11 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
                                                                    CLUTCH SWITCH.
        : Repair open or ground short circuit in
          harness between starter interlock relay
          and ignition switch.                            1) Disconnect connector from clutch switch.
                                                          2) Measure resistance between clutch switch con-
                                                          nector and chassis ground.
                                                          Connector & terminal
                                                             (B106) No. 1 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                   B2M3553A


                                                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Go to step 8B12.
                                                                   : Repair open circuit of ground cable.




                                                     81
2-7   [T8B12]                              DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8B12 :    CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH.

1) Measure resistance between clutch switch ter-
minal while depressing the clutch pedal.
Terminals
    No. 1 — No. 2:




                                          B2M3554


         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Go to step 8B13.
         : Replace clutch switch. <Ref. to 6-2
           [T100].>

8B13 :    CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT.

1) Connect connector to clutch switch.
2) Measure resistance between starter interlock
relay connector and chassis ground while depress-
ing the clutch pedal.
Connector & terminal
   (B105) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                         B2M3555A


         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Repair open or ground short circuit in
           harness between starter interlock relay
           and starter motor.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between
           starter interlock relay and clutch switch.




                                                        82
        DIAGNOSTICS                             [T8B13] 2-7
                      8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


MEMO:




               83
2-7   [T8C0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


C: CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                 H2M3537



8C1 :   CHECK MAIN RELAY.                               8C2 :   CHECK MAIN RELAY.

1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.                     Measure resistance between main relay terminals.
2) Remove main relay.                                   Terminals
3) Connect battery to main relay terminals No. 1            No. 4 — No. 6:
and No. 2.
4) Measure resistance between main relay termi-
nals.
Terminals
    No. 3 — No. 5:




                                                                                              H2M2269


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 8C3.
                                                                : Replace main relay.
                                      H2M2268


        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Go to step 8C2.
        : Replace main relay.




                                                   84
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T8C6] 2-7
                                                                   8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8C3 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.                    8C5 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.

1) Disconnect connector from ECM.                       Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM            chassis ground.
and chassis ground.                                     Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B134) No. 27 — Chassis ground:
   (B136) No. 21 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                H2M3277A
                                     H2M3278A
                                                                : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                      : Go to step 8C6.
        : Go to step 8C4.                                       : Repair open circuit in harness between
        : Repair open circuit in harness between                  ECM connector and engine grounding
          ECM connector and engine grounding                      terminal.
          terminal.
                                                        8C6 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
8C4 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.
                                                        Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and           chassis ground.
chassis ground.                                         Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B134) No. 8 — Chassis ground:
   (B136) No. 22 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                H2M3275A
                                     B2M3213A
                                                                : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                      : Go to step 8C7.
        : Go to step 8C5.                                       : Repair open circuit in harness between
        : Repair open circuit in harness between                  ECM connector and engine grounding
          ECM connector and engine grounding                      terminal.
          terminal.




                                                   85
2-7   [T8C7]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8C7 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.                    8C9 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and           1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
chassis ground.                                         2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
Connector & terminal                                    chassis ground.
   (B134) No. 7 — Chassis ground:                       Connector & terminal
                                                           (B135) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (–):




                                     H2M3276A
                                                                                              H2M3383A
        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Go to step 8C8.                                        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Repair open circuit in harness between                 : Go to step 8C10.
          ECM connector and engine ground ter-                   : Repair open or ground short circuit of
          minal.                                                   power supply circuit.

8C8 :   CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.                     8C10 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
                                                                  AND MAIN RELAY CONNECTOR.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
Connector & terminal                                    2) Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
   (B136) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (–):               ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B135) No. 19 — Chassis ground:




                                     H2M3279A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                                                      H2M3280A

        : Go to step 8C9.
                                                                 : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
        : Repair open or ground short circuit of
          power supply circuit.                                  : Go to step 8C11.
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                   between ECM connector and main relay
                                                                   connector, then replace ECM.




                                                   86
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T8C14] 2-7
                                                                     8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8C11 :    CHECK OUTPUT VOLTAGE FROM                      8C13 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF MAIN
          ECM.                                                     RELAY.

1) Connect connector to ECM.                             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           2) Measure resistance between main relay con-
3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and             nector and chassis ground.
chassis ground.                                          Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                        (B47) No. 1 — Chassis ground:
   (B135) No. 19 (+) — Chassis ground (–):




                                                                                                  H2M3213A
                                      H2M3281A
                                                                  : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                         : Go to step 8C14.
         : Go to step 8C12.                                       : Repair open circuit between main relay
         : Replace ECM.                                             and chassis ground.

8C12 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN                    8C14 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN
          RELAY.                                                   RELAY.

Check voltage between main relay connector and           Measure voltage between main relay connector
chassis ground.                                          and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Connector & terminal
   (B47) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (–):                    (B47) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      H2M3212A                                                    H2M3214A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Go to step 8C13.                                       : Go to step 8C15.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between                 : Repair open or ground short circuit in
           ECM connector and main relay connec-                     harness of power supply circuit.
           tor.




                                                    87
2-7   [T8C15]                              DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8C15 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN                    8C17 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.
          RELAY.
                                                         Measure voltage between ECM connector and
Measure voltage between main relay connector             chassis ground.
and chassis ground.                                      Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                        (B136) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (–):
   (B47) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                H2M3283A

                                      H2M3215A
                                                                  : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                         : Check ignition control system. <Ref. to
         : Go to step 8C16.                                         2-7 [T8D0].>
         : Repair open or ground short circuit in                 : Repair open or ground short circuit in
                                                                    harness between ECM connector and
           harness of power supply circuit.
                                                                    main relay connector.

8C16 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

1) Connect main relay connector.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (–):




                                      H2M3282A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Go to step 8C17.
         : Repair open or ground short circuit in
           harness between ECM connector and
           main relay connector.




                                                    88
        DIAGNOSTICS                             [T8C17] 2-7
                      8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


MEMO:




               89
2-7   [T8D0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


D: IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3557




                                                90
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T8D2] 2-7
                                                                       8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8D1 :    CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR                         8D2 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
         SPARKS.                                                    FOR IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
                                                                    ASSEMBLY.
1) Remove plug cord cap from each spark plug.
2) Install new spark plug on plug cord cap.                1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
CAUTION:                                                   2) Disconnect connector from ignition coil & ignitor
Do not remove spark plug from engine.                      assembly.
                                                           3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Contact spark plug’s thread portion on engine.          4) Measure power supply voltage between ignition
4) While opening throttle valve fully, crank engine        coil & ignitor assembly connector and engine
to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.               ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (E12) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                        B2M2426


        : Does spark occur at each cylinder?
                                                                                                    B2M2427A
        : Check fuel pump system. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T8E0].>                                                 : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8D2.                                          : Go to step 8D3.
                                                                   : Repair harness and connector.
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           In this case, repair the following:
                                                           ¼ Open circuit in harness between ignition coil &
                                                           ignitor assembly, and ignition switch connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22)




                                                      91
2-7   [T8D3]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8D3 :    CHECK HARNESS OF IGNITION COIL                    8D4 :   CHECK IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
         & IGNITOR ASSEMBLY GROUND                                 ASSEMBLY.
         CIRCUIT.
                                                           1) Remove spark plug cords.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                            2) Measure resistance between spark plug cord
2) Measure resistance between ignition coil & igni-        contact portions to check secondary coil.
tor assembly connector and engine ground.                  Terminals
Connector & terminal                                           No. 1 — No. 2:
   (E12) No. 3 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                  B2M2428A
                                       S2M0693A
                                                                   : Is the resistance between 10 and 15
        : Is the resistance between less than 5                      kΩ?
          Ω?                                                       : Go to step 8D5.
        : Go to step 8D4.                                          : Replace ignition coil & ignitor assembly.
        : Repair harness and connector.                              <Ref. to 6-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                        8D5 :   CHECK IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
¼ Open circuit in harness between ignition coil &                  ASSEMBLY.
ignitor assembly connector and engine grounding
terminal                                                   Measure resistance between spark plug cord con-
                                                           tact portions to check secondary coil.
                                                           Terminals
                                                               No. 3 — No. 4:




                                                                                                  B2M2428A


                                                                   : Is the resistance between 10 and 15
                                                                     kΩ?
                                                                   : Go to step 8D6.
                                                                   : Replace ignition coil & ignitor assembly.
                                                                     <Ref. to 6-1 [W4A0].>




                                                      92
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T8D8] 2-7
                                                                       8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8D6 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNI-                       8D8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        TION COIL & IGNITOR ASSEMBLY.                               AND IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
                                                                    ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.
1) Connect connector to ignition coil & ignitor
assembly.                                                  1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Check if voltage varies synchronously with              2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
engine speed when cranking, while monitoring               3) Disconnect connector from ignition coil & ignitor
voltage between ignition coil & ignitor assembly           assembly.
connector and engine ground.                               4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
Connector & terminal                                       and ignition coil & ignitor assembly connector.
   (E12) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (–):                    Connector & terminal
                                                              (B134) No. 25 — (E12) No. 1:




                                       B2M2429A
                                                                                                    B2M2431A
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8D7.                                          : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Replace ignition coil & ignitor assembly.                : Go to step 8D9.
          <Ref. to 6-1 [W4A0].>                                    : Repair harness and connector.
                                                           NOTE:
8D7 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNI-                       In this case, repair the following:
        TION COIL & IGNITOR ASSEMBLY.                      ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and igni-
                                                           tion coil & ignitor assembly connector
Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage
between ignition coil & ignitor assembly connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E12) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (–):




                                       B2M2430A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8D8.
        : Replace ignition coil & ignitor assembly.
          <Ref. to 6-1 [W4A0].>

                                                      93
2-7   [T8D9]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8D9 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                      8D10 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        AND IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR                              AND IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
        ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.                                      ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and          Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
ignition coil & ignitor assembly connector.            engine ground.
Connector & terminal                                   Connector & terminal:
   (B134) No. 26 — (E12) No. 4:                           (B134) No. 25 — Engine ground:




                                    B2M2432A                                                  B2M2433A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                      : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
        : Go to step 8D10.                                      : Go to step 8D11.
        : Repair harness and connector.                         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
NOTE:                                                             between ECM and ignition coil & ignitor
In this case, repair the following:                               assembly connector.
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and igni-
tion coil & ignitor assembly connector                 8D11 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)                       AND IGNITION COIL & IGNITOR
                                                                 ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR.

                                                       Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                       engine ground.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (B134) No. 26 — Engine ground:




                                                                                              B2M2434A


                                                                : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
                                                                : Go to step 8D12.
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                  between ECM and ignition coil & ignitor
                                                                  assembly connector.


                                                  94
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                   [T8D12] 2-7
                                                        8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8D12 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
           tor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Check fuel pump circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
           [T8E0].>




                                                   95
2-7   [T8E0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


E: FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3538



8E1 :   CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF                           8E2 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL
        FUEL PUMP.                                                  PUMP.

Make sure that fuel pump is in operation for two           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
seconds when turning ignition switch to ON.                2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on
NOTE:                                                      the right rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or
Fuel pump operation can also be executed using             luggage compartment floor (Wagon).
Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode: FD01).
For the procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY
VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].>
        : Does fuel pump produce operating
          sound?
        : Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T8G0].>
        : Go to step 8E2.
                                                                                                    S2M0392

                                                           3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.




                                                      96
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T8E4] 2-7
                                                                   8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


4) Measure resistance of harness connector              8E4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
between fuel pump and chassis ground.                           PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON-
Connector & terminal                                            NECTOR.
   (R58) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
                                                        1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                        2) Measure resistance of harness connector
                                                        between fuel pump and fuel pump relay.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (R58) No. 1 — (B46) No. 4:




                                     OBD0132A


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Go to step 8E3.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                                                           H2M2303A

In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
nector and chassis grounding terminal                           : Go to step 8E5.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (R67)                      : Repair harness and connector.
8E3 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL                      NOTE:
        PUMP.                                           In this case, repair the following:
                                                        ¼ Open circuit in harness between fuel pump con-
                                                        nector and chassis grounding terminal
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (R67 and
2) Measure voltage of power supply circuit              B97)
between fuel pump connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R58) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                     OBD0133A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Replace fuel pump. <Ref. to 2-8
          [W3A0].>
        : Go to step 8E4.




                                                   97
2-7   [T8E5]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8E5 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL                       8E6 :   CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY.
        PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CON-
        NECTOR.                                          1) Disconnect connectors from fuel pump relay
                                                         and main relay.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump          2) Remove fuel pump relay and main relay with
and fuel pump relay connector.                           bracket.
Connector & terminal                                     3) Connect battery to fuel pump relay connector
   (R58) No. 1 — Chassis ground:                         terminals No. 1 and No. 3.
                                                         4) Measure resistance between connector termi-
                                                         nals of fuel pump relay.
                                                         Terminals
                                                             No. 2 — No. 4:




                                      H2M2304A


        : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
        : Go to step 8E6.
                                                                                              G2M0461
        : Repair short circuit in harness between
          fuel pump and fuel pump relay connec-
          tor.                                                   : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Go to step 8E7.
                                                                 : Replace fuel pump relay. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                   [W21A0].>




                                                    98
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T8E8] 2-7
                                                           8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8E7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNEC-
        TOR.

1) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and fuel pump relay connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 16 — (B46) No. 3:




                                       B2M2436A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 8E8.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between
          ECM and fuel pump relay connector.

8E8 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in ECM connector.
<Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
          tor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Check fuel injector circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T8F0].>




                                                      99
2-7   [T8F0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


F: FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
¼ Check or repair only faulty parts.
¼ After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                       H2M3539



8F1 :   CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL
        INJECTOR.

While cranking the engine, check that each fuel
injector emits “operating” sound. Use a sound
scope or attach a screwdriver to injector for this
check.
        : Is the fuel injector emits “operating”
          sound?
        : Check fuel pressure. <Ref. to 2-2
          [W7A0].>
        : Go to step 8F2.




                                                     100
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T8F3] 2-7
                                                                    8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8F2 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH                       8F3 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH
        FUEL INJECTOR.                                           FUEL INJECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from #1 cylinder fuel            2) Disconnect connector from #2 cylinder fuel
injector.                                                injector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure power supply voltage between the              4) Measure power supply voltage between the
fuel injector terminal and engine ground.                fuel injector terminal and engine ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Connector & terminal
   #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):                   #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                     S2M0751A                                                    S2M0752A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8F3.                                        : Go to step 8F4.
        : Repair harness and connector.                          : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                    NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                      In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and         ¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
fuel injector connector                                  fuel injector connector
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector                   ¼ Poor contact in main relay connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)               ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector                ¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector




                                                   101
2-7   [T8F4]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8F4 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH                       8F5 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH
        FUEL INJECTOR.                                           FUEL INJECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from #3 cylinder fuel            2) Disconnect connector from #4 cylinder fuel
injector.                                                injector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure power supply voltage between the              4) Measure power supply voltage between the
fuel injector terminal and engine ground.                fuel injector terminal and engine ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Connector & terminal
   #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):                   #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (–):




                                     S2M0753A                                                 S2M0754A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 8F5.                                        : Go to step 8F6.
        : Repair harness and connector.                          : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                    NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                      In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and         ¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
fuel injector connector                                  fuel injector connector
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector                   ¼ Poor contact in main relay connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22)              ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22)
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector                ¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector




                                                   102
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T8F8] 2-7
                                                                  8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8F6 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                      8F7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
        AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.                           AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.

1) Disconnect connector from ECM.                      Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM           fuel injector connector.
and fuel injector connector.                           Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                      (B134) No. 4 — Chassis ground:
   (B134) No. 4 — (B136) No. 2:




                                                                                               H2M3302A
                                   H2M3301A
                                                               : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Is the resistance between 5 and 20                   : Repair ground short circuit in harness
          Ω?                                                     between ECM and fuel injector connec-
        : Go to step 8F7.                                        tor.
        : Repair harness and connector.                        : Go to step 8F8.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                    8F8 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel                 AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
injector connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)             Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                       fuel injector connector.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (B134) No. 13 — (B136) No. 2:




                                                                                               H2M3303A


                                                               : Is the resistance between 5 and 20
                                                                 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 8F9.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                       NOTE:
                                                       In this case, repair the following:
                                                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
                                                       injector connector
                                                       ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)

                                                 103
2-7   [T8F9]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8F9 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                        8F11 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
         AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.                               AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and             Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
fuel injector connector.                                  fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 13 — Chassis ground:                           (B134) No. 14 — Chassis ground:




                                      H2M3304A                                                  H2M3306A


         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness                  : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between ECM and fuel injector connec-                     between ECM and fuel injector connec-
           tor.                                                      tor.
         : Go to step 8F10.                                        : Go to step 8F12.

8F10 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       8F12 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.                              AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and             Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
fuel injector connector.                                  fuel injector connector.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 14 — (B136) No. 2:                             (B134) No. 15 — (B136) No. 2:




                                      H2M3305A                                                  H2M3307A


         : Is the resistance between 5 and 20                      : Is the resistance between 5 and 20
           Ω?                                                        Ω?
         : Go to step 8F11.                                        : Go to step 8F13.
         : Repair harness and connector.                           : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                     NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                       In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel            ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
injector connector                                        injector connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)                ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)

                                                    104
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T8F15] 2-7
                                                                      8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


8F13 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       8F15 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
          AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR.
                                                          Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and             FOREWORD [W3C1].>
fuel injector connector.                                           : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
Connector & terminal                                                 tor?
   (B134) No. 15 — Chassis ground:                                 : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                   : Check crankshaft position sensor cir-
                                                                     cuit. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8G0].>




                                      H2M3308A


         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between ECM and fuel injector connec-
           tor.
         : Go to step 8F14.

8F14 :    CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between each fuel injector
terminals.
Terminals
    No. 1 — No. 2:




                                       S2M0405


         : Is the resistance between 5 and 20
           Ω?
         : Go to step 8F15.
         : Replace faulty fuel injector.




                                                    105
2-7   [T8G0]                               DIAGNOSTICS
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure


G: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check crankshaft position sensor circuit.
¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AD0].>
¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11AD0].>
H: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check camshaft position sensor circuit.
¼ 2200 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AF0].>
¼ 2500 cc models: <Ref. to 2-7 [T11AF0].>




                                               106
                                              DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T9A0] 2-7
                                                                                             9. General Diagnostic Table


9. General Diagnostic Table
A: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH NON-CONFORMITY SYMPTOM
FOR ENGINE
NOTE:
Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. <Ref. to 2-3 [K100].>
Symptom                                           Problem parts
                                                  1) Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                  2) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                  3) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                  4) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
1. Engine stalls during idling.                   5) Ignition parts (*1)
                                                  6) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
                                                  7) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  8) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  9) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                  1) Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                  2) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                  3) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                  4) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
                                                  5) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
                                                  6) Ignition parts (*1)
2. Rough idling                                   7) Air intake system (*5)
                                                  8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                  9) Throttle position sensor
                                                  10) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  11) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  12) Oxygen sensor
                                                  13) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
                                                  1) Idle air control solenoid valve
                                                  2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
                                                  3) Accelerator cable (*6)
3. Engine does not return to idle.                4) Throttle position sensor
                                                  5) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                  6) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                  7) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
                                                  1) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                  2) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                  3) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
                                                  4) Throttle position sensor
                                                  5) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                  6) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
4. Poor acceleration
                                                  7) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
                                                  8) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  9) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  10) A/C switch and A/C cut relay
                                                  11) Engine torque control signal circuit
                                                  12) Ignition parts (*1)
                                                  1) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                  2) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                  3) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
                                                  4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
5. Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at   5) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
acceleration.                                     6) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                  7) Purge control solenoid valve
                                                  8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                  9) Throttle position sensor
                                                  10) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay




                                                          107
2-7  [T9B0]                                      DIAGNOSTICS
9. General Diagnostic Table


 Symptom                                                Problem parts
                                                        1) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                        2) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                        3) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
                                                        4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
 6. Surge                                               5) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                        6) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
                                                        7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                        8) Throttle position sensor
                                                        9) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
                                                        1) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                        2) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                        3) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
 7. Spark knock                                         4) Engine coolant temperature sensor
                                                        5) Knock sensor
                                                        6) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                        7) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
                                                        1) Intake manifold pressure sensor
                                                        2) Intake air temperature sensor
                                                        3) Intake air temperature and pressure sensor
 8. After burning in exhaust system
                                                        4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
                                                        5) Fuel injection parts (*4)
                                                        6) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
*1: Check ignition coil & ignitor assembly and spark plug.
*2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
*3: Ensure the secure installation.
*4: Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter.
*5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.
*6: Adjust accelerator cable.

B: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH NON-CONFORMITY SYMPTOM
FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
NOTE:
Check general diagnostics table with non-conformity symptom for automatic transmission. <Ref. to 3-2
[T1000].>




                                                                    108
        DIAGNOSTICS                 [T9B0] 2-7
                      9. General Diagnostic Table


MEMO:




               109
2-7   [T10A0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models
A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
   DTC
                                                          Item                             Index
   No.
P0106      Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10B0].>
P0107      Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit low input                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10C0].>
P0108      Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit high input                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10D0].>
P0111      Intake air temperature sensor circuit range/performance problem            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10E0].>
P0112      Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10F0].>
P0113      Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10G0].>
P0116      Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10H0].>
P0117      Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10I0].>
P0121      Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input)    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10J0].>
P0122      Throttle position sensor circuit low input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10K0].>
P0123      Throttle position sensor circuit high input                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10L0].>
P0125      Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10M0].>
P0131      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input)    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10N0].>
P0132      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input)   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10O0].>
P0133      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit slow response                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10P0].>
P0136      Rear oxygen sensor circuit malfunction                                     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10Q0].>
P0139      Rear oxygen sensor circuit slow response                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10R0].>
P0141      Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit low input                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10S0].>
P0171      Fuel trim malfunction (A/F too lean)                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10T0].>
P0172      Fuel trim malfunction (A/F too rich)                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10U0].>
P0181      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit range/performance problem                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10V0].>
P0182      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit low input                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10W0].>
P0183      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit high input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10X0].>
P0301      Cylinder 1 misfire detected                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10Y0].>
P0302      Cylinder 2 misfire detected                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                      [T10Z0].>




                                                              110
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T10A0] 2-7
                                                           10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


   DTC
                                                          Item                                            Index
   No.
P0303    Cylinder 3 misfire detected                                                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AA0].>
P0304    Cylinder 4 misfire detected                                                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AB0].>
P0325    Knock sensor circuit malfunction                                                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AC0].>
P0335    Crankshaft position sensor circuit malfunction                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AD0].>
P0336    Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AE0].>
P0340    Camshaft position sensor circuit malfunction                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AF0].>
P0341    Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AG0].>
P0420    Catalyst system efficiency below threshold                                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AH0].>
P0440    Evaporative emission control system malfunction                                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AI0].>
P0443    Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit low input                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AJ0].>
P0446    Evaporative emission control system vent control low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AK0].>
P0451    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance problem               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AL0].>
P0452    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AM0].>
P0453    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AN0].>
P0461    Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AO0].>
P0462    Fuel level sensor circuit low input                                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AP0].>
P0463    Fuel level sensor circuit high input                                                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AQ0].>
P0480    Cooling fan relay 1 circuit low input                                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AR0].>
P0483    Cooling fan function problem                                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AS0].>
P0500    Vehicle speed sensor malfunction                                                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AT0].>
P0505    Idle control system circuit low input                                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AU0].>
P0506    Idle control system RPM lower than expected                                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AV0].>
P0507    Idle control system RPM higher than expected                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AW0].>
P0601    Internal control module memory check sum error                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AX0].>
P0703    Brake switch input malfunction                                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AY0].>
P0705    Transmission range sensor circuit malfunction                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10AZ0].>
P0710    Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit malfunction                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T10BA0].>




                                                            111
2-7   [T10A0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


   DTC
                                                            Item                     Index
   No.
P0715      Torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BB0].>
P0720      Output speed sensor (vehicle speed sensor 2) circuit malfunction     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BC0].>
P0725      Engine speed input circuit malfunction                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BD0].>
P0731      Gear 1 incorrect ratio                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BE0].>
P0732      Gear 2 incorrect ratio                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BF0].>
P0733      Gear 3 incorrect ratio                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BG0].>
P0734      Gear 4 incorrect ratio                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BH0].>
P0740      Torque converter clutch system malfunction                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BI0].>
P0743      Torque converter clutch system (lock-up duty solenoid) electrical    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BJ0].>
P0748      Pressure control solenoid (line pressure duty solenoid) electrical   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BK0].>
P0753      Shift solenoid A (shift solenoid 1) electrical                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BL0].>
P0758      Shift solenoid B (shift solenoid 2) electrical                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BM0].>
P1100      Starter switch circuit low input                                     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BN0].>
P1101      Neutral position switch circuit low input [MT vehicles] or           <Ref. to 2-7
           Neutral position switch circuit high input [AT vehicles]             [T10BO0].>
P1103      Engine torque control signal 1 circuit malfunction                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BP0].>
P1106      Engine torque control signal 2 circuit malfunction                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BQ0].>
P1110      Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit low input                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BR0].>
P1111      Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit high input                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BS0].>
P1112      Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BT0].>
P1115      Engine torque control cut signal circuit high input                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BU0].>
P1116      Engine torque control cut signal circuit low input                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BV0].>
P1120      Starter switch circuit high input                                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BW0].>
P1121      Neutral position switch circuit high input [MT vehicles] or          <Ref. to 2-7
           Neutral position switch circuit low input [AT vehicles]              [T10BX0].>
P1130      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit)         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BY0].>
P1131      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit malfunction (short circuit)        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10BZ0].>
P1132      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater circuit low input                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10CA0].>
P1133      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater circuit high input                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                [T10CB0].>




                                                              112
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10A0] 2-7
                                                         10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


   DTC
                                                        Item                                            Index
   No.
P1134    Front oxygen (A/F) sensor micro-computer problem                                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CC0].>
P1139    Front oxygen (A/F) sensor #1 heater circuit range/performance problem                     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CD0].>
P1142    Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input)                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CE0].>
P1151    Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit high input                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CF0].>
P1400    Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit low input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CG0].>
P1420    Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit high input                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CH0].>
P1422    Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit high input                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CI0].>
P1423    Evaporative emission control system vent control high input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CJ0].>
P1443    Evaporative emission control system vent control function problem                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CK0].>
P1505    Idle control system circuit high input                                                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CL0].>
P1507    Idle control system malfunction (fail-safe)                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CM0].>
P1520    Cooling fan relay 1 circuit high input                                                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CN0].>
P1560    Back-up voltage circuit malfunction                                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CO0].>
P1700    Throttle position sensor circuit malfunction for automatic transmission                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CP0].>
P1701    Cruise control set signal circuit malfunction for automatic transmission                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CQ0].>
P1702    Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit low input                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CR0].>
P1703    Low clutch timing control solenoid valve circuit malfunction                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CS0].>
P1704    2-4 brake timing control solenoid valve circuit malfunction                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CT0].>
P1705    2-4 brake pressure control solenoid valve (2-4 brake duty solenoid) circuit malfunction   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CU0].>
P1722    Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit high input                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CV0].>
P1742    Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit malfunction                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                   [T10CW0].>




                                                          113
2-7   [T10B0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


B: DTC P0106 — INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3540




                                                   114
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10B4] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10B1 :    CHECK IDLE SWITCH SIGNAL.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Operate the LED operation mode for engine
using Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “LED
OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3C8].>
         : Does the LED of {Idle Switch Signal}
           come on?
         : Go to step 10B2.
         : Check throttle position sensor circuit.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T10K0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0106.

10B2 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0107 or P0108?
         : Inspect DTC P0107 or P0108 using “10.
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0106.
         : Go to step 10B3.

10B3 :    CHECK CONDITION OF INTAKE
          MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR.

         : Is the intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor installation bolt tightened
           securely?
         : Go to step 10B4.
         : Tighten intake manifold pressure sensor
           installation bolt securely.

10B4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF THROTTLE
          BODY.

         : Is the throttle body installation bolt
           tightened securely?
         : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>
         : Tighten throttle body installation bolt
           securely.

                                                      115
2-7   [T10C0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


C: DTC P0107 — INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3540




                                                   116
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10C5] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10C1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              10C4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-         chassis ground.
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
                                                           Connector & terminal
general scan tool.
                                                              (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than 3.3 kPa (25
           mmHg, 0.98 inHg)?
         : Go to step 10C3.                                                                        B2M2443A

         : Go to step 10C2.
                                                                    : Does the voltage change more than
                                                                      4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
10C2 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
                                                                      nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                      value with voltage meter?
Check poor contact in ECM and pressure sensor                       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
connector. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C8].>
                                                                    : Contact with SOA service.
         : Is there poor contact in ECM or pres-
           sure sensor connector?                          NOTE:
         : Repair poor contact in ECM or pressure          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
           sensor connector.                               cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has          10C5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           returned to a normal condition at this
           time.
                                                           Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground.
10C3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
                                                           Connector & terminal
Measure voltage between ECM connector and                     (B136) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                   B2M2444A


                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 0.7 V?
                                      B2M2443A
                                                                    : Go to step 10C7.
                                                                    : Go to step 10C6.
         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 10C5.
         : Go to step 10C4.

                                                     117
2-7   [T10C6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10C6 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     10C8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          TOR.)                                                     SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                              2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
NOTE:                                                     3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   and intake manifold pressure sensor connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                          (B136) No. 16 — (E21) No. 2:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
         : Does the value change more than 3.3
           kPa (25 mmHg, 0.98 inHg) by shaking
           harness and connector of ECM while
           monitoring the value with Subaru
           Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 10C7.

10C7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                                                             B2M2446B

          AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Go to step 10C9.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                    : Repair open circuit in harness between
2) Disconnect connector from intake manifold                         ECM and intake manifold pressure sen-
pressure sensor.                                                     sor connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between intake manifold pres-
sure sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                      B2M2445B


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 10C8.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between
           ECM and intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor connector.




                                                    118
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10C10] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10C9 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between intake
manifold pressure sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                      B2M2447B


         : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?
         : Go to step 10C10.
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between ECM and intake manifold pres-
           sure sensor connector.

10C10 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in intake manifold pressure
sensor connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in intake mani-
           fold pressure sensor connector?
         : Repair poor contact in intake manifold
           pressure sensor connector.
         : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>




                                                    119
2-7   [T10D0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


D: DTC P0108 — INTAKE MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3540




                                                  120
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10D4] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10D1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              10D3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-         chassis ground.
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II          Connector & terminal
general scan tool.                                            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 130 kPa (975
           mmHg, 38.39 inHg)?
                                                                                                   B2M2443A
         : Go to step 10D10.
         : Go to step 10D2.                                         : Does the voltage change more than
                                                                      4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
10D2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                                 nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                      value with voltage meter?
Measure voltage between ECM connector and                           : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
chassis ground.                                                     : Contact with SOA service.
Connector & terminal                                       NOTE:
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

                                                           10D4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

                                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
                                                           chassis ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

                                      B2M2443A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 10D4.
         : Go to step 10D3.



                                                                                                   B2M2444A


                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 0.7 V?
                                                                    : Go to step 10D6.
                                                                    : Go to step 10D5.




                                                     121
2-7   [T10D5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10D5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     10D7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          TOR.)                                                     SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.

Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                              2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
NOTE:                                                     3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   and intake manifold pressure sensor connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                          (B136) No. 5 — (E21) No. 1:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
         : Does the value change more than 3.3
           kPa (25 mmHg, 0.98 inHg) by shaking
           harness and connector of ECM while
           monitoring the value with Subaru
           Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 10D6.

10D6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                                                             B2M2448B

          AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Go to step 10D8.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                    : Repair open circuit in harness between
2) Disconnect connector from intake manifold                         ECM and intake manifold pressure sen-
pressure sensor.                                                     sor connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between intake manifold pres-          10D8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
sure sensor connector and engine ground.                            AND INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
Connector & terminal                                                SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
   (E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                          Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                          intake manifold pressure sensor connector.
                                                          Connector & terminal
                                                             (B136) No. 16 — (E21) No. 2:




                                      B2M2445B


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 10D7.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between                                               B2M2446B
           ECM and intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor connector.                                          : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Go to step 10D9.
                                                                   : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                     ECM and intake manifold pressure sen-
                                                                     sor connector.

                                                    122
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10D10] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10D9 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                             10D10 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
                                                                     AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
                                                                     NECTOR.
Check poor contact in intake manifold pressure
sensor connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
         : Is there poor contact in intake mani-
                                                          Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
           fold pressure sensor connector?
                                                          OFF.
         : Repair poor contact in intake manifold         2) Disconnect connector from pressure sensor.
           pressure sensor connector.                     3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select
         : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-          Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
           sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>                    ON.
                                                          4) Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure
                                                          signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
                                                          eral scan tool.
                                                          NOTE:
                                                          ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                          For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                          “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                          FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                          ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                          For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
                                                          OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                  : Is the value more than 130 kPa (975
                                                                    mmHg, 38.39 inHg)?
                                                                  : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                    between ECM and intake manifold pres-
                                                                    sure sensor connector.
                                                                  : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
                                                                    sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>




                                                    123
2-7   [T10E0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


E: DTC P0111 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3541




                                                  124
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10E1] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10E1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0112 or P0113?
         : Inspect DTC P0112 or P0113 using “10.
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0111.
         : Replace intake air temperature sensor.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [W12A0].>




                                                     125
2-7   [T10F0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


F: DTC P0112 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3541




                                                  126
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10F2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10F1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.
2) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value greater than 120°C
           (248°F)?
         : Go to step 10F2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature sensor
¼ Poor contact in ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)

10F2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN-
          SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
ture sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Replace intake air temperature sensor.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [W12A0].>
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between intake air temperature sensor
           and ECM connector.




                                                     127
2-7   [T10G0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


G: DTC P0113 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3541




                                                  128
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10G3] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10G1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              10G3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                     INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN-
                                                                     SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine.
3) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-         1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-         2) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-
eral scan tool.                                            ture sensor connector and engine ground.
NOTE:                                                      Connector & terminal
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                       (E20) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 10G2.
         : Repair poor contact.
                                                                                                   B2M3747A
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature sensor                     : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
¼ Poor contact in ECM                                               : Repair battery short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                            between intake air temperature sensor
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                              and ECM connector.
                                                                    : Go to step 10G4.
10G2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN-
          SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
ture sensor.
3) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-
ture sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E20) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                       B2M3747A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness
           between intake air temperature sensor
           and ECM connector.
         : Go to step 10G3.

                                                     129
2-7   [T10G4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10G4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10G5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN-                               INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SEN-
          SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                    SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between intake air temperature            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
sensor connector and engine ground.                       2) Measure resistance of harness between intake
                                                          air temperature sensor connector and engine
Connector & terminal                                      ground.
   (E20) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                          Connector & terminal
                                                             (E20) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                      B2M3747A

                                                                                                B2M3745A
         : Is the voltage more than 3 V?
         : Go to step 10G5.                                        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Repair harness and connector.                           : Replace intake air temperature sensor.
NOTE:                                                                <Ref. to 2-7 [W12A0].>
In this case, repair the following:                                : Repair harness and connector.
¼ Open circuit in harness between intake air tem-         NOTE:
perature sensor and ECM connector                         In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature sensor           ¼ Open circuit in harness between intake air tem-
¼ Poor contact in ECM                                     perature sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                ¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature sensor
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                  ¼ Poor contact in ECM
                                                          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                          ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                    130
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T10G5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               131
2-7   [T10H0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


H: DTC P0116 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Hard to start
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3542




                                                  132
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10H2] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10H1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                             10H2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                    ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1) Start engine.                                                    SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
general scan tool.                                        2) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-
NOTE:                                                     perature sensor.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            4) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                       sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                        general scan tool.
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                                NOTE:
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the           ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.              For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
         : Is the value greater than 120°C                “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
           (248°F)?                                       FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
         : Go to step 10H2.                               ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                          For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
         : Repair poor contact.
                                                          OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
NOTE:
                                                                   : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-                  : Replace engine coolant temperature
sor                                                                  sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
¼ Poor contact in ECM                                              : Repair ground short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                           between engine coolant temperature
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                             sensor and ECM connector.




                                                    133
2-7   [T10I0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


I: DTC P0117 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Hard to start
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3542




                                                  134
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T10I3] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10I1 :   CHECK CURRENT DATA.                               10I3 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                    ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
                                                                    SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II           1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
general scan tool.                                         2) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-
                                                           perature sensor connector and engine ground.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                    Connector & terminal
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the                (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 10I2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
                                                                                                   B2M3565A
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor                                                                 : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
¼ Poor contact in ECM                                               : Repair battery short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                            between ECM and engine coolant tem-
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                              perature sensor connector.
                                                                    : Go to step 10I4.
10I2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
         ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
         SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-
perature sensor.
3) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-
perature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                       B2M3565A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness
           between ECM and engine coolant tem-
           perature sensor connector.
         : Go to step 10I3.

                                                     135
2-7   [T10I4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10I4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                            10I5 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
         ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE                                ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
         SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                 SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between engine coolant tempera-           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ture sensor connector and engine ground.                  2) Measure resistance of harness between engine
                                                          coolant temperature sensor connector and engine
Connector & terminal                                      ground.
   (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                          Connector & terminal
                                                             (E8) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                      B2M3565A

                                                                                                B2M3566A
         : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
         : Go to step 10I5.                                        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Repair harness and connector.                           : Replace engine coolant temperature
NOTE:                                                                sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
In this case, repair the following:                                : Repair harness and connector.
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and                 NOTE:
engine coolant temperature sensor connector               In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-         ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
sor connector                                             engine coolant temperature sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                           ¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                sor connector
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                  ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                          ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                    136
        DIAGNOSTICS                                         [T10I5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               137
2-7   [T10J0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


J: DTC P0121 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3543



10J1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0107, P0108, P0122 or P0123?
         : Inspect DTC P0107, P0108, P0122 or
           P0123 using “10. Diagnostics Chart with
           Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models”.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0121.
         : Go to step 10J2.

                                                     138
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10J2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10J2 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 53.3 kPa (400
           mmHg, 15.75 inHg)?
         : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
           sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A1].>




                                                     139
2-7   [T10K0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


K: DTC P0122 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3543




                                                  140
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T10K4] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10K1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                                10K3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                             Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read data of throttle position sensor signal              chassis ground.
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general                Connector & terminal
scan tool.                                                      (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than 0.1 V?
         : Go to step 10K2.                                                                          B2M2443A
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           returned to a normal condition at this                     : Does the voltage change more than
           time. A temporary poor contact of the                        4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
           connector may be the cause.                                  nector of ECM while monitoring the
NOTE:                                                                   value with voltage meter?
In this case, repair the following:                                   : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-                    : Contact with SOA service.
tor
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                              NOTE:
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                   Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                     cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

10K2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                        10K4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.


Measure voltage between ECM connector and                    Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground while throttle valve is fully closed.         chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                         Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                      (B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                     B2M2452A
                                        B2M2443A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?                            : Is the voltage less than 0.1 V?
         : Go to step 10K4.                                           : Go to step 10K6.
         : Go to step 10K3.                                           : Go to step 10K5.




                                                       141
2-7   [T10K5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10K5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                       10K7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                  AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
          TOR.)                                                       SOR CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and                   1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
chassis ground.                                             2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                            connector and throttle position sensor connector.
         : Does the voltage change more than
           0.1 V by shaking harness and con-                Connector & terminal
           nector of ECM while monitoring the                  (B136) No. 17 — (E13) No. 3:
           value with Subaru Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 10K6.

10K6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
          SOR CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                                                                   B2M2454A
2) Disconnect connectors from throttle position
sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
4) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-                    : Go to step 10K8.
sor connector and engine ground.                                     : Repair harness and connector.
Connector & terminal                                        NOTE:
   (E13) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):                     In this case, repair the following:
                                                            ¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
                                                            sensor and ECM connector
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
                                                            tor
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                       B2M2453A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 10K7.
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
tor
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                      142
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10K9] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10K8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
          SOR CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between throttle
position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E13) No. 3 — Engine ground:




                                       B2M2455A


         : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between throttle position sensor and
           ECM connector.
         : Go to step 10K9.

10K9 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in throttle position sensor con-
nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in throttle posi-
           tion sensor connector?
         : Repair poor contact in throttle position
           sensor connector.
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A1].>




                                                      143
2-7   [T10L0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


L: DTC P0123 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3543




                                                  144
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10L2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10L1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              10L2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                     THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
                                                                     ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of throttle position sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
scan tool.                                                 2) Disconnect connector from throttle position
                                                           sensor.
NOTE:
                                                           3) Measure resistance of harness between throttle
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                           position sensor connector and engine ground.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                        Connector & terminal
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                            (E13) No. 2 — Engine ground:
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 4.9 V?
         : Go to step 10L2.
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           returned to a normal condition at this
           time. A temporary poor contact of the
           connector may be the cause.
                                                                                                   B2M2456A
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-                  : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
tor                                                                 : Go to step 10L3.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                     : Repair harness and connector.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                   NOTE:
                                                           In this case, repair the following:
                                                           ¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
                                                           sensor and ECM connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)




                                                     145
2-7   [T10L3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10L3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
          ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-
sor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E13) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                       B2M2457A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness
           between throttle position sensor and
           ECM connector. After repair, replace
           ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A1].>




                                                     146
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10M2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


M: DTC P0125 — INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED
LOOP FUEL CONTROL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine would not return to idling.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3542



10M1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      10M2 :    CHECK THERMOSTAT.
          PLAY.
                                                                    : Does thermostat remain opened?
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                        : Replace thermostat. <Ref. to 2-5
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate                          [W2A0].>
           DTC P0116 or P0117?                                      : Replace engine coolant temperature
         : Inspect DTC P0116 or P0117 using “10.                      sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0125.
         : Go to step 10M2.




                                                     147
2-7   [T10N0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


N: DTC P0131 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (LOW INPUT) —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0132. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10O0].>
O: DTC P0132 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544




                                                  148
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10O4] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10O1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                       10O3 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
          PLAY.                                                       SIGNAL.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                1) Race engine at speeds from idling to 5,000 rpm
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate                for a total of 5 cycles.
           DTC P1130, P1131, P1132, P1133 or                NOTE:
           P1134?                                           To increase engine speed to 5,000 rpm, slowly
         : Inspect DTC P1130, P1131, P1132,                 depress accelerator pedal, taking approximately 5
           P1133 or P1134 using “10. Diagnostics            seconds, and quickly release accelerator pedal to
           Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc              decrease engine speed.
           Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
                                                            2) Operate the LED operation mode for engine.
         : Go to step 10O2.
                                                            NOTE:
                                                            ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
10O2 :    CHECK FRONT (A/F) OXYGEN SEN-                     For detailed operation procedure, refer to the “LED
          SOR DATA.                                         OPERATION MODE FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                            [T3C8].>
1) Start engine.                                                     : Does the LED of {Rear O2 Rich Sig-
2) While observing the Subaru Select Monitor or                        nal} blink?
OBD-II general scan tool screen, warm-up the
engine until coolant temperature is above 70°C                       : Repair poor contact in front oxygen
(158°F).                                                               (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
If the engine is already warmed-up, operate at idle                    connector.
speed for at least 1 minute.                                         : Check rear oxygen sensor circuit. <Ref.
3) Read data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal                       to 2-7 [T10R0].>
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.                                                  10O4 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                     Check exhaust system parts.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                         NOTE:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                          Check the following items.
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                                  ¼ Loose installation of portions
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the             ¼ Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.                ¼ Looseness of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
                                                            ¼ Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
         : Is the value equal to or more than               oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
           0.85 and equal to less than 1.15 in
           idling?                                                   : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
         : Go to step 10O3.                                          : Repair or replace faulty parts.
         : Go to step 10O4.                                          : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                                       <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>




                                                      149
2-7   [T10P0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


P: DTC P0133 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                      H2M3544



10P1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    10P2 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
          PLAY.
                                                         NOTE:
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or             Check the following items.
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate             ¼ Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe
           DTC P1130, P1131, P1132, P1133 or             onto cylinder heads
           P1134?                                        ¼ Loose connection between front exhaust pipe
         : Inspect DTC P1130, P1131, P1132,              and front catalytic converter
                                                         ¼ Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
           P1133 or P1134 using “10. Diagnostics
           Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc                    : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
           Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>                        : Repair exhaust system.
NOTE:                                                             : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC                    <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>
P0133.
         : Go to step 10P2.




                                                   150
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T10P2] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               151
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 2
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10Q5] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10Q3 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR                         10Q5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          DATA.                                                      AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CON-
                                                                     NECTOR.
1) Start the engine.
2) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem-            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
perature is above 70°C (160°F), and keep the               2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and rear oxy-
engine speed at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for two             gen sensor.
minutes.                                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
3) Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using            and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.         Connector & terminal
NOTE:                                                         (B136) No. 16 — (E25) No. 3:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Does the value fluctuate?
         : Go to step 10Q7.
         : Go to step 10Q4.                                                                        B2M2477C


10Q4 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR                                  : Is the resistance more than 3 Ω?
          DATA.                                                     : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                      ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using                        : Go to step 10Q6.
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II General Scan
Tool.
         : Is the value fixed between 0.2 and 0.4
           V?
         : Go to step 10Q5.
         : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
           2-7 [W9A0].>




                                                     153
2-7   [T10Q6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10Q6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR                    10Q7 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
          OXYGEN SENSOR AND ECM CON-
          NECTOR.                                       Check exhaust system parts.
                                                        NOTE:
1) Connect connector to ECM.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          Check the following items.
3) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor           ¼ Loose installation of portions
harness connector and engine ground or chassis          ¼ Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
ground.                                                 ¼ Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
                                                        oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Connector & terminal
   (E25) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):                          : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
                                                                 : Repair or replace faulty parts.
                                                                 : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
                                                                   2-7 [W9A0].>




                                      B2M2478E


         : Is the voltage more than 0.2 V?
         : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
           2-7 [W9A0].>
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen
sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector




                                                  154
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 3
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 4
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10S3] 2-7
                                                10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10S2 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.                10S3 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                       1) Repair harness and connector.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.                     NOTE:
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM          In this case, repair the following:
connector and chassis ground.                         ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
Connector & terminal                                  engine ground terminal
   (B134) No. 35 — Chassis ground:                    ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                      ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
                                                      2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                      connector and chassis ground.
                                                      Connector & terminal
                                                         (B134) No. 34 — Chassis ground:




                                     B2M2467A


         : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
         : Go to step 10S4.
         : Go to step 10S3.
                                                                                              B2M2709A


                                                               : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 10S4.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                      NOTE:
                                                      In this case, repair the following:
                                                      ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                      engine ground terminal
                                                      ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                      Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                157
2-7   [T10S4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10S4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       10S6 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR
          AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CON-                               OXYGEN SENSOR.
          NECTOR.
                                                          1) Connect connector to ECM.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-            2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
nector and chassis ground.                                3) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor
Connector & terminal                                      connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
   (B134) No. 21 — Chassis ground:                        Connector & terminal
                                                             (E25) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                      B2M2479A
                                                                                               B2M2481E
         : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness                  : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
           between ECM and rear oxygen sensor                      : Go to step 10S7.
           connector.                                              : Repair power supply line.
         : Go to step 10S5.
                                                          NOTE:
                                                          In this case, repair the following:
10S5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
          AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CON-                     rear oxygen sensor connector
          NECTOR.                                         ¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
                                                          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (E1)
1) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 21 — (E25) No. 4:




                                      B2M2480C


         : Is the resistance less than 3 Ω?
         : Go to step 10S6.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between
           ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.


                                                    158
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10S7] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10S7 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between rear oxygen sen-
sor connector terminals.
Terminals
    No. 2 — No. 4:




                                      B2M2482


         : Is the resistance less than 30 Ω?
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen
sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (E1)
         : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
           2-7 [W9A0].>




                                                  159
2-7   [T10T0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


T: DTC P0171 — FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION (A/F TOO LEAN) —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0172. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10U0].>
U: DTC P0172 — FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION (A/F TOO RICH) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10U1 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.                          1) Release fuel pressure.
                                                            (1) Disconnect connector from fuel pump relay.

         : Are there holes or loose bolts on
           exhaust system?
         : Repair exhaust system.
         : Go to step 10U2.

10U2 :    CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

         : Are there holes, loose bolts or dis-
           connection of hose on air intake sys-                                                   S2M0093A
           tem?
                                                            (2) Start the engine and run it until it stalls.
         : Repair air intake system.
                                                            (3) After the engine stalls, crank it for five more
         : Go to step 10U3.                                 seconds.
                                                            (4) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
10U3 :    CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.                           2) Connect connector to fuel pump relay.
                                                         3) Disconnect fuel delivery hose from fuel filter,
                                                         and connect fuel pressure gauge.
WARNING:
¼ Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working
area.
¼ Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.




                                                                                                    B2M2484

                                                         4) Install fuel filler cap.




                                                   160
                                              DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T10U4] 2-7
                                                              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


5) Start the engine and idle while gear position is                 10U4 :     CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
neutral.
6) Measure fuel pressure while disconnecting
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake mani-                    After connecting pressure regulator vacuum hose,
fold.                                                               measure fuel pressure.
WARNING:                                                            WARNING:
Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release                        Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release
fuel pressure.                                                      fuel pressure.
NOTE:                                                               NOTE:
If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel                    ¼ If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel
return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres-                   return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres-
sure again.                                                         sure again.
                                                                    ¼ If out of specification as measured at this step,
                                                                    check or replace pressure regulator and pressure
                                                                    regulator vacuum hose.




                                                B2M2485


         : Is fuel pressure between 284 and 314
           kPa (2.9 — 3.2 kg/cm2, 41 — 46 psi)?                                                                   B2M2485

         : Go to step 10U4.
                                                                             : Is fuel pressure between 206 and 235
         : Repair the following items.
                                                                               kPa (2.1 — 2.4 kg/cm2, 30 — 34 psi)?
                         ¼ Clogged fuel return line or bent                  : Go to step 10U5.
Fuel pressure too high
                         hose
                                                                             : Repair the following items.
                         ¼ Improper fuel pump discharge
Fuel pressure too low
                         ¼ Clogged fuel supply line                                        ¼ Faulty pressure regulator
                                                                    Fuel pressure too high ¼ Clogged fuel return line or bent
                                                                                           hose
                                                                                           ¼ Faulty pressure regulator
                                                                    Fuel pressure too low ¼ Improper fuel pump discharge
                                                                                           ¼ Clogged fuel supply line




                                                              161
2-7   [T10U5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10U5 :    CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEM-                      10U6 :       CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          PERATURE SENSOR.                                            SURE SENSOR.

1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.              1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until cool-
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-          ant temperature is greater than 60°C (140°F).
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II         2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
general scan tool.                                       3) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
NOTE:                                                    4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                  5) Read data of intake manifold pressure sensor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the           signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                      eral scan tool.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                       NOTE:
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                               ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the          For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.             “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
         : Is temperature greater than 60°C              FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
           (140°F)?                                      ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
         : Go to step 10U6.                              For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                         OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Replace engine coolant temperature
           sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>                 Specification:
                                                         ¼ Intake manifold absolute pressure
                                                          Engine speed               Specified value
                                                                                   73.3 — 106.6 kPa
                                                           Ignition ON
                                                                         (550 — 800 mmHg, 21.65 — 31.50 inHg)
                                                                                    24.0 — 41.3 kPa
                                                             Idling
                                                                          (180 — 310 mmHg, 7.09 — 12.20 inHg)

                                                                  : Is the value within the specifica-
                                                                    tions?
                                                                  : Go to step 10U7.
                                                                  : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
                                                                    sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>




                                                   162
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10U7] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10U7 :    CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          SENSOR.

1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until cool-
ant temperature is greater than 60°C (140°F).
2) Place the shift lever in neutral position.
3) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
5) Open front hood.
6) Measure ambient temperature.
7) Read data of intake manifold pressure sensor
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is value obtained when ambient tem-
           perature is subtracted from intake air
           temperature greater than −10°C
           (14°F) and less than 50°C (122°F)?
         : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
         : Check intake air temperature sensor.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T10E0].>




                                                     163
2-7   [T10V0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


V: DTC P0181 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3014



10V1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0182 or P0183?
         : Inspect DTC P0182 or P0183 using “10.
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0181.
         : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-1 [W6A0].>




                                                     164
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T10V1] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               165
2-7   [T10W0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


W: DTC P0182 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3014




                                                  166
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10W2] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10W1 :     CHECK CURRENT DATA.                            10W2 :     CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.                                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal            2) Remove access hole lid.
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                                                   S2M0392
         : Is the value greater than 150°C
           (300°F)?                                       3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
         : Go to step 10W2.                               4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                          5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has         using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
           returned to a normal condition at this         scan tool.
           time.
                                                          NOTE:
                                                          ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                          For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                          “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                          FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                          ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                          For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
                                                          OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                   : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
                                                                   : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
                                                                     to 2-1 [W6A0].>
                                                                   : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                     between fuel pump and ECM connector.




                                                    167
2-7   [T10X0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


X: DTC P0183 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3014




                                                  168
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10X2] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10X1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                            10X2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
                                                                   TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
                                                                   CONNECTOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
scan tool.                                               2) Remove access hole lid.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 10X2.                                                                       S2M0392

         : Repair poor contact.                          3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
NOTE:                                                    4) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
In this case, repair the following:                      and chassis ground.
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector                    Connector & terminal
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                             (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22, B97,
B98 and R57)




                                                                                                 S2M0403A


                                                                  : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                  : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                    between ECM and fuel pump connector.
                                                                  : Go to step 10X3.




                                                   169
2-7   [T10X3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10X3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL                       10X4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
          TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM                                 TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.                                                 CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                             Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
2) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector             and chassis ground.
and chassis ground.                                        Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                          (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                S2M0403A
                                       S2M0403A
                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                           : Go to step 10X5.
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness                  : Repair harness and connector.
           between ECM and fuel pump connector.
                                                           NOTE:
         : Go to step 10X4.                                In this case, repair the following:
                                                           ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
                                                           pump connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and
                                                           R57)




                                                     170
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10X5] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10X5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
          TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
pump connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:




                                      S2M0404A


         : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-1 [W6A0].>
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
pump connector
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22, B97
and R57)




                                                    171
2-7   [T10Y0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


Y: DTC P0301 — CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AB0].>
Z: DTC P0302 — CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AB0].>
AA: DTC P0303 — CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10AB0].>
AB: DTC P0304 — CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Rough driving
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                       H2M3546




                                                  172
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AB3] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    10AB3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           PLAY.                                                      FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
                                                                      NECTOR.
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate               1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
          DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116,                 2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
          P0117 or P0125?                                 faulty cylinders.
        : Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108,                3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
          P0116, P0117 or P0125 using “10. Diag-          engine ground on faulty cylinders.
          nostics Chart with Trouble Code for             Connector & terminal
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>            #1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:
NOTE:                                                        #2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC             #3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:
P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304.                               #4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:
         : Go to step 10AB2.

10AB2 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
           ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
   #1 (B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                                                      OBD0713A

   #2 (B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground
   (−):                                                           : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
   #3 (B134) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground                          : Repair ground short circuit in harness
   (−):                                                             between fuel injector and ECM connec-
   #4 (B134) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground                            tor.
   (−):                                                           : Go to step 10AB4.




                                      B2M2068A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 10AB7.
        : Go to step 10AB3.




                                                    173
2-7   [T10AB4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         10AB5 :    CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
           FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
           NECTOR.                                       Measure resistance between fuel injector terminals
                                                         on faulty cylinder.
Measure resistance of harness connector between
                                                         Terminals
ECM connector and fuel injector on faulty cylin-
                                                             No. 1 — No. 2:
ders.
Connector & terminal
   #1 (B134) No. 4 — (E5) No. 1:
   #2 (B134) No. 13 — (E16) No. 1:
   #3 (B134) No. 14 — (E6) No. 1:
   #4 (B134) No. 15 — (E17) No. 1:




                                                                                                  S2M0405


                                                                 : Is the resistance between 5 and 20
                                                                   Ω?
                                                                 : Go to step 10AB6.
                                      B2M2440A
                                                                 : Replace faulty fuel injector. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                   [W18A0].>
        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 10AB5.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
injector connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                   174
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AB7] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB6 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.                         10AB7 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                        FUEL INJECTOR AND ECM CON-
                                                                        NECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel injector and
engine ground on faulty cylinders.                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                            2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
Connector & terminal
                                                            faulty cylinder.
   #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                            3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                            4) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
   #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                            chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
   #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
                                                            Connector & terminal
                                                               #1 (B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                               #2 (B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):
                                                               #3 (B134) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):
                                                               #4 (B134) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):


                                       OBD0715A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Repair poor contact in all connectors in
          fuel injector circuit.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                                                                 B2M2068A
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders                         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)                          : Repair battery short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector                                between ECM and fuel injector. After
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty                   repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7
cylinders                                                             [W19A0].>
                                                                    : Go to step 10AB8.




                                                      175
2-7   [T10AB8]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB8 :    CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.                             10AB11 :    CHECK INSTALLATION CONDI-
                                                                        TION OF TIMING BELT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between fuel injector termi-          Turn crankshaft using ST, and align alignment
nals on faulty cylinder.                                    mark on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark
Terminals                                                   on cylinder block.
    No. 1 — No. 2:                                          ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET




                                        S2M0405


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Replace faulty fuel injector <Ref. to 2-7
          [W18A0].> and ECM <Ref. to 2-7
          [W19A0].>.
        : Go to step 10AB9.

10AB9 :    CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAM-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR/
           CRANKSHAFT POSITION SEN-                                                                H2M3620A

           SOR.
                                                                   : Is timing belt dislocated from its
        : Is camshaft position sensor or crank-                      proper position?
          shaft    position    sensor   loosely                    : Repair installation condition of timing
          installed?                                                 belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Tighten camshaft position sensor or                      : Go to step 10AB12.
          crankshaft position sensor.
        : Go to step 10AB10.                                10AB12 :    CHECK FUEL LEVEL.

10AB10 :    CHECK CRANKSHAFT                                       : Is the fuel meter indication higher
            SPROCKET.                                                than the “Lower” level?
                                                                   : Go to step 10AB13.
Remove timing belt cover.                                          : Replenish fuel so fuel meter indication is
        : Is crankshaft sprocket rusted or does                      higher than the “Lower” level. After
          it have broken teeth?                                      replenishing fuel, Go to step 10AB13.
        : Replace crankshaft sprocket. <Ref. to
          2-3 [W3A4].>
        : Go to step 10AB11.




                                                      176
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10AB18] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB13 :     CHECK STATUS OF CHECK                          10AB15 :     CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
             ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICA-
             TOR LAMP (MIL).                                        : Is there a fault in air intake system?
                                                                    : Repair air intake system.
1) Clear memory using Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>                                       NOTE:
2) Start engine, and drive the vehicle more than            Check the following items:
10 minutes.                                                 ¼ Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose
                                                            or dislocated nuts and bolts?
                                                            ¼ Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses?
                                                                     : Go to step 10AB16.

                                                            10AB16 :     CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.

                                                            1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                            2) Read diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
                                                            ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                            <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C2].>
                                       H2M2446C             ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                            For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
        : Is the MIL coming on or blinking?                 OBD-II General Scan Tool Operation Manual.
        : Go to step 10AB15.                                NOTE:
        : Go to step 10AB14.                                Perform diagnosis according to the items listed
                                                            below.
10AB14 :     CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE                                 : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
             DIAGNOSED.                                               OBD-II general scan tool indicate
                                                                      only one DTC?
        : Was the cause of misfire diagnosed                        : Go to step 10AB21.
          when the engine is running?                               : Go to step 10AB17.
        : Finish diagnostics operation, if the
          engine has no abnormality.                        10AB17 :     CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
NOTE:                                                                    CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Ex. Remove spark plug cord, etc.
       : Repair poor contact.                                       : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
NOTE:                                                                 OBD-II general scan tool indicate
In this case, repair the following:                                   DTC P0301 and P0302?
¼ Poor contact in ignitor connector                                 : Go to step 10AB22.
¼ Poor contact in ignition coil connector                           : Go to step 10AB18.
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
                                                            10AB18 :     CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                                         CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)

                                                                    : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
                                                                      OBD-II general scan tool indicate
                                                                      DTC P0303 and P0304?
                                                                    : Go to step 10AB23.
                                                                    : Go to step 10AB19.




                                                      177
2-7   [T10AB19]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB19 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE                     10AB23 :    GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLIN-
            CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.                                   DERS

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                      : Are there faults in #3 and #4 cylin-
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                        ders?
          DTC P0301 and P0303?                                   : Repair or replace faulty parts.
        : Go to step 10AB24.                             NOTE:
        : Go to step 10AB20.                             ¼ Check the following items.
                                                            ¼ Spark plugs
10AB20 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE                        ¼ Fuel injectors
            CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.                          ¼ Ignition coil
                                                         ¼ If no abnormal is discovered, check for “8. D:
                                                         IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #3 and #4 cyl-
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
                                                         inders side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0302 and P0304?                                    : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to
                                                                    2-7 [T10U0].>
        : Go to step 10AB25.
        : Go to step 10AB26.                             10AB24 :    GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLIN-
                                                                     DERS
10AB21 :     ONLY ONE CYLINDER
                                                                 : Are there faults in #1 and #3 cylin-
        : Is there a fault in that cylinder?                       ders?
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.                        : Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:                                                    NOTE:
Check the following items.                               Check the following items.
¼ Spark plug                                             ¼ Spark plugs
¼ Spark plug cord                                        ¼ Fuel injectors
¼ Fuel injector                                          ¼ Skipping timing belt teeth
¼ Compression ratio                                              : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to
        : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to                      2-7 [T10U0].>
          2-7 [T10U0].>
                                                         10AB25 :    GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLIN-
10AB22 :    GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLIN-                                DERS
            DERS
                                                                 : Are there faults in #2 and #4 cylin-
        : Are there faults in #1 and #2 cylin-                     ders?
          ders?                                                  : Repair or replace faulty parts.
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.                NOTE:
NOTE:                                                    Check the following items.
¼ Check the following items.                             ¼ Spark plugs
   ¼ Spark plugs                                         ¼ Fuel injectors
   ¼ Fuel injectors                                      ¼ Compression ratio
   ¼ Ignition coil                                       ¼ Skipping timing belt teeth
   ¼ Compression ratio                                           : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to
¼ If no abnormal is discovered, check for “8. D:                   2-7 [T10U0].>
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #1 and #2 cyl-
inders side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
         : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to
           2-7 [T10U0].>




                                                   178
                                  DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10AB26] 2-7
                                                10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AB26 :    CYLINDER AT RANDOM

        : Is the engine idle rough?
        : Go to DTC P0171 and P0172. <Ref. to
          2-7 [T10U0].>
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:
Check the following items.
¼ Spark plugs
¼ Fuel injectors
¼ Compression ratio




                                                179
2-7   [T10AC0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AC: DTC P0325 — KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Poor driving performance
  ¼ Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3547




                                                  180
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10AC4] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AC1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        10AC3 :     CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
          KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON-
          NECTOR.                                      1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.
                                                       2) Measure resistance between knock sensor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                        connector terminal and engine ground.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
                                                       Terminal
3) Measure resistance between ECM harness
                                                           No. 2 — Engine ground:
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 4 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                B2M3572


                                                               : Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?
                                   B2M2487A
                                                               : Go to step 10AC4.
       : Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?                   : Repair harness and connector.
       : Go to step 10AC3.                             NOTE:
                                                       In this case, repair the following:
       : Go to step 10AC2.
                                                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between knock sensor
                                                       and ECM connector
10AC2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        ¼ Poor contact in knock sensor connector
          KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON-                    ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
          NECTOR.
                                                       10AC4 :     CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK
Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-                     SENSOR INSTALLATION.
nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                           : Is the knock sensor installation bolt
   (B136) No. 4 — Chassis ground:                                tightened securely?
                                                               : Replace knock sensor. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                 [W7A1].>
                                                               : Tighten knock sensor installation bolt
                                                                 securely.




                                   B2M2487A


       : Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
       : Go to step 10AC5.
       : Go to step 10AC6.




                                                 181
2-7   [T10AC5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AC5 :     CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.                               10AC6 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.                    1) Connect connectors to ECM and knock sensor.
2) Measure resistance between knock sensor                    2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
connector terminal and engine ground.                         3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                              ground.
Terminal
    No. 2 — Engine ground:                                    Connector & terminal
                                                                 (B136) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                          B2M3572
                                                                                                    B2M2488A

         : Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
                                                                      : Is the voltage more than 2 V?
         : Replace knock sensor. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                      : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           [W7A0].>
                                                                        returned to a normal condition at this
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness                       time. (However, the possibility of poor
           between knock sensor connector and                           contact still remains.)
           ECM connector.
                                                              NOTE:
NOTE:                                                         In this case, repair the following:
The harness between both connectors is shielded.              ¼ Poor contact in knock sensor connector
Repair short circuit of harness together with shield.         ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                              ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                                       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.




                                                        182
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AC6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               183
2-7   [T10AD0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AD: DTC P0335 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3548




                                                  184
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AD2] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AD1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         10AD2 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                        AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between crank-
2) Disconnect connector from crankshaft position         shaft position sensor connector and engine
sensor.                                                  ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between crank-          Connector & terminal
shaft position sensor connector and engine                  (E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3574A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                     B2M3574A
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                   between crankshaft position sensor and
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?                      ECM connector.
        : Repair harness and connector.                  NOTE:
NOTE:                                                    The harness between both connectors are
In this case, repair the following:                      shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
¼ Open circuit in harness between crankshaft             together with shield.
position sensor and ECM connector                                : Go to step 10AD3.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 10AD2.




                                                   185
2-7   [T10AD3]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AD3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        10AD5 :   CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION
           CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                             SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                        1) Remove crankshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between crank-            2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
shaft position sensor connector and engine              nals of crankshaft position sensor.
ground.                                                 Terminals
Connector & terminal                                        No. 1 — No. 2:
   (E10) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                                                                             H2M1632A

                                      B2M3575A
                                                               : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                       kΩ?
        : Go to step 10AD4.                                    : Repair poor contact in crankshaft posi-
                                                                 tion sensor connector.
        : Repair harness and connector.
                                                               : Replace crankshaft position sensor.
NOTE:                                                            <Ref. to 2-7 [W5A0].>
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between crankshaft
position sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)

10AD4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CRANK-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Is the crankshaft position sensor
          installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Go to step 10AD5.
        : Tighten crankshaft position sensor
          installation bolt securely.




                                                  186
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AD5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               187
2-7   [T10AE0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AE: DTC P0336 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                   H2M3548



10AE1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                     10AE2 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CRANK-
           PLAY.                                                      SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                Turn ignition switch to OFF.
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                        : Is the crankshaft position sensor
          DTC P0335?                                                 installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Inspect DTC P0335 using “10. Diagnos-                    : Go to step 10AE3.
          tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>                          : Tighten crankshaft position sensor
                                                                     installation bolt securely.
        : Go to step 10AE2.




                                                     188
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AE4] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AE3 :    CHECK CRANKSHAFT
           SPROCKET.

Remove front belt cover.
        : Are crankshaft sprocket teeth
          cracked or damaged?
        : Replace crankshaft sprocket. <Ref. to
          2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Go to step 10AE4.

10AE4 :    CHECK INSTALLATION CONDI-
           TION OF TIMING BELT.

Turn crankshaft using ST, and align alignment
mark on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark
on cylinder block.
ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET




                                      H2M3620A


        : Is timing belt dislocated from its
          proper position?
        : Repair installation condition of timing
          belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Replace crankshaft position sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W5A0].>




                                                    189
2-7   [T10AF0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AF: DTC P0340 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3562




                                                  190
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AF2] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AF1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         10AF2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                       AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between camshaft
2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position           position sensor connector and engine ground.
sensor.                                                  Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between cam-               (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
shaft position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3577A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                     B2M3577A
                                                                   between camshaft position sensor and
                                                                   ECM connector.
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Repair harness and connector.                  The harness between both connectors are
NOTE:                                                    shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
In this case, repair the following:                      together with shield.
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-                 : Go to step 10AF3.
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 10AF2.




                                                   191
2-7   [T10AF3]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AF3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10AF5 :   CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                  SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between camshaft             2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
position sensor connector and engine ground.               nals of camshaft position sensor.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (E15) No. 2 — Engine ground:                                No. 1 — No. 2:




                                      B2M3578A                                                  H2M1632A



        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                        : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
                                                                    kΩ?
        : Go to step 10AF4.
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in camshaft position
        : Repair harness and connector.                             sensor connector.
NOTE:                                                             : Replace camshaft position sensor.
In this case, repair the following:                                 <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)

10AF4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Is the camshaft position sensor
          installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Go to step 10AF5.
        : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
          lation bolt securely.




                                                     192
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AF5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               193
2-7   [T10AG0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AG: DTC P0341 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3562



10AG1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0340?
        : Inspect DTC P0340 using “10. Diagnos-
          tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
        : Go to step 10AG2.




                                                     194
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AG3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AG2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         10AG3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                  CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                        AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between camshaft
2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position           position sensor connector and engine ground.
sensor.                                                  Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between cam-               (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
shaft position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3577A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                     B2M3577A
                                                                   between camshaft position sensor and
                                                                   ECM connector.
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Repair harness and connector.                  The harness between both connectors are
NOTE:                                                    shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
In this case, repair the following:                      together with shield.
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-                 : Go to step 10AG4.
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 10AG3.




                                                   195
2-7   [T10AG4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AG4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10AG6 :     CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                    SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between camshaft             2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
position sensor connector and engine ground.               nals of camshaft position sensor.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (E15) No. 2 — Engine ground:                                No. 1 — No. 2:




                                      B2M3578A                                                   H2M1632A


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                         : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
        : Go to step 10AG5.                                          kΩ?
        : Repair harness and connector.                            : Go to step 10AG7.
NOTE:                                                              : Replace camshaft position sensor.
In this case, repair the following:                                  <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-
tion sensor and ECM connector                              10AG7 :     CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                        SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           Turn ignition switch to OFF.
10AG5 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.                                  : Is the camshaft position sensor
                                                                     installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Is the camshaft position sensor                          : Go to step 10AG8.
          installation bolt tightened securely?                    : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
        : Go to step 10AG6.                                          lation bolt securely.
        : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
          lation bolt securely.                            10AG8 :     CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET.

                                                           Remove front belt cover. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
                                                                   : Are camshaft sprocket teeth cracked
                                                                     or damaged?
                                                                   : Replace camshaft sprocket. <Ref. to 2-3
                                                                     [W3A0].>
                                                                   : Go to step 10AG9.




                                                     196
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AG9] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AG9 :    CHECK INSTALLATION CONDI-
           TION OF TIMING BELT.

Turn camshaft using ST, and align alignment mark
on camshaft sprocket with alignment mark on tim-
ing belt cover LH.
ST 499207100 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET
                   WRENCH




                                      H2M3620A


        : Is timing belt dislocated from its
          proper position?
        : Repair installation condition of timing
          belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Replace camshaft position sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>




                                                    197
2-7   [T10AH0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AH: DTC P0420 — CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3549




                                                  198
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AH4] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AH1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                     10AH3 :     CHECK REAR CATALYTIC CON-
           PLAY.                                                       VERTER.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                Separate rear catalytic converter from rear exhaust
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                pipe.
          DTC P0131, P0132, P0133, P0135,
          P0136, P0139, P0141, P0301, P0302,
          P0303, P0304, P1130, P1131, P1134,
          P1139, P1150 and P1151?
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0420.                                                                                             OBD0525B
         : Go to step 10AH2.
                                                                   : Is there damage at rear face of rear
10AH2 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.                                     catalyst?
                                                                   : Replace front catalytic converter <Ref.
Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose                   to 2-1 [W1A0].> and rear catalytic con-
or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at                       verter <Ref. to 2-1 [W2A0].>.
exhaust pipes.                                                     : Go to step 10AH4.
NOTE:
Check the following positions.                             10AH4 :     CHECK FRONT CATALYTIC CON-
¼ Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe                         VERTER.
¼ Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic
converter                                                  Remove front catalytic converter.
¼ Between front catalytic converter and rear cata-
lytic converter
        : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
        : Repair or replace exhaust system. <Ref.
          to 2-9 [W1A0].>
        : Go to step 10AH3.



                                                                                                   S2M1059A


                                                                   : Is there damage at rear face or front
                                                                     face of front catalyst?
                                                                   : Replace front catalytic converter. <Ref.
                                                                     to 2-1 [W1A0].>
                                                                   : Contact with SOA service.
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                     199
2-7   [T10AI0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AI: DTC P0440 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Gasoline smell
  ¼ There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                        H2M3550



10AI1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                     10AI2 :    CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
            PLAY.
                                                            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
          : Is there any other DTC on display?              2) Check the fuel filler cap.
          : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.             NOTE:
            Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for         The DTC code is stored in memory if fuel filler cap
            2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>         is or was loose or if the cap chain was caught while
          : Go to step 10AI2.                               tightening.
                                                                      : Is the fuel filler cap tightened
                                                                        securely?
                                                                      : Go to step 10AI3.
                                                                      : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.




                                                      200
                                         DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10AI5] 2-7
                                                         10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AI3 :     CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACK-                       10AI5 :     CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
            ING.                                                           NOID VALVE.

          : Is there any damage to the seal                    Operate purge control solenoid valve.
            between fuel filler cap and fuel filler            NOTE:
            pipe?                                              Purge control solenoid valve operation can also be
          : Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel         executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the
            filler pipe. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>                 procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
          : Go to step 10AI4.                                  OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                               [T3F0].>
10AI4 :     CHECK DRAIN VALVE.

1) Connect test mode connector.




                                                                                                       B2M2254C


                                                                         : Does purge control solenoid valve
                                                                           produce operating sound?
                                          S2M0259B
                                                                         : Go to step 10AI6.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                           : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
3) Operate drain valve.                                                    <Ref. to 2-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>




                                          B2M1873E


          : Does drain valve produce operating
            sound?
          : Go to step 10AI5.
          : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
            [W13A0].>




                                                         201
2-7   [T10AI6]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AI6 :     CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL                            10AI9 :     CHECK FUEL TANK.
            SOLENOID VALVE.
                                                              Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W1C0].>
Operate pressure control solenoid valve.                                : Is fuel tank damaged or is there a
NOTE:                                                                     hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can also                        dia. in it?
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the                        : Repair or replace fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE                                     [W1C0].>
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7                                     : Go to step 10AI10.
[T3F0].>
                                                              10AI10 :     CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANI-
                                                                           CAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE
                                                                           EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.

                                                                        : Are there holes of more than 1.0 mm
                                                                          (0.04 in) dia., cracks, clogging or dis-
                                                                          connections of hoses or pipes in
                                                                          evaporative emission control sys-
                                                                          tem?
                                         B2M1874C                       : Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
                                                                        : Contact with SOA service.
          : Does pressure control solenoid valve              NOTE:
            produce operating sound?                          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
          : Go to step 10AI7.                                 cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
          : Replace pressure control solenoid
            valve. <Ref. to 2-1 [W9A0].>

10AI7 :     CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
            CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.

Turn ignition switch to OFF.
          : Is there a hole of more than 1.0 mm
            (0.04 in) dia. on fuel line?
          : Repair or replace fuel line. <Ref. to 2-8
            [W8A0].>
          : Go to step 10AI8.

10AI8 :     CHECK CANISTER.

          : Is canister damaged or is there a hole
            of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in
            it?
          : Repair or replace canister. <Ref. to 2-1
            [W3A0].>
          : Go to step 10AI9.




                                                        202
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AI10] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               203
2-7   [T10AJ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AJ: DTC P0443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE
CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3551




                                                  204
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10AJ2] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AJ1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                      10AJ2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          ECM.                                                     PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
                                                                   VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground.                                                 2) Disconnect connectors from purge control sole-
Connector & terminal                                    noid valve and ECM.
   (B134) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               3) Measure resistance of harness between purge
                                                        control solenoid valve connector and engine
                                                        ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (E4) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                    B2M2493A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
                                                                                                B2M3584A
         returned to a normal condition at this
         time. Contact with SOA service.
                                                                : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
NOTE:
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                                  between ECM and purge control sole-
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
                                                                  noid valve connector.
         : Go to step 10AJ2.
                                                                : Go to step 10AJ3.




                                                  205
2-7   [T10AJ3]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AJ3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10AJ4 :   CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
           PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID                                    NOID VALVE.
           VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove purge control solenoid valve.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and              2) Measure resistance between purge control
purge control solenoid valve of harness connector.         solenoid valve terminals.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (B134) No. 2 — (E4) No. 2:                                  No. 1 — No. 2:




                                      B2M3585A                                                  B2M3586


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                        : Is the resistance between 10 and 100
        : Go to step 10AJ4.                                         Ω?
        : Repair open circuit in harness between                  : Go to step 10AJ5.
          ECM and purge control solenoid valve                    : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
          connector.                                                <Ref. to 2-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                        10AJ5 :   CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and                            PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
purge control solenoid valve connector                               VALVE.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
                                                           1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                           2) Measure voltage between purge control sole-
                                                           noid valve and engine ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (E4) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                                                                               B2M3751A


                                                                  : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                  : Go to step 10AJ6.
                                                                  : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                    main relay and purge control solenoid
                                                                    valve connector.

                                                     206
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10AJ6] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AJ6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in purge control solenoid valve
connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in purge control
          solenoid valve connector?
        : Repair poor contact in purge control
          solenoid valve connector.
        : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                     207
2-7   [T10AK0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AK: DTC P0446 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT
CONTROL LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     S2M1720




                                                  208
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AK3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AK1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                      10AK3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           ECM.                                                      DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-
                                                                     TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis               1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground.                                                  2) Disconnect connectors from drain valve and
Connector & terminal                                     ECM.
   (B134) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               3) Measure resistance of harness between drain
                                                         valve connector and chassis ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (R69) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                     B2M2495A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                                                 S2M0463A
       : Go to step 10AK2.
       : Go to step 10AK3.
                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
10AK2 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                                     between ECM and drain valve connec-
                                                                   tor.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to                    : Go to step 10AK4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
         tor?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
         returned to a normal condition at this
         time. (However, the possibility of poor
         contact still remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in drain valve connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97, B98
and R57)




                                                   209
2-7   [T10AK4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AK4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          10AK6 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO
           DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-                               DRAIN VALVE.
           TOR.
                                                          1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and             2) Measure voltage between drain valve and
drain valve connector.                                    chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 10 — (R69) No. 2:                              (R69) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2496A                                                  S2M0466A



        : Is the voltage less than 1 Ω?                           : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 10AK5.                                       : Go to step 10AK7.
        : Repair harness and connector.                           : Repair harness and connector.
                                                          NOTE:
NOTE:
                                                          In this case, repair the following:
In this case, repair the following:                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and drain           drain valve
valve connector                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and            R57)
R57)                                                      ¼ Poor contact in main relay connector
10AK5 :    CHECK DRAIN VALVE.                             10AK7 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Measure resistance between drain valve terminals.         Check poor contact in drain valve connector. <Ref.
Terminals                                                 to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
    No. 1 — No. 2:                                                : Is there poor contact in drain valve
                                                                    connector?
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in drain valve con-
                                                                    nector.
                                                                  : Contact with SOA service.
                                                          NOTE:
                                                          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                          cause is deterioration of multiple parts.


                                       S2M0465


        : Is the resistance between 10 and 100
          Ω?
        : Go to step 10AK6.
        : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W13A0].>

                                                    210
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AL3] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AL: DTC P0451 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3552



10AL1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    10AL3 :     CHECK PRESSURE/VACUUM
           PLAY.                                                      LINE.

        : Is there any DTC on display?                    NOTE:
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.             Check the following items.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for         ¼ Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>         vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pres-
                                                          sure sensor and fuel tank
        : Go to step 10AL2.                               ¼ Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ven-
                                                          tilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and
10AL2 :    CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.                         fuel tank
                                                                   : Is there a fault in pressure/vacuum
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                      line?
2) Open the fuel flap.                                             : Repair or replace hoses and pipes.
        : Is the fuel filler cap tightened                         : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
          securely?                                                  <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>
        : Go to step 10AL3.
        : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.

                                                    211
2-7   [T10AM0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AM: DTC P0452 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3552




                                                  212
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AM4] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AM1 :     CHECK CURRENT DATA.                            10AM3 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
                                                                       TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.                                 Measure voltage between ECM connector and
3) Install fuel filler cap.                                chassis ground.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                             Connector & terminal
5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor sig-            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                                                   B2M2497A
        : Is the value less than −2.8 kPa (−21.0
          mmHg, −0.827 inHg)?
                                                                   : Does the voltage change more than
        : Go to step 10AM2.                                          4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has                     nector of ECM while monitoring the
          returned to a normal condition at this                     value with voltage meter?
          time.                                                    : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                   : Contact with SOA service.
10AM2 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
           TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.                           NOTE:
                                                           Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                            10AM4 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2497A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
        : Go to step 10AM4.                                                                        B2M2498A
        : Go to step 10AM3.
                                                                   : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                                                   : Go to step 10AM6.
                                                                   : Go to step 10AM5.



                                                     213
2-7   [T10AM5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AM5 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                 10AM7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
            (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                             ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC-
            TOR.)                                                  TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS.

Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                            2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
NOTE:                                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                 and rear wiring harness connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the          Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                        (B136) No. 16 — (R15) No. 11:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
        : Does the value change more than
          −2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
          by shaking harness and connector of
          ECM while monitoring the value with
          Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 10AM6.

10AM6 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                                                          S2M1178A
            ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC-
            TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS.                        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 10AM8.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                : Repair harness and connector.
2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
rear seat cushion (Wagon).                              NOTE:
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank           In this case, repair the following:
cord.                                                   ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          wiring harness connector (R15)
5) Measure voltage between rear wiring harness          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
connector and chassis ground.                           ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)
Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       S2M1177A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
        : Go to step 10AM7.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
wiring harness connector (R15)
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)

                                                  214
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T10AM11] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AM8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        10AM10 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           ECM AND COUPLING CONNEC-
           TOR IN REAR WIRING HARNESS.                  Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
                                                        Connector & terminal
Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
                                                           (R57) No. 10 — (R47) No. 1:
ing harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 11 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                H2M3557A


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                      H2M3555A
                                                                : Go to step 10AM11.
       : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?                    : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
       : Go to step 10AM9.
                                                        10AM11 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM and rear wiring harness
         connector (B98).                               Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank
                                                        pressure sensor connector and chassis ground.
10AM9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (R47) No. 2 — Chassis ground:
1) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
sensor.
2) Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
Connector & terminal
   (R57) No. 9 — (R47) No. 3:




                                                                                                B2M1882A


                                                                : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?
                                                                : Go to step 10AM12.
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
                                      S2M1024A
                                                                  cord.

       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
       : Go to step 10AM10.
       : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.




                                                  215
2-7   [T10AM12]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AM12 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
          pressure sensor connector?
        : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
          sure sensor connector.
        : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>




                                                   216
        DIAGNOSTICS                                    [T10AM12] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               217
2-7   [T10AN0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AN: DTC P0453 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3552




                                                  218
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AN4] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AN1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                           10AN3 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
                                                                     TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.                               Measure voltage between ECM connector and
3) Install fuel filler cap.                              chassis ground.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Connector & terminal
5) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                                                 B2M2497A
        : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
          mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
                                                                 : Does the voltage change more than
        : Go to step 10AN12.                                       4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
        : Go to step 10AN2.                                        nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                   value with voltage meter?
10AN2 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL                            : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
           TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.                                 : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>

Measure voltage between ECM connector and                10AN4 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (B136) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                     B2M2497A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
                                                                                                 B2M2498A
        : Go to step 10AN4.
        : Go to step 10AN3.                                      : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                                                 : Go to step 10AN6.
                                                                 : Go to step 10AN5.




                                                   219
2-7   [T10AN5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AN5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                  10AN7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                             AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           TOR.)                                                  REAR WIRING HARNESS.

Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                            2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
NOTE:                                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                 and rear wiring harness connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the          Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                        (B136) No. 12 — (R15) No. 10:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
        : Does the value change more than
          −2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
          by shaking harness and connector of
          ECM while monitoring the value with
          Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 10AN6.

10AN6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                                                       S2M1180A
           AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           REAR WIRING HARNESS.                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 10AN8.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                : Repair harness and connector.
2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
rear seat cushion (Wagon).                              NOTE:
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank           In this case, repair the following:
cord.                                                   ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          wiring harness connector (R15)
5) Measure voltage between rear wiring harness          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       S2M1177A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
        : Go to step 10AN7.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
wiring harness connector (R15)
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)

                                                  220
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T10AN11] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AN8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                    10AN10 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           REAR WIRING HARNESS.                         Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
                                                        Connector & terminal
Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
                                                           (R57) No. 10 — (R47) No. 1:
ing harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 16 — (R15) No. 11:




                                                                                                H2M3557A


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                      S2M1178A
                                                                : Go to step 10AN11.
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                       : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
       : Go to step 10AN9.
                                                        10AN11 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM and rear wiring harness
         connector (R15).                               Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
                                                        connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
10AN9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                                : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
                                                                  pressure sensor connector?
1) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure                 : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
sensor.                                                           sure sensor connector.
2) Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.                        : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
Connector & terminal                                              <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>
   (R57) No. 11 — (R47) No. 2:




                                      H2M3560A


       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
       : Go to step 10AN10.
       : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.




                                                  221
2-7   [T10AN12]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AN12 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
            ECM AND FUEL TANK PRES-
            SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select
Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
ON.
4) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
        : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
          mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and fuel tank pressure
          sensor connector.
        : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>




                                                    222
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AO1] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AO: DTC P0461 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                      H2M3558



10AO1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0462 or P0463?
        : Inspect DTC P0462 or P0463 using “10.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect this
trouble.
         : Replace fuel sending unit <Ref. to 2-1
           [W5A0].> and fuel sub level sensor
           <Ref. to 2-1 [W7A0].>.




                                                    223
2-7   [T10AP0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AP: DTC P0462 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3558



10AP1 :    CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND
           TACHOMETER OPERATION IN
           COMBINATION METER.

        : Does speedometer and tachometer
          operate normally?
        : Go to step 10AP2.
        : Repair or replace combination meter.




                                                  224
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AP5] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AP2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     10AP4 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)                1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and               2) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and
chassis ground.                                            rear wiring harness connector (R15).
Connector & terminal                                       3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 4) Measure voltage of harness between ECM con-
                                                           nector and chassis ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (–):




                                      B2M2652A


        : Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
                                                                                                   B2M3726A
        : Go to step 10AP4.
        : Go to step 10AP3.
                                                                   : Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
                                                                   : Go to step 10AP5.
10AP3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                              : Go to step 10AP7.
           TOR.)
                                                           10AP5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
Read data of fuel level sensor signal using Subaru                    AND COMBINATION METER.
Select Monitor.
NOTE:                                                      1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                    2) Disconnect connector from connector (i10) and
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the             ECM connector.
                                                           3) Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                           ground.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                           Connector & terminal
        : Does the value change less than 0.12                (B136) No. 27 — Chassis ground:
          V by shaking harness and connector
          of ECM while monitoring the value
          with Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time. A temporary poor contact of the
          connector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
                                                                                                   B2M3823A
¼ Poor contact in combination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                                   : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B99)
                                                                   : Go to step 10AP6.
                                                                   : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                     between ECM and combination meter
                                                                     connector.

                                                     225
2-7   [T10AP6]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AP6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       10AP8 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           AND COMBINATION METER.
                                                           1) Disconnect connector from fuel pump assem-
Measure resistance between ECM and combina-                bly.
tion meter connector.                                      2) Measure resistance between fuel pump assem-
Connector & terminal                                       bly and chassis ground.
   (B136) No. 27 — (i10) No. 8:                            Connector & terminal
                                                              (R59) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                          H2M3619A
                                                                                                     B2M3729A
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Repair or replace combination meter.                      : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
          <Ref. to 6-2 [W8A0].>                                     : Go to step 10AP9.
        : Repair open circuit between ECM and                       : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
          combination meter connector.                                cord.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                        10AP9 :     CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
Poor contact in coupling connector (i1)
                                                           WARNING:
10AP7 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                           During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
                                                           than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                           1) Remove fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to 2-8
2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub level sen-
                                                           [W3A0].>
sor.
3) Measure resistance between fuel sub level sen-          2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
sor and chassis ground.                                    and terminals with its float set to the full position.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (R59) No. 1 — Chassis ground:                               No. 3 — No. 6:




                                          B2M3728A                                                    B2M3730


        : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?                         : Is the resistance between 0.5 and 2.5
        : Go to step 10AP8.                                           Ω?
        : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank                  : Go to step 10AP10.
          cord.                                                     : Replace fuel level sensor.

                                                     226
                                         DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AP10] 2-7
                                                         10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AP10 :     CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
             SOR.

WARNING:
During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Remove fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
[W6A0].>
2) Measure resistance between fuel sub level sen-
sor and terminals with its float set to the full posi-
tion.
Terminals
    No. 1 — No. 2:




                                           B2M3731


         : Is the resistance between 0.5 and 2.5
           Ω?
         : Repair poor contact in harness between
           ECM and combination meter connector.
         : Replace fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
           2-8 [W6A0].>




                                                         227
2-7   [T10AQ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AQ: DTC P0463 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3558



10AQ1 :    CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND
           TACHOMETER OPERATION IN
           COMBINATION METER.

        : Does speedometer and tachometer
          operate normally?
        : Go to step 10AQ2.
        : Repair or replace combination meter.
          <Ref. to 6-2 [W8A0].>




                                                  228
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AQ4] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AQ2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                   10AQ3 :     CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and            2) Disconnect combination meter connector (i10)
chassis ground.                                         and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal                                    3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):              4) Measure voltage of harness between ECM and
                                                        chassis ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                    B2M2652A


       : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
                                                                                                B2M3726A
       : Go to step 10AQ3.
       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
                                                                : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
         returned to a normal condition at this
         time. A temporary poor contact of the                  : Go to step 10AQ4.
         connector may be the cause.                            : Repair battery short circuit between
NOTE:                                                             ECM and combination meter connector.
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector                   10AQ4 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22, B97                      AND FUEL TANK CORD.
and R57)
                                                        1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                        2) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and
                                                        rear wiring harness connector (R15).
                                                        3) Measure resistance between ECM and fuel
                                                        tank cord.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 27 — (R15) No. 3:




                                                                                                H2M3561A


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 10AQ5.
                                                                : Repair open circuit between ECM and
                                                                  fuel tank cord.

                                                  229
2-7   [T10AQ5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AQ5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          10AQ7 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           FUEL TANK CORD AND CHASSIS
           GROUND.                                        1) Disconnect connector from fuel sub level sen-
                                                          sor.
Measure resistance between fuel tank cord and             2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
chassis ground.                                           and fuel sub level sensor.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 2 — Chassis ground:                             (R58) No. 3 — (R59) No. 2:




                                      H2M3562A                                                 B2M0937A


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Go to step 10AQ6.                                       : Go to step 10AQ8.
        : Repair open circuit between fuel tank                   : Repair open circuit between fuel level
          cord and chassis ground.                                  sensor and fuel sub level sensor.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                       10AQ8 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and B22)
                                                          Measure resistance between fuel sub level sensor
10AQ6 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                          and coupling connector.
                                                          Connector & terminal
1) Disconnect connector from fuel level sensor.
                                                             (R57) No. 3 — (R59) No. 1:
2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
   (R57) No. 2 — (R58) No. 5:




                                                                                               H2M3564A


                                                                  : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                  : Go to step 10AQ9.
                                      H2M3563A
                                                                  : Repair open circuit between coupling
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?                         connector and fuel sub level sensor.
        : Go to step 10AQ7.
        : Repair open circuit between coupling
          connector and fuel level sensor.


                                                    230
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10AQ10] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AQ9 :    CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.                       10AQ10 :     CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
                                                                       SOR.
WARNING:
During work procedures, if fuel tank is more              WARNING:
than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.         During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
                                                          than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Remove fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to 2-8
[W3A0].>                                                  1) Remove fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
2) While moving fuel level sensor float up and            [W6A0].>
down, measure resistance between fuel level sen-          2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
sor terminals.                                            nals of fuel sub level sensor.
Terminals                                                 Terminals
    No. 3 — No. 6:                                            No. 1 — No. 2:




                                       B2M3730                                                     B2M0936


        : Is the resistance more than 54.5 Ω?                     : Is the resistance more than 41.5 Ω?
        : Go to step 10AQ10.                                      : Replace combination meter. <Ref. to 6-2
                                                                    [W8A0].>
        : Replace fuel level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
          [W3A0].>                                                : Replace fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
                                                                    2-8 [W6A0].>




                                                    231
2-7   [T10AR0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AR: DTC P0480 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Radiator fan does not operate properly.
  ¼ Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3565




                                                  232
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AR3] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AR1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                         10AR2 :     CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT
           ECM.                                                         IN RADIATOR FAN RELAY CON-
                                                                        TROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to         2) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
the side of the center console box.                         3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                            connector and chassis ground.
                                                            Connector & terminal
                                                               (B134) No. 3 — Chassis ground:




                                       S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating radiator fan relay operation,
                                                                                                    B2M2655A
measure voltage between ECM terminal and
ground.
                                                                    : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed using                  : Repair ground short circuit in radiator
Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to                        fan relay control circuit.
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK                                   : Go to step 10AR3.
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
Connector & terminal                                        10AR3 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
   (B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                               RELAY.

                                                            1) Remove main fan relay from A/C relay holder.
                                                            2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                            3) Measure voltage between fuse and relay box
                                                            (F/B) connector and chassis ground.
                                                            Connector & terminal
                                                               (F66) No. 28 (+) — Chassis ground (−):



                                       B2M2654A


        : Does voltage change between 0 and
          10 V?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 10AR2.

                                                                                                    H2M3234A


                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                    : Go to step 10AR4.
                                                                    : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                      ignition switch and fuse and relay box
                                                                      (F/B) connector.

                                                      233
2-7   [T10AR4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AR4 :    CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.                          10AR6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                           Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay con-
2) Measure resistance between main fan relay ter-         nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
minals.                                                           : Is there poor contact in ECM or main
Terminal                                                            fan relay connector?
    No. 5 — No. 6:                                                : Repair poor contact in ECM or main fan
                                                                    relay connector.
                                                                  : Contact with SOA service.




                                       S2M0434


        : Is the resistance between 87 and 107
          Ω?
        : Go to step 10AR5.
        : Replace main fan relay.

10AR5 :    CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAIN
           FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
main fan relay connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 3 — (F66) No. 27:




                                      S2M1034A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 10AR6.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and main
fan relay connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)


                                                    234
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AR6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               235
2-7   [T10AS0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AS: DTC P0483 — COOLING FAN FUNCTION PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Occurrence of noise
  ¼ Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal
cooling function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                    H2M3566




                                                    236
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AS1] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AS1 :   CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

      : Is there any other DTC on display?
      : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.
        Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
        2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
      : Check engine cooling system. <Ref. to
        2-5 [T100].>




                                                  237
2-7   [T10AT0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AT: DTC P0500 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                               H2M3567



10AT1 :    CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                        10AT3 :   CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERA-
                                                                     TION IN COMBINATION METER.
        : Is transmission type AT?
        : Go to step 10AT2.                                      : Does speedometer operate nor-
                                                                   mally?
        : Go to step 10AT3.
                                                                 : Go to step 10AT4.
10AT2 :    CHECK DTC P0720 ON DISPLAY.                           : Check speedometer and vehicle speed
                                                                   sensor. <Ref. to 6-2 [K3A0].>
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0720?
        : Check vehicle speed sensor 2 signal cir-
          cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>
        : Go to step 10AT3.




                                                     238
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10AT4] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AT4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND COMBINATION METER CON-
          NECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
3) Measure resistance between ECM and combi-
nation meter.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 24 — (i12) No. 10:




                                    H2M3568A


       : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
bination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in combination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (i1)




                                                  239
2-7   [T10AU0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AU: DTC P0505 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Engine breathing
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3569




                                                  240
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10AU2] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AU1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                     10AU2 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO IDLE
          ECM.                                                     AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis             2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole-
ground.                                                noid valve.
Connector & terminal                                   3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B134) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):              4) Measure voltage between idle air control sole-
                                                       noid valve and engine ground.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (E7) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                    B2M2660A


       : Is the voltage more than 3 V?
                                                                                               B2M3750A
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Go to step 10AU2.
                                                               : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                               : Go to step 10AU3.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                       NOTE:
                                                       In this case, repair the following:
                                                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between idle air control
                                                       solenoid valve and main relay connector
                                                       ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                 241
2-7   [T10AU3]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AU3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                    10AU4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           AND IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-                             AND IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-
           NOID VALVE CONNECTOR.                                  NOID VALVE CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.                       chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM            Connector & terminal
and idle air control solenoid valve connector.             (B134) No. 5 — Chassis ground:
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 5 — (E7) No. 1:




                                                                                              B2M2663A


                                      B2M3753A
                                                               : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                               : Repair ground short circuit in harness
        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                       between ECM and idle air control sole-
                                                                 noid valve connector.
        : Go to step 10AU4.
                                                               : Go to step 10AU5.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                   10AU5 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
In this case, repair the following:                               IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and idle                    VALVE.
air control solenoid valve connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                        Measure resistance of harness between idle air
                                                        control solenoid valve connector and engine
                                                        ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (E7) No. 3 — Engine ground:




                                                                                              B2M3752A


                                                               : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 10AU6.
                                                               : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                 idle air control solenoid valve connector
                                                                 and engine ground terminal.



                                                  242
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10AU6] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AU6 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in ECM and idle air control
solenoid valve connectors. <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
       : Is there poor contact in ECM and idle
         air control solenoid valve connec-
         tors?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM and idle air
         control solenoid valve connectors.
       : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
         <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].>




                                                    243
2-7   [T10AV0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AV: DTC P0506 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine is difficult to start.
  ¼ Engine does not start.
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3569



10AV1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0505 or P1505?
        : Inspect DTC P0505 or P1505 using “10.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0506.
         : Go to step 10AV2.

                                                    244
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10AV4] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AV2 :    CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-                      10AV4 :     CHECK BY-PASS AIR LINE.
           NOID VALVE.
                                                             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                              2) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from
2) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from               throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].>
throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].>                        3) Remove throttle body to intake manifold. <Ref.
3) Using an air gun, force air into idle air control         to 2-7 [W3A1].>
solenoid valve by-pass air inlet. Confirm that               4) Using an air gun, force air into solenoid valve
forced air subsequently escapes from both main               installation area and throttle valve interior. Confirm
air passage and assist air passage.                          that forced air subsequently escapes from both
                                                             these areas.
        : Does air flow out?
                                                                      : Does air flow out?
        : Go to step 10AV4.
                                                                      : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
        : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.                      <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].>
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].> After replace,
                                                                      : Replace throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7
          Go to step 10AV3.
                                                                        [W2A1].>

10AV3 :    CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLE-
           NOID VALVE DUTY RATIO.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and warm-up the engine.
3) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
4) Read data of idle air control solenoid valve duty
ratio using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
        : Is the value more than 60%?
        : Go to step 10AV4.
        : END.




                                                       245
2-7   [T10AW0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AW: DTC P0507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                              H2M3569



10AW1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                   10AW2 :   CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.
            PLAY.
                                                                : Does throttle cable have play for
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                       adjustment?
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                     : Go to step 10AW3.
          DTC P0505 or P1505?
                                                                : Adjust throttle cable. <Ref. to 4-5
        : Inspect DTC P0505 or P1505 using “10.                   [W1A3].>
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T12A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0507.
         : Go to step 10AW2.




                                                    246
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10AW3] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AW3 :     CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and idle it.
3) Check the following items.
¼ Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
control solenoid valve and throttle body
¼ Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
¼ Disconnections of vacuum hoses
        : Is there a fault in air intake system?
        : Repair air suction and leaks.
        : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].>




                                                       247
2-7   [T10AX0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AX: DTC P0601 — INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MEMORY CHECK SUM
ERROR —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine does not start.
  ¼ Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3570



10AX1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0601?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : It is not necessary to inspect DTC
          P0601.




                                                  248
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10AX1] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               249
2-7   [T10AY0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AY: DTC P0703 — BRAKE SWITCH INPUT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3790



10AY1 :    CHECK OPERATION OF BRAKE
           LIGHT.

        : Does brake light come on when
          depressing the brake pedal?
        : Go to step 10AY2.
        : Repair or replace brake light circuit.




                                                   250
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10AY4] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AY2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM                     10AY3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
          AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON-                              AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON-
          NECTOR.                                                  NECTOR.

1) Disconnect connectors from TCM and brake             Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
light switch.                                           chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM            Connector & terminal
and brake light switch connector.                          (B55) No. 24 — Chassis ground:
Connector & terminal
   (B55) No. 24 — (B64) No. 2:
   (B55) No. 24 — (B65) No. 3 (With cruise
   control):




                                                                                                B2M2548A


                                                                : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
                                                                : Go to step 10AY4.
                                    B2M2547A
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                  between TCM and brake light switch
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                  connector.
       : Go to step 10AY3.
       : Repair or replace harness and connec-          10AY4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
         tor.
NOTE:                                                   1) Connect connectors to TCM and brake light
In this case, repair the following:                     switch.
¼ Open circuit in harness between TCM and brake         2) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
light switch connector                                  ground.
¼ Poor contact in TCM connector
¼ Poor contact in brake light switch connector          Connector & terminal
                                                           (B55) No. 24 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                B2M2549A


                                                                : Is the voltage less than 1 V when
                                                                  releasing the brake pedal?
                                                                : Go to step 10AY5.
                                                                : Adjust or replace brake light switch.
                                                                  <Ref. to 4-5 [W1A1].>


                                                  251
2-7   [T10AY5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10AY5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.

Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B55) No. 24 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2549A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V when
          depressing the brake pedal?
        : Go to step 10AY6.
        : Adjust or replace brake light switch.
          <Ref. to 4-5 [W1A1].>

10AY6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
          tor?
        : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                  252
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10BC0] 2-7
                                                    10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


AZ: DTC P0705 — TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Starter does not rotate when selector lever is in “P” or “N” range.
  ¼ Starter rotates when selector lever is in “R”, “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” range.
  ¼ Engine brake is not effected when selector lever is in “3” range.
  ¼ Shift characteristics are erroneous.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9T0].>
BA: DTC P0710 — TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift up to 4th speed (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8D0].>
BB: DTC P0715 — TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
BC: DTC P0720 — OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2)
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>


                                                        253
2-7   [T10BD0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BD: DTC P0725 — ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ AT diagnostic indicator light (AT OIL TEMP indicator light) remains on when vehicle speed is “0”.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check engine speed input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8C0].>
BE: DTC P0731 — GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10BH0].>
BF: DTC P0732 — GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10BH0].>
BG: DTC P0733 — GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10BH0].>




                                                  254
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10BH6] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BH: DTC P0734 — GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range; excessive shift shock; exces-
  sive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10BH1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      10BH4 :     CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER
            PLAY.                                                        TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIR-
                                                                         CUIT.
        : Is there any other DTC on display?
        : Inspect relevant DTC using “10. Diag-              Check torque converter turbine speed sensor cir-
          nostics Chart with Trouble Code for                cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>                    : Is there any trouble in torque con-
        : Go to step 10BH2.                                            verter turbine speed sensor circuit?
                                                                     : Repair or replace torque converter tur-
                                                                       bine speed sensor circuit.
10BH2 :     CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
            SENSOR CIRCUIT.                                          : Go to step 10BH5.

Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2         10BH5 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
[T8E0].>
        : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-             Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
          tion sensor circuit?                               FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Repair or replace throttle position sen-                   : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
          sor circuit.                                                 tor?
        : Go to step 10BH3.                                          : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
                                                                     : Go to step 10BH6.
10BH3 :     CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
            2 CIRCUIT.                                       10BH6 :     CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2           Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmis-
[T8F0].>                                                     sion.
        : Is there any trouble in vehicle speed                      : Is there any mechanical trouble in
          sensor 2 circuit?                                            automatic transmission?
        : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor                     : Repair or replace automatic transmis-
          2 circuit.                                                   sion. <Ref. to 3-2 [W100].>
                                                                     : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>
        : Go to step 10BH4.




                                                       255
2-7   [T10BI0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BI: DTC P0740 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10BI1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      10BI4 :     CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER
            PLAY.                                                        TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIR-
                                                                         CUIT.
          : Is there any other DTC on display?
          : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.              Check torque converter turbine speed sensor cir-
            Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for          cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
            2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>                    : Is there any trouble in torque con-
          : Go to step 10BI2.                                            verter turbine speed sensor circuit?
                                                                       : Repair or replace torque converter tur-
10BI2 :     CHECK LOCK-UP DUTY SOLENOID                                  bine speed sensor circuit.
            CIRCUIT.                                                   : Go to step 10BI5.

Check lock-up duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2            10BI5 :     CHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIR-
[T8P0].>                                                                 CUIT.
          : Is there any trouble in duty solenoid
            B circuit?                                       Check engine speed input circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
          : Repair or replace lock-up duty solenoid          [T8C0].>
            circuit.                                                   : Is there any trouble in engine speed
          : Go to step 10BI3.                                            input circuit?
                                                                       : Repair or replace engine speed input
10BI3 :     CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SEN-                                 circuit.
            SOR CIRCUIT.                                               : Go to step 10BI6.

Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2         10BI6 :     CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIR-
[T8E0].>                                                                 CUIT.
          : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
            tion sensor circuit?                             Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9T0].>
          : Repair or replace throttle position sen-                   : Is there any trouble in inhibitor
            sor circuit.                                                 switch circuit?
          : Go to step 10BI4.                                          : Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
                                                                       : Go to step 10BI7.




                                                       256
                                        DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10BI10] 2-7
                                                        10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BI7 :     CHECK BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
            CIRCUIT.

Check brake light switch circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AW0].>
          : Is there any trouble in brake light
            switch circuit?
          : Repair or replace brake light switch cir-
            cuit.
          : Go to step 10BI8.

10BI8 :     CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-
            SOR CIRCUIT.

Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
[T8D0].>
          : Is there any trouble in ATF tempera-
            ture sensor circuit?
          : Repair or replace ATF temperature sen-
            sor circuit.
          : Go to step 10BI9.

10BI9 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
          : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
            tor?
          : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
          : Go to step 10BI10.

10BI10 :     CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmis-
sion.
          : Is there any mechanical trouble in
            automatic transmission?
          : Repair or replace automatic transmis-
            sion. <Ref. to 3-2 [W100].>
          : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                        257
2-7   [T10BJ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BJ: DTC P0743 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM (LOCK-UP DUTY
SOLENOID) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check lock-up duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8R0].>
BK: DTC P0748 — PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID (LINE PRESSURE
DUTY SOLENOID) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check line pressure duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>
BL: DTC P0753 — SHIFT SOLENOID A (SHIFT SOLENOID 1) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 1 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>
BM: DTC P0758 — SHIFT SOLENOID B (SHIFT SOLENOID 2) ELECTRICAL
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8K0].>




                                                    258
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10BN1] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BN: DTC P1100 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                         H2M3536



10BN1 :     CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER
            MOTOR.

NOTE:
¼ Depress the clutch pedal. (MT)
¼ Place the inhibitor switch in the “P” or “N” posi-
tion. (AT)
        : Does starter motor operate when
          ignition switch to “ST”?
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open or ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and starter motor connector.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
           [T8B0].>

                                                       259
2-7   [T10BO0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BO: DTC P1101 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT [MT
VEHICLES] OR NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT [AT
VEHICLES]—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3572




                                                                                     H2M3573




                                                  260
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10BO5] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BO1 :   CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                     10BO4 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

       : Is transmission type MT?                      Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
       : Go to step 10BO2.                             FOREWORD [T3C1].>
       : Go to step 10BO8.                                     : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                 tor?
10BO2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                          : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                               : Contact with SOA service.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                         NOTE:
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis             Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
ground.                                                cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):             10BO5 :     CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION
                                                                   SWITCH.

                                                       1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                       2) Disconnect connector from transmission har-
                                                       ness.
                                                       3) Measure resistance between transmission har-
                                                       ness and connector terminals.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (T2) No. 1 — No. 2:
                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V in neu-
         tral position?
       : Go to step 10BO3.
       : Go to step 10BO5.

10BO3 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

                                                                                               OBD0469A
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
                                                               : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ in
Connector & terminal                                             neutral position?
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                               : Go to step 10BO6.
                                                               : Repair short circuit in transmission har-
                                                                 ness or replace neutral position switch.




                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage less than 1 V in other
         positions?
       : Go to step 10BO4.
       : Go to step 10BO5.

                                                 261
2-7   [T10BO6]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BO6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       10BO9 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
           CONNECTOR.                                      1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                           2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
Measure resistance between ECM and chassis                 ground in selector lever “N” and “P” positions.
ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                          (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B135) No. 26 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                    B2M2091A
                                      B2M2092A

                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?                         : Go to step 10BO10.
        : Repair ground short circuit in harness                    : Go to step 10BO12.
          between ECM and transmission har-
          ness connector.
                                                           10BO10 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR
        : Go to step 10BO7.                                             ECM.

10BO7 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                             Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground in selector lever except for “N” and “P” posi-
Check poor contact in transmission harness con-            tions.
nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>                         Connector & terminal
        : Is there poor contact in transmission               (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
          harness connector?
        : Repair poor contact in transmission har-
          ness connector.
        : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

10BO8 :    CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.
                                                                                                    B2M2091A
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                         : Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V?
          DTC P0705?                                                : Go to step 10BO11.
        : Inspect DTC P0705 using “10. Diagnos-                     : Go to step 10BO12.
          tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
        : Go to step 10BO9.




                                                     262
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10BO13] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BO11 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                          10BO13 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                      ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH
                                                                      CONNECTOR.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                         2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and inhibitor
         tor?
                                                         switch.
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.           3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
       : Contact with SOA service.                       and inhibitor switch connector.
NOTE:                                                    Connector & terminal
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable             (B135) No. 26 — (T7) No. 12:
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

10BO12 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR
            ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                                                                 B2M3793A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                 : Go to step 10BO14.
                                                                 : Repair harness and connector.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         In this case, repair the following:
                                                         ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                         inhibitor switch connector
                                     B2M2091A
                                                         ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B12)
                                                         ¼ Poor contact in inhibitor switch connector
       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                  ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
       : Repair battery short circuit in harness
         between ECM and inhibitor switch con-
         nector.
       : Go to step 10BO13.




                                                   263
2-7   [T10BO14]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BO14 :     CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH                        10BO15 :     CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
             GROUND LINE.
                                                           Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
Measure resistance of harness between inhibitor            nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever “N”
switch connector and engine ground.                        and “P” positions.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (T7) No. 7 — Engine ground:                                 No. 7 — No. 12:




                                      B2M3794A                                                     B2M3795



        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 10BO15.                                       : Go to step 10BO16.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between                   : Replace inhibitor switch. <Ref. to 3-2
                                                                     [W2C0].>
          inhibitor switch connector and starter
          motor ground line.
                                                           10BO16 :     CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CON-
NOTE:                                                                   NECTION.
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch
connector and starter motor ground line                            : Is there any fault in selector cable
¼ Poor contact in starter motor connector                            connection to inhibitor switch?
¼ Poor contact in starter motor ground                             : Repair selector cable connection. <Ref.
¼ Starter motor                                                      to 3-2 [W2A0].>
                                                                   : Contact with SOA service.
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                     264
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T10BO16] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               265
2-7   [T10BP0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BP: DTC P1103 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL 1 CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                 B2M2107



10BP1 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                  10BP2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis              ground.
ground.                                                 Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B135) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B135) No. 16 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                             B2M2094A
                                      B2M2094A
                                                               : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?                      : Repair battery short circuit in harness
        : Go to step 10BP2.                                      between ECM and TCM connector.
        : Go to step 10BP4.                                    : Go to step 10BP3.


                                                  266
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BP6] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BP3 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.                           10BP5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
                                                                   AND TCM CONNECTOR.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>                                       Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                        chassis ground.
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
         tor?                                           Connector & terminal
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.             (B135) No. 16 — Chassis ground:
       : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>

10BP4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and TCM connector.
                                                                                                B2M2101A
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 16 — (B54) No. 13:                                : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                  between ECM and TCM connector.
                                                                : Go to step 10BP6.

                                                        10BP6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

                                                        Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
                                                        FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
                                    B2M2099A
                                                                  tor?
                                                                : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>
       : Go to step 10BP5.
       : Repair open circuit in harness between
         ECM and TCM connector.




                                                  267
2-7   [T10BQ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BQ: DTC P1106 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL 2 CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                 B2M2404



10BQ1 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                  10BQ2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis              ground.
ground.                                                 Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B135) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B135) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                             B2M2501A
                                      B2M2501A
                                                               : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?                      : Repair battery short circuit in harness
        : Go to step 10BQ2.                                      between ECM and TCM connector.
        : Go to step 10BQ4.                                    : Go to step 10BQ3.


                                                  268
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BQ6] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BQ3 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.                           10BQ5 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
                                                                    AND TCM CONNECTOR.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>                                       Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                        chassis ground.
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
         tor?                                           Connector & terminal
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.             (B135) No. 17 — Chassis ground:
       : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>

10BQ4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and TCM connector.
                                                                                                B2M2666A
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 17 — (B54) No. 21:                                : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                  between ECM and TCM connector.
                                                                : Go to step 10BQ6.

                                                        10BQ6 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

                                                        Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
                                                        FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
                                    B2M2665A
                                                                  tor?
                                                                : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>
       : Go to step 10BQ5.
       : Repair open circuit in harness between
         ECM and TCM connector.




                                                  269
2-7   [T10BR0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BR: DTC P1110 — ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10BR1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P1110?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built into ECM.
       : It is not necessary to inspect DTC
         P1110.




                                                  270
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T10BS1] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BS: DTC P1111 — ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10BS1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P1111?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built into ECM.
       : It is not necessary to inspect DTC
         P1111.




                                                 271
2-7   [T10BT0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BT: DTC P1112 — ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

10BT1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P1110 or
          P1111?
        : Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108,
          P1110 or P1111 using “10. Diagnostics
          Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
NOTE:
Atmospheric pressure sensor is built into ECM.




                                                  272
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10BT1] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               273
2-7   [T10BU0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BU: DTC P1115 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL CUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M2667




                                                  274
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BU2] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BU1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                       10BU2 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          ECM.                                                       AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Start engine, and warm-up the engine.                 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Turn ignition swtich to OFF.                          2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
3) Disconnect connector from TCM.                        ground.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Connector & terminal
5) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis                  (B134) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                 B2M2668A


                                                                 : Does the voltage change more than
                                     B2M2668A
                                                                   10 V by shaking harness and connec-
                                                                   tor of ECM while monitoring the value
                                                                   with voltage meter?
       : Is the voltage less than 3 V?
                                                                 : Repair battery short circuit in harness
       : Go to step 10BU2.                                         between ECM and TCM connector.
       : Repair battery short circuit in harness                   After repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7
         between ECM and TCM connector.                            [W19A0].>
         After repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7                 : Contact with SOA service.
         [W19A0].>
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                         cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                   275
2-7   [T10BV0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BV: DTC P1116 — ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL CUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                B2M2667



10BV1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                     10BV2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           ECM.                                                   AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Start engine, and warm-up the engine.                1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis              and chassis ground.
ground.                                                 Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B134) No. 31 — Chassis ground:
   (B134) No. 31 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                            B2M2670A
                                      B2M2668A
                                                               : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Is the voltage more than 3 V?                        : Repair ground short circuit in harness
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.                  between ECM and TCM connector.
        : Go to step 10BV2.                                    : Go to step 10BV3.

                                                  276
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BV3] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BV3 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND TCM CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness betwee ECM and
TCM connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 31 — (B54) No. 2:




                                    B2M2714A


       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM or TCM
         connector.
       : Repair open circuit in harness between
         ECM and TCM connector.




                                                  277
2-7   [T10BW0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BW: DTC P1120 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3536



10BW1 :     CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER
            MOTOR.

NOTE:
¼ On AT vehicles, place the inhibitor switch in each
position.
¼ On MT vehicles, depress or release the clutch
pedal.
        : Does starter motor operate when
          ignition switch to “ON”?
        : Repair battery short circuit in starter
          motor circuit. After repair, replace ECM.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T8B0].>




                                                       278
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T10BW1] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               279
2-7   [T10BX0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BX: DTC P1121 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT [MT
VEHICLES] OR NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT [AT
VEHICLES] —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3572




                                                                                     H2M3573




                                                  280
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10BX5] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BX1 :   CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                     10BX4 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

       : Is transmission type MT?                      Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
       : Go to step 10BX2.                             FOREWORD [T3C1].>
       : Go to step 10BX9.                                     : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                 tor?
10BX2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                          : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                               : Contact with SOA service.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                         NOTE:
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis             Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
ground.                                                cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):             10BX5 :    CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION
                                                                  SWITCH.

                                                       Measure resistance between transmission harness
                                                       connector terminals.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (T2) No. 1 — No. 2:




                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V in neu-
         tral position?
       : Go to step 10BX3.
       : Go to step 10BX5.
                                                                                               OBD0469A

10BX3 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
                                                               : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω in
                                                                 other positions?
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.                                                        : Go to step 10BX6.
Connector & terminal                                           : Repair open circuit in transmission har-
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                       ness or replace neutral position switch.




                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage less than 1 V in other
         positions?
       : Go to step 10BX4.
       : Go to step 10BX6.

                                                 281
2-7   [T10BX6]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BX6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     10BX7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH                             AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
           CONNECTOR.                                              CONNECTOR.

1) Disconnect connector from ECM.                        Measure resistance of harness between transmis-
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM             sion harness connector and engine ground.
and transmission harness connector.                      Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                        (B25) No. 2 — Engine ground:
   (B135) No. 26 — (B25) No. 1:




                                                                                              OBD0472A
                                      B2M2671A
                                                                : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                      : Go to step 10BX8.
        : Go to step 10BX7.                                     : Repair harness and connector.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between         NOTE:
          ECM and transmission harness connec-           In this case, repair the following:
          tor.                                           ¼ Open circuit in harness between transmission
                                                         harness connector and engine grounding terminal
                                                         ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)

                                                         10BX8 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

                                                         Check poor contact in transmission harness con-
                                                         nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                : Is there poor contact in transmission
                                                                  harness connector?
                                                                : Repair poor contact in transmission har-
                                                                  ness connector.
                                                                : Contact with SOA service.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                         cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

                                                         10BX9 :   CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.

                                                                : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
                                                                  OBD-II general scan tool indicate
                                                                  DTC P0705?
                                                                : Inspect DTC P0705 using “10. Diagnos-
                                                                  tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
                                                                  Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
                                                                : Go to step 10BX10.

                                                   282
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10BX11] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BX10 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR                       10BX11 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           ECM.                                                      ECM AND TRANSMISSION HAR-
                                                                     NESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground.                                                 2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and trans-
Connector & terminal                                    mission harness connector (T3).
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):              3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                        connector and chassis ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B135) No. 26 — Chassis ground:




                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V
         at except “N” and “P” positions?                                                       B2M2672B

       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
         returned to a normal condition at this                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
         time.                                                  : Repair ground short circuit in harness
       : Go to step 10BX11.                                       between ECM and transmission har-
                                                                  ness connector.
                                                                : Go to step 10BX12.




                                                  283
2-7   [T10BX12]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BX12 :    CHECK TRANSMISSION HAR-                      10BX14 :    CHECK SELECTOR CABLE CON-
            NESS CONNECTOR.                                          NECTION.

1) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch.                  : Is there any fault in selector cable
2) Measure resistance of harness between trans-                   connection to inhibitor switch?
mission harness connector and engine ground.                    : Repair selector cable connection. <Ref.
Connector & terminal                                              to 3-2 [W2A0].>
   (T3) No. 12 — Engine ground:                                 : Contact with SOA service.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                         cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                      S2M0458A


        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Repair ground short circuit in harness
          between transmission harness and
          inhibitor switch connector.
        : Go to step 10BX13.

10BX13 :    CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.

Measure resistance between inhibitor switch con-
nector receptacle’s terminals in selector lever
except for “N” position.
Terminals
    No. 7 — No. 12:




                                       B2M3795


        : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ at
          except “N” and “P” positions?
        : Go to step 10BX14.
        : Replace inhibitor switch. <Ref. to 3-2
          [W2C0].>



                                                   284
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T10BX14] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               285
2-7   [T10BY0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BY: DTC P1130 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
(OPEN CIRCUIT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544




                                                  286
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BY3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BY1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     10BY2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                              AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
           SOR CONNECTOR.                                           SOR CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and front              front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.                           Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM                (B136) No. 20 — (E24) No. 3:
and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 7 — (E24) No. 1:




                                                                                                 B2M3759C


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                     B2M3749C                    : Go to step 10BY3.
                                                                 : Repair harness and connector.
        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?               NOTE:
        : Go to step 10BY2.                              In this case, repair the following:
        : Repair harness and connector.                  ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and front
                                                         oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
NOTE:                                                    ¼ Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
In this case, repair the following:                      nector
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and front          ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
oxygen (A/F) sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-         10BY3 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
nector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                         Check poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor
                                                         connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                 : Is there poor contact in front oxygen
                                                                   (A/F) sensor connector?
                                                                 : Repair poor contact in front oxygen
                                                                   (A/F) sensor connector.
                                                                 : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                                   <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>




                                                   287
2-7   [T10BZ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


BZ: DTC P1131 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
(SHORT CIRCUIT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544




                                                  288
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10BZ4] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BZ1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     10BZ3 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
          AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                              ECM.
          SOR CONNECTOR.
                                                        1) Connect connector to ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.                       3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM            chassis ground.
connector and chassis ground.                           Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                       (B136) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B136) No. 7 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                B2M2464A
                                    B2M2462A
                                                                : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
       : Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?                      : Go to step 10BZ4.
       : Go to step 10BZ2.                                      : Go to step 10BZ5.
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)             10BZ4 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
         sensor connector.                                         ECM.

10BZ2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     Measure voltage between ECM connector and
          AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                   chassis ground.
          SOR CONNECTOR.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 7 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-
nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 20 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                B2M2464A


                                                                : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                    B2M2463A
                                                                  between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
       : Is the resistance more than 10 Ω?                        sensor connector. After repair, replace
                                                                  ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
       : Go to step 10BZ3.
                                                                : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
         sensor connector.

                                                  289
2-7   [T10BZ5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10BZ5 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
           ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 20 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2466A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.95 V?
        : Go to step 10BZ6.
        : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>

10BZ6 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
           ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 20 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2466A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
          sensor connector. After repair, replace
          ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.




                                                    290
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10BZ6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               291
2-7   [T10CA0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CA: DTC P1132 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544



10CA1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P1132 and P0141 at the same
          time?
        : Go to step 10CA2.
        : Go to step 10CA5.




                                                  292
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10CA3] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CA2 :   CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF                      10CA3 :     CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF
          ECM.                                                     ECM.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-         1) Repair harness and connector.
nector and chassis ground.                             NOTE:
Connector & terminal                                   In this case, repair the following:
   (B134) No. 35 — Chassis ground:                     ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                       engine ground terminal
                                                       ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                       ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
                                                       2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                       connector and chassis ground.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (B134) No. 34 — Chassis ground:


                                   B2M2467A


       : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
       : Go to step 10CA6.
       : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and                                                      B2M2709A

engine ground terminal
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                : Is there resistance less than 5 Ω?
Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)                       : Go to step 10CA6.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                       NOTE:
                                                       In this case, repair the following:
                                                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                       engine ground terminal
                                                       ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                       Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                 293
2-7   [T10CA4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CA4 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT                    10CA6 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.
           OF ECM.
                                                         1) Start engine
1) Disconnect connectors from ECM.                       2) Read data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           current using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
3) Measure power supply voltage between ECM              general scan tool.
connector terminals.
                                                         NOTE:
Connector & terminal                                     ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
   (B136) No. 3 (+) — (B134) No. 34 (−):                 For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                         “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                         FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                         ¼ OBD-II scan tool
                                                         For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
                                                         OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                 : Is the value more than 0.2 A?
                                                                 : Repair poor contact in connector.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         In this case, repair the following:
                                      B2M2796A           ¼ Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
                                                         nector
        : Is the voltage more than 8 V?                  ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
        : Go to step 10CA3.                                       : Go to step 10CA7.
        : Repair open or ground short circuit in
          harness of power supply circuit.               10CA7 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
                                                                    ECM.
10CA5 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
           OF ECM.                                       1) Start and idle the engine.
                                                         2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
                                                         chassis ground.
Measure power supply voltage between ECM con-
nector terminals.                                        Connector & terminal
                                                            (B134) No. 22 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 3 (+) — (B136) No. 35 (−):




                                                                                               B2M2468A

                                      B2M2797A
                                                                 : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
        : Is the voltage more than 8 V?                          : Go to step 10CA9.
        : Go to step 10CA4.                                      : Go to step 10CA8.
        : Repair open or ground short circuit in
          harness of power supply circuit.




                                                   294
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10CA10] 2-7
                                                 10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CA8 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                     10CA10 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.                                                      ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and              Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                        chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                   Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 22 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                (B134) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                    B2M2468A                                                   B2M2469A


       : Does the voltage change less than                     : Does the voltage change less than
         1.0 V by shaking harness and con-                       1.0 V by shaking harness and con-
         nector of ECM while monitoring the                      nector of ECM while monitoring the
         value with voltage meter?                               value with voltage meter?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.                 : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Go to step 10CA9.                                     : Go to step 10CA11.

10CA9 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                    B2M2469A


       : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
       : Go to step 10CA11.
       : Go to step 10CA10.




                                                 295
2-7   [T10CA11]                         DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CA11 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO                        10CA12 :    CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F)
            FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR.                               SENSOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen (A/F)          2) Measure resistance between front oxygen (A/F)
sensor.                                                  sensor connector terminals.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Terminals
4) Measure voltage between front oxygen (A/F)                No. 2 — No. 4:
sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E24) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                                                                                B2M3760


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                      B2M3758C                   : Repair harness and connector.
                                                         NOTE:
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                 In this case, repair the following:
        : Go to step 10CA12.                             ¼ Open or ground short circuit in harness between
        : Repair power supply line.                      front oxygen (A/F) sensor and ECM connector
                                                         ¼ Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
NOTE:                                                    nector
In this case, repair the following:                      ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and                  : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector                                 <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>
¼ Poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
nector
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector




                                                   296
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T10CA12] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               297
2-7   [T10CB0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CB: DTC P1133 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544




                                                  298
                                  DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10CB4] 2-7
                                               10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CB1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                   10CB3 :     CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F)
          ECM.                                                   SENSOR HEATER CURRENT.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                       1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and         2) Repair battery short circuit in harness between
chassis ground.                                      ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal                                 3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B134) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):           4) Read data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater
                                                     current using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II
                                                     general scan tool.
                                                     NOTE:
                                                     ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                     For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                     “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                     FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                     ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                     For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                     OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                   B2M2715A
                                                             : Is the value more than 2.3 A?
                                                             : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
       : Is the voltage more than 8 V?
                                                             : END
       : Go to step 10CB3.
       : Go to step 10CB2.
                                                     10CB4 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
                                                                 ECM.
10CB2 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.
                                                     Measure voltage between ECM connector and
                                                     chassis ground.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                      Connector & terminal
                                                        (B134) No. 23 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 22 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                             B2M2715A


                                   B2M2468A
                                                             : Does the voltage change more than 8
                                                               V by shaking harness and connector
       : Is the voltage more than 8 V?                         of ECM while monitoring the value
       : Go to step 10CB3.                                     with voltage meter?
       : Go to step 10CB4.                                   : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                               between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
                                                               sensor connector.
                                                             : Go to step 10CB5.




                                               299
2-7   [T10CB5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CB5 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
           ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 22 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2468A


        : Does the voltage change more than 8
          V by shaking harness and connector
          of ECM while monitoring the value
          with voltage meter?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
          sensor connector.
        : END




                                                    300
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T10CC1] 2-7
                                                10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CC: DTC P1134 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR MICRO-COMPUTER
PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                  H2M3544



10CC1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P1134?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : It is not necessary to inspect DTC
          P1134.




                                                301
2-7   [T10CD0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CD: DTC P1139 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR #1 HEATER CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3544




                                                  302
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CD3] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CD1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     10CD2 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                               AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
          SOR CONNECTOR.                                            SOR CONNECTOR.

1) Start engine, and warm-up the engine.                Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                         front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3) Disconnect connectors from ECM and front             Connector & terminal
oxygen (A/F) sensor.                                       (B136) No. 7 — (E24) No. 1:
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 22 — (E24) No. 4:




                                                                                                B2M3749C


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 10CD3.
                                    B2M3761B
                                                                : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                  ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                  nector.
       : Go to step 10CD2.
       : Repair open circuit in harness between         10CD3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
         ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-                     AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
         nector.                                                    SOR CONNECTOR.

                                                        Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                        front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 20 — (E24) No. 3:




                                                                                                B2M3759C


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 10CD4.
                                                                : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                  ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
                                                                  nector.


                                                  303
2-7   [T10CD4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CD4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                     10CD6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
           AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
           SOR CONNECTOR.                                Check poor contact in ECM and front oxygen (A/F)
                                                         sensor connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and                    : Is there poor contact in ECM or front
front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.                               oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?
Connector & terminal                                             : Repair poor contact in ECM or front oxy-
   (B136) No. 3 — (E24) No. 2:                                     gen (A/F) sensor connector.
                                                                 : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                                   <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>




                                      B2M3756B


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 10CD5.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between
          ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor con-
          nector.

10CD5 :    CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F)
           SENSOR.

Measure resistance between front oxygen (A/F)
sensor connector terminals.
Terminals
    No. 2 — No. 4:




                                       B2M3760


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
        : Go to step 10CD6.
        : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>




                                                   304
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CD6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               305
2-7   [T10CE0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CE: DTC P1142 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (LOW INPUT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3543




                                                  306
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CE2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CE1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0122 or
          P0123?
        : Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108,
          P0122 or P0123 using “10. Diagnostics
          Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P1142.
         : Go to step 10CE2.

10CE2 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
        : Is the value less than 0 kPa (0 mmHg,
          0 inHg)?
        : Replace intake manifold pressure sen-
          sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W11A0].>
        : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
          to 2-7 [W10A1].>




                                                     307
2-7   [T10CF0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CF: DTC P1151 — REAR OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3545




                                                  308
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CF4] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CF1 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     10CF3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and                  Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                            chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                       Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                    (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2483A                                                     B2M2483A


        : Is the voltage more than 8 V?                            : Does the voltage change more than 8
        : Go to step 10CF2.                                          V by shaking harness and connector
                                                                     of ECM while monitoring the value
        : Go to step 10CF3.
                                                                     with voltage meter?
                                                                   : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
10CF2 :    CHECK DTC P1151 ON DISPLAY.
                                                                   : Go to step 10CF4.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Repair battery short circuit in harness between         10CF4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
3) Operate the INSPECTION MODE. <Ref. to 2-7               Measure voltage between ECM connector and
[T3E1].>                                                   chassis ground.
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                Connector & terminal
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                   (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
          DTC P1151?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : END




                                                                                                   B2M2483A


                                                                   : Does the voltage change more than 8
                                                                     V by shaking harness and connector
                                                                     of rear oxygen sensor while monitor-
                                                                     ing the value with voltage meter?
                                                                   : Repair poor contact in rear oxygen sen-
                                                                     sor connector.
                                                                   : Go to step 10CF5.



                                                     309
2-7   [T10CF5]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CF5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        B2M2483A


        : Does the voltage change more than 8
          V by shaking coupling connector (E2)
          while monitoring the value with volt-
          age meter?
        : Repair poor contact in coupling connec-
          tor.
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
          returned to normal condition at this time.




                                                       310
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CF5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               311
2-7   [T10CG0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CG: DTC P1400 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3574




                                                  312
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CG3] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CG1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                     10CG3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           ECM.                                                     FUEL TANK PRESSURE CON-
                                                                    TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND
                                                                    ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.                                                 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                        2) Disconnect connectors from fuel tank pressure
Connector & terminal
                                                        control solenoid valve and ECM.
   (B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                        3) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
                                                        tank pressure control solenoid valve connector and
                                                        chassis ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (R68) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                    B2M2673A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
       : Go to step 10CG2.
       : Go to step 10CG3.                                                                      H2M3585A


10CG2 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                                  : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to                     between ECM and fuel tank pressure
FOREWORD [T3C1].>                                                 control solenoid valve connector.
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-                   : Go to step 10CG4.
         tor?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                  313
2-7   [T10CG4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CG4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          10CG5 :   CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE
           FUEL TANK PRESSURE CON-                                  CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
           TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND
           ECM CONNECTOR.                                 Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
                                                          control solenoid valve terminals.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
                                                          Terminals
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connec-
                                                              No. 1 — No. 2:
tor.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 1 — (R68) No. 2:




                                                                                                H2M3589


                                                                 : Is the resistance between 10 and 100
                                      H2M3586A                     Ω?
                                                                 : Go to step 10CG6.
        : Is the voltage less than 1 Ω?
                                                                 : Replace fuel tank pressure control sole-
        : Go to step 10CG5.                                        noid valve. <Ref. to 2-1 [W9A0].>
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98, R57
and R94)




                                                    314
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CG7] 2-7
                                                      10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CG6 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
            TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
            SOLENOID VALVE.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R68) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       H2M3587A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 10CG7.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97, R57
and R94)
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector

10CG7 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
          pressure control solenoid valve con-
          nector?
        : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
          sure control solenoid valve connector.
        : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                      315
2-7   [T10CH0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CH: DTC P1420 — FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3574




                                                  316
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10CH3] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CH1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                          10CH2 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
           ECM.                                                          ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                              1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-             2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to          ground.
the side of the center console box.                          Connector & terminal
                                                                (B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                                                       B2M2673A

4) While operating fuel tank pressure control sole-
noid valve, measure voltage between ECM and                          : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
chassis ground.                                                      : Go to step 10CH4.
NOTE:                                                                : Go to step 10CH3.
Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve opera-
tion can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor.            10CH3 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
For procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].>                                                     Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
                                                             FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                            : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                       tor?
                                                                     : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                     : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                        B2M2673A


        : Does voltage change between 0 and
          10 V?
        : Go to step 10CH2.
        : Even if MIL light up, the circuit has
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time. In this case, repair poor contact in
          ECM connector.




                                                       317
2-7   [T10CH4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CH4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          10CH5 :    CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE
           FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL                                CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
           SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON-
           NECTOR.                                        1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                          2) Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                           control solenoid valve terminals.
2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure           Terminals
control solenoid valve.                                       No. 1 — No. 2:
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                 H2M3589


                                                                  : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                  : Replace fuel tank pressure control sole-
                                                                    noid valve <Ref. to 2-1 [W9A0].> and
                                      B2M2673A                      ECM <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>.
                                                                  : Go to step 10CH6.
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness         10CH6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
          between ECM and fuel tank pressure
          control solenoid valve connector. After         Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
          repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7               FOREWORD [T3C1].>
          [W19A0].>
                                                                  : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
        : Go to step 10CH5.                                         tor?
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                  : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                    318
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CH6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               319
2-7   [T10CI0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CI: DTC P1422 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE
CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3551




                                                  320
                                         DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10CI3] 2-7
                                                         10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CI1 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                           10CI2 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
            ECM.                                                           ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-               2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to            ground.
the side of the center console box.                            Connector & terminal
                                                                  (B134) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                          S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                                                         B2M2493A

4) While operating purge control solenoid valve,
measure voltage between ECM and chassis                                  : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
ground.                                                                  : Go to step 10CI4.
NOTE:                                                                    : Go to step 10CI3.
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be
executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For                      10CI3 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
[T3F0].>                                                       Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
                                                               FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                                : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                           tor?
                                                                         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                         : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                          B2M2493A


          : Does voltage change between 0 and
            10 V?
          : Go to step 10CI2.
          : Even if MIL light up, the circuit has
            returned to a normal condition at this
            time. In this case, repair poor contact in
            ECM connector.




                                                         321
2-7   [T10CI4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CI4 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10CI5 :     CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
            PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID                                      NOID VALVE.
            VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                             2) Measure resistance between purge control
2) Disconnect connector from purge control sole-            solenoid valve terminals.
noid valve.                                                 Terminals
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                  No. 1 — No. 2:
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                   B2M3604


                                                                      : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                      : Replace purge control solenoid valve
                                        B2M2493A                        <Ref. to 2-7 [W17A0].> and ECM <Ref.
                                                                        to 2-7 [W19A0].>.
          : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                            : Go to step 10CI6.
          : Repair battery short circuit in harness
            between ECM and purge control sole-             10CI6 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
            noid valve connector. After repair,
            replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>             Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
          : Go to step 10CI5.                               FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                      : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                        tor?
                                                                      : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                      : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                      322
        DIAGNOSTICS                                       [T10CI6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               323
2-7   [T10CJ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CJ: DTC P1423 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT
CONTROL HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3021




                                                  324
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T10CJ3] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CJ1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                          10CJ2 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
           ECM.                                                         ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                              1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-             2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to          ground.
the side of the center console box.                          Connector & terminal
                                                                (B134) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                                                       B2M2495A

4) While operating drain valve, measure voltage
between ECM and chassis ground.                                      : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
NOTE:                                                                : Go to step 10CJ4.
Drain valve operation can be excecuted using                         : Go to step 10CJ3.
Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK                            10CJ3 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
Connector & terminal                                         Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
   (B134) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                   FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                     : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                       tor?
                                                                     : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                     : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                        B2M2495A


        : Does voltage change between 0 and
          10 V?
        : Go to step 10CJ2.
        : Even if MIL light up, the circuit has
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time. In this case, repair poor contact in
          ECM connector.




                                                       325
2-7   [T10CJ4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CJ4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           10CJ5 :   CHECK DRAIN VALVE.
           DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-
           TOR.                                            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                           2) Measure resistance between drain valve termi-
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                            nals.
2) Disconnect connector from drain valve.                  Terminals
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                 No. 1 — No. 2:
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                 S2M0465


                                                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                   : Replace drain valve <Ref. to 2-1
                                      B2M2495A                       [W13A0].> and ECM <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                     [W19A0].>.
        : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                           : Go to step 10CJ6.
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and drain valve connec-              10CJ6 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.
          tor. After repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to
          2-7 [W19A0].>                                    Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
        : Go to step 10CJ5.                                FOREWORD [T3C1].>
                                                                   : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                     tor?
                                                                   : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                   : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                                     326
        DIAGNOSTICS                                       [T10CJ6] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               327
2-7   [T10CK0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CK: DTC P1443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT
CONTROL FUNCTION PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately after fault occurrence
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Improper fuel supply
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3021



10CK1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Is there any other DTC on display?
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “10.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2200 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
        : Go to step 10CK2.




                                                    328
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T10CK3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CK2 :    CHECK VENT LINE HOSES.                        10CK3 :     CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERA-
                                                                     TION.
Check the following items.
¼ Clogging of vent hoses between canister and            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
drain valve                                              2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-
¼ Clogging of vent hose between drain valve and          tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to
air filter                                               the side of the center console box.
¼ Clogging of vent hose between drain filter and
junction pipe
¼ Clogging of junction pipe
¼ Clogging of drain filter




                                                                                                 S2M0259B

                                                         3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                         NOTE:
                                       H2M2482B          Drain valve operating check can also be executed
                                                         using Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure,
        : Is there a fault in vent line?                 refer to the “COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION
        : Repair or replace the faulty part.             CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
        : Go to step 10CK3.                                      : Does drain valve produce operating
                                                                   sound?
                                                                 : Contact with SOA service.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                         cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
                                                                  : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
                                                                    [W13A0].>




                                                   329
2-7   [T10CL0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CL: DTC P1505 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Engine breathing
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3569



10CL1 :    CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.

        : Does throttle cable have play for
          adjustment?
        : Go to step 10CL2.
        : Adjust throttle cable. <Ref. to 4-5
          [W1A3].>




                                                  330
                                  DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T10CL3] 2-7
                                             10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CL2 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                 10CL3 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.                                                ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                     1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis         2) Disconnect connector from idle air control sole-
ground.                                            noid valve.
Connector & terminal                               3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B134) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):          4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                   ground.
                                                   Connector & terminal
                                                      (B134) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                  B2M2660A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                                           B2M2660A
       : Go to step 10CL3.
       : Go to step 10CL4.
                                                           : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                           : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                             between ECM and idle air control sole-
                                                             noid valve connector. After repair,
                                                             replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
                                                           : Replace idle air control solenoid valve
                                                             <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A1].> and ECM <Ref.
                                                             to 2-7 [W19A0].>.




                                             331
2-7   [T10CL4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CL4 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
           ECM.

Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2660A


        : Does the voltage change more than
          10 V by shaking harness and connec-
          tor of ECM while monitoring the value
          with voltage meter?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and idle air control sole-
          noid valve connector. After repair,
          replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Insepction by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                    332
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CL4] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               333
2-7   [T10CM0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CM: DTC P1507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION (FAIL-SAFE) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                              H2M3569



10CM1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                  10CM2 :   CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.
            PLAY.
                                                                : Does throttle cable have play for
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                       adjustment?
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                     : Go to step 10CM2.
          DTC P0116 or P0117 or P0505 or
                                                                : Adjust throttle cable. <Ref. to 4-5
          P1505?
                                                                  [W1A3].>
        : Inspect DTC P0116 or P0117 or P0505
          or P1505 using “10. Diagnostics Chart
          with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models”.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [T10A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P1507.
         : Go to step 10CM2.



                                                   334
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10CM3] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CM3 :     CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and idle it.
3) Check the following items.
¼ Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
control solenoid valve and throttle body
¼ Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
¼ Disconnections of vacuum hoses
        : Is there a fault in air intake system?
        : Repair air suction and leaks.
        : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A0].>




                                                       335
2-7   [T10CN0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CN: DTC P1520 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Radiator fan does not operate properly.
  ¼ Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3565




                                                  336
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10CN2] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CN1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                          10CN2 :     CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN
           ECM.                                                          RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
                                                                         CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to          2) Remove main fan relay and sub fan relay. (with
the side of the center console box.                          A/C models)
                                                             3) Disconnect test mode connector.
                                                             4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                             5) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                             ground.
                                                             Connector & terminal
                                                                (B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating radiator fan relay, measure
voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed using                                                   B2M2654A
Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK                                    : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>
                                                                     : Repair battery short circuit in radiator
Connector & terminal                                                   fan relay control circuit. After repair,
   (B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                              replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
                                                                     : Go to step 10CN3.




                                        B2M2654A


        : Does voltage change between 0 and
          10 V?
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time. In this case, repair poor contact in
          ECM connector.
        : Go to step 10CN2.




                                                       337
2-7   [T10CN3]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CN3 :    CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.                          10CN5 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                           Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
2) Remove main fan relay.                                 FOREWORD [T3C1].>
3) Measure resistance between main fan relay ter-                : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
minals.                                                            tor?
Terminal                                                         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
    No. 1 — No. 3:                                               : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>




                                       OBD0535


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Replace main fan relay and ECM. <Ref.
          to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Go to step 10CN4.

10CN4 :    CHECK SUB FAN RELAY.

1) Remove sub fan relay.
2) Measure resistance between sub fan relay ter-
minals.
Terminal
    No. 1 — No. 3:




                                       OBD0536


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Replace sub fan relay and ECM. <Ref.
          to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : Go to step 10CN5.




                                                    338
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CN5] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               339
2-7   [T10CO0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CO: DTC P1560 — BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3590




                                                  340
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CO3] 2-7
                                                  10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CO1 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                   10CO3 :     CHECK FUSE SBF-5.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                 : Is fuse blown?
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis                      : Replace fuse. <Ref. to 6-3 [D6A0].>
ground.                                                         : Repair harness and connector.
Connector & terminal                                    NOTE:
   (B136) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               In this case, repair the following:
                                                        ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and bat-
                                                        tery
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (F44)
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in battery terminal




                                    B2M2678A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Go to step 10CO2.

10CO2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNEC-
          TOR.

1) Disconnect connector from ECM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 9 — Chassis ground:




                                    B2M2679A


       : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM connector and battery
         terminal.
       : Go to step 10CO3.




                                                  341
2-7   [T10CP0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CP: DTC P1700 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range; excessive shift shock; exces-
  sive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>




                                                    342
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T10CP0] 2-7
              10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


MEMO:




               343
2-7   [T10CQ0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CQ: DTC P1701 — CRUISE CONTROL SET SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                  H2M3575



10CQ1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM                     10CQ2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
           AND CCM CONNECTOR.                                      AND CCM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and CCM.               chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM             Connector & terminal
and CCM connector.                                          (B54) No. 11 — Chassis ground:
Connector & terminal
   (B54) No. 11 — (B94) No. 12:




                                                                                              B2M2682A


                                      H2M3588A                  : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                : Repair short circuit in harness between
        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                        TCM and CCM connector.
        : Go to step 10CQ2.                                     : Go to step 10CQ3.
        : Repair open circuit in harness between
          TCM and CCM connector.

                                                   344
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T10CQ4] 2-7
                                                       10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CQ3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.                       10CQ4 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

1) Connect connector to TCM and CCM.                         Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
2) Lift-up the vehicle or set the vehicle on free            FOREWORD [T3C1].>
rollers.
                                                                     : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
CAUTION:                                                               tor?
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.                          : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
3) Start the engine.                                                 : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>
4) Cruise control main switch to ON.
5) Move selector lever to “D” and slowly increase
vehicle speed to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
6) Cruise control set switch to ON.
7) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B54) No. 11 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        B2M2683A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 V?
        : Go to step 10CQ4.
        : Check cruise control set circuit. <Ref. to
          6-2 [T7A0].>




                                                       345
2-7   [T10CR0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CR: DTC P1702 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL
CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                      B2M2111




                                                  346
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T10CR3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CR1 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                    10CR2 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
            AND TCM CONNECTOR.                                       AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis               2) Disconnect connector from ECM and TCM.
ground.                                                  3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
Connector & terminal                                     and chassis ground.
   (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                Connector & terminal
                                                            (B135) No. 4 — Chassis ground:




                                      B2M2684A
                                                                                                 B2M2685A
        : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
        : Go to step 10CR2.                                      : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
          returned to a normal condition at this                   between ECM and TCM connector.
          time.                                                  : Go to step 10CR3.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                      10CR3 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                      ECM.
¼ Poor contact in TCM connector
                                                         1) Connect connector to ECM.
                                                         2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                         3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                         ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                 B2M2684A


                                                                 : Is the voltage more than 5 V?
                                                                 : Go to step 10CR4.
                                                                 : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.




                                                   347
2-7   [T10CR4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CR4 :    CHECK TROUBLE CODE FOR
           AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION.

Read trouble code for automatic transmission.
<Ref. to 3-2 [T8A0].>
        : Does trouble code appear for auto-
          matic transmission?
        : Inspect trouble code for automatic trans-
          mission. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8A0].>
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                      348
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                            [T10CU0] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CS: DTC P1703 — LOW CLUTCH TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check low clutch timing control solenoid valve circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8L0].>
CT: DTC P1704 — 2-4 BRAKE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check 2-4 brake timing control solenoid valve circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8M0].>
CU: DTC P1705 — 2-4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE (2-4
BRAKE DUTY SOLENOID) CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check 2-4 brake duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8O0].>




                                                    349
2-7   [T10CV0]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CV: DTC P1722 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL
CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                      B2M2111




                                                  350
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T10CV3] 2-7
                                                   10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CV1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                      10CV3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND TCM CONNECTOR.                                        AND TCM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis               chassis ground.
ground.                                                  Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                        (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                 B2M2684A
                                     B2M2684A
                                                                 : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                          : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Repair battery short circuit in harness                 : Go to step 10CV4.
         between ECM and TCM connector.
         After repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7
         [W19A0].>
       : Go to step 10CV2.

10CV2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND TCM CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                     B2M2684A


       : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
       : Go to step 10CV5.
       : Go to step 10CV3.




                                                   351
2-7   [T10CV4]                          DIAGNOSTICS
10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


10CV4 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                      10CV5 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           ECM.                                                    AND TCM CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between ECM and chassis                  Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.                                                  ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                   (B54) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       B2M2684A                                              B2M2686A



        : Does the voltage change from 1 V to                   : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
          4 V while monitoring the value with                   : Go to step 10CV6.
          voltage meter?                                        : Repair open circuit in harness between
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has                  ECM and TCM connector.
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time.                                          10CV6 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                      Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                          FOREWORD [T3C1].>
¼ Poor contact in TCM connector                                 : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
         : Contact with SOA service.                              tor?
NOTE:                                                           : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable                 : Check TCM power supply line and
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.                         grounding line.




                                                   352
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T10CW2] 2-7
                                                     10. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2200 cc Models


CW: DTC P1742 — AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS INPUT SIGNAL
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                        B2M2111



10CW1 :     CHECK DRIVING CONDITION.

1) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator
fan makes one complete rotation.
2) Drive the vehicle.
        : Is AT shift control functioning prop-
          erly?
        : Go to step 10CW2.
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>

10CW2 :     CHECK ACCESSORY.

        : Are car phone and/or CB installed on
          vehicle?
        : Repair grounding line of car phone or
          CB system.
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                     353
2-7   [T11A0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models
A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
   DTC
                                                          Item                            Index
   No.
P0106      Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11B0].>
P0107      Pressure sensor circuit low input                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11C0].>
P0108      Pressure sensor circuit high input                                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11D0].>
P0111      Intake air temperature sensor circuit range/performance problem           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11E0].>
P0112      Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11F0].>
P0113      Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11G0].>
P0116      Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11H0].>
P0117      Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input                      <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11I0].>
P0121      Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input)   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11J0].>
P0122      Throttle position sensor circuit low input                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11K0].>
P0123      Throttle position sensor circuit high input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11L0].>
P0125      Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11M0].>
P0130      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit range/performance problem               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11N0].>
P0133      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit slow response                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11O0].>
P0136      Rear oxygen sensor circuit malfunction                                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11P0].>
P0139      Rear oxygen sensor circuit slow response                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11Q0].>
P0141      Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11R0].>
P0170      Fuel trim malfunction                                                     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11S0].>
P0181      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit range/performance problem               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11T0].>
P0182      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit low input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11U0].>
P0183      Fuel temperature sensor A circuit high input                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11V0].>
P0301      Cylinder 1 misfire detected                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11W0].>
P0302      Cylinder 2 misfire detected                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11X0].>
P0303      Cylinder 3 misfire detected                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11Y0].>
P0304      Cylinder 4 misfire detected                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                     [T11Z0].>




                                                              354
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11A0] 2-7
                                                           11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


   DTC
                                                          Item                                            Index
   No.
P0325    Knock sensor circuit high input                                                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AA0].>
P0335    Crankshaft position sensor circuit malfunction                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AB0].>
P0336    Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AC0].>
P0340    Camshaft position sensor circuit malfunction                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AD0].>
P0341    Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AE0].>
P0420    Catalyst system efficiency below threshold                                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AF0].>
P0440    Evaporative emission control system malfunction                                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AG0].>
P0442    Evaporative emission control system malfunction                                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AH0].>
P0443    Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit low input                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AI0].>
P0446    Evaporative emission control system vent control low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AJ0].>
P0451    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance problem               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AK0].>
P0452    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AL0].>
P0453    Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AM0].>
P0461    Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AN0].>
P0462    Fuel level sensor circuit low input                                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AO0].>
P0463    Fuel level sensor circuit high input                                                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AP0].>
P0480    Cooling fan relay 1 circuit low input                                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AQ0].>
P0483    Cooling fan function problem                                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AR0].>
P0500    Vehicle speed sensor malfunction                                                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AS0].>
P0506    Idle control system RPM lower than expected                                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AT0].>
P0507    Idle control system RPM higher than expected                                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AU0].>
P0601    Internal control module memory check sum error                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AV0].>
P0703    Brake switch input malfunction                                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AW0].>
P0705    Transmission range sensor circuit malfunction                                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AX0].>
P0710    Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit malfunction                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AY0].>
P0715    Torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11AZ0].>
P0720    Output speed sensor (vehicle speed sensor 2) circuit malfunction                            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11BA0].>




                                                            355
2-7   [T11A0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


   DTC
                                                            Item                         Index
   No.
P0725      Engine speed input circuit malfunction                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BB0].>
P0731      Gear 1 incorrect ratio                                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BC0].>
P0732      Gear 2 incorrect ratio                                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BD0].>
P0733      Gear 3 incorrect ratio                                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BE0].>
P0734      Gear 4 incorrect ratio                                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BF0].>
P0740      Torque converter clutch system malfunction                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BG0].>
P0743      Torque converter clutch system (lock-up duty solenoid) electrical        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BH0].>
P0748      Pressure control solenoid (line pressure duty solenoid) electrical       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BI0].>
P0753      Shift solenoid A (Shift solenoid 1) electrical                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BJ0].>
P0758      Shift solenoid B (Shift solenoid 2) electrical                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BK0].>
P1100      Starter switch circuit low input                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BL0].>
P1101      Neutral position switch circuit low input [MT vehicles] or               <Ref. to 2-7
           Neutral position switch circuit high input [AT vehicles]                 [T11BM0].>
P1103      Engine torque control signal 1 circuit malfunction                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BN0].>
P1106      Engine torque control signal 2 circuit malfunction                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BO0].>
P1110      Atmospheric pressure sensor low input                                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BP0].>
P1111      Atmospheric pressure sensor high input                                   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BQ0].>
P1112      Atmospheric pressure sensor range/performance problem                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BR0].>
P1115      Engine torque control cut signal circuit high input                      <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BS0].>
P1116      Engine torque control cut signal circuit low input                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BT0].>
P1120      Starter switch circuit high input                                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BU0].>
P1121      Neutral position switch circuit high input [MT vehicles] or              <Ref. to 2-7
           Neutral position switch circuit low input [AT vehicles]                  [T11BV0].>
P1130      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit malfunction (open circuit)             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BW0].>
P1131      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor circuit malfunction (short circuit)            <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BX0].>
P1132      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater circuit low input                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BY0].>
P1133      Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heater circuit high input                      <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11BZ0].>
P1142      Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input)   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11CA0].>
P1151      Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit high input                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                    [T11CB0].>




                                                              356
                                           DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11A0] 2-7
                                                           11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


   DTC
                                                          Item                                            Index
   No.
P1207    Air assist injector solenoid valve circuit low input                                        <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CC0].>
P1208    Air assist injector solenoid valve circuit high input                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CD0].>
P1325    Knock sensor circuit low input                                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CE0].>
P1400    Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit low input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CF0].>
P1420    Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit high input                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CG0].>
P1422    Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit high input                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CH0].>
P1423    Evaporative emission control system vent control high input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CI0].>
P1442    Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem 2                                       <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CJ0].>
P1443    Evaporative emission control system vent control function problem                           <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CK0].>
P1445    Air assist injector solenoid valve malfunction                                              <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CL0].>
P1490    Thermostat malfunction                                                                      <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CM0].>
P1507    Idle control system malfunction (fail-safe)                                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CN0].>
P1510    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 1 circuit low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CO0].>
P1511    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 1 circuit high input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CP0].>
P1512    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 2 circuit low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CQ0].>
P1513    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 2 circuit high input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CR0].>
P1514    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 3 circuit low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CS0].>
P1515    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 3 circuit high input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CT0].>
P1516    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 4 circuit low input                                  <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CU0].>
P1517    Idle air control solenoid valve signal 4 circuit high input                                 <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CV0].>
P1520    Cooling fan relay 1 circuit high input                                                      <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CW0].>
P1540    Vehicle speed sensor malfunction 2                                                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CX0].>
P1560    Back-up voltage circuit malfunction                                                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CY0].>
P1700    Throttle position sensor circuit malfunction for automatic transmission                     <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11CZ0].>
P1701    Cruise control set signal circuit malfunction for automatic transmission                    <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DA0].>
P1702    Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit low input                             <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DB0].>
P1703    Low clutch timing control solenoid valve circuit malfunction                                <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DC0].>




                                                            357
2-7   [T11A0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


   DTC
                                                         Item                                             Index
   No.
P1704      2-4 brake timing control solenoid valve circuit malfunction                               <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DD0].>
P1705      2-4 brake pressure control solenoid valve (2-4 brake duty solenoid) circuit malfunction   <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DE0].>
P1722      Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit high input                          <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DF0].>
P1742      Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit malfunction                         <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                                                     [T11DG0].>




                                                            358
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T11A0] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               359
2-7   [T11B0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


B: DTC P0106 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                  H2M3576



11B1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    11B2 :    CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
          PLAY.
                                                                  : Are there holes, loose bolts or dis-
NOTE:                                                               connection of hose on air intake sys-
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC                    tem?
P0106.                                                            : Repair air intake system.
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                      : Go to step 11B3.
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0107, P0108 or P1112?
         : Inspect DTC P0107, P0108 or P1112
           using “11. Diagnostics Chart with
           Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models”.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
         : Go to step 11B2.



                                                   360
                                        DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11B5] 2-7
                                                        11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11B3 :     CHECK PRESSURE SENSOR.                             11B4 :    CHECK THROTTLE POSITION.

1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until cool-            Read data of throttle position signal using Subaru
ant temperature is greater than 60°C (140°F).                 Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
2) Place the shift lever in the selector lever in “N”         NOTE:
or “P” position.                                              ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
3) Turn A/C switch to OFF.                                    For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.                        “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
5) Read data of intake manifold pressure sensor               FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-             ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
eral scan tool.                                               For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
NOTE:                                                         OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                                : Is throttle positioning ratio equal to
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the                           or less than 5% when throttle is fully
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                                      closed?
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                                     : Go to step 11B5.
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                                             : Adjust or replace throttle position sen-
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the                           sor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W10A0].>
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
Specification:                                                11B5 :    CHECK THROTTLE POSITION.
¼ Intake manifold absolute pressure
  Engine speed               Specified value                           : Is throttle positioning ratio equal to
                           73.3 — 106.6 kPa                              or more than 85% when throttle is
   Ignition ON     (550 — 800 mmHg, 21.65 — 31.50                        fully open?
                                 inHg)                                 : Replace intake air temperature and
                            20.0 — 46.7 kPa                              pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>
      Idling        (150 — 350 mmHg, 5.91 — 13.78                      : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
                                 inHg)
                                                                         to 2-7 [W10A0].>
         : Is the value within the specifica-
           tions?
         : Go to step 11B4.
         : Replace intake air temperature sensor
           and pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7
           [W13A0].>




                                                        361
2-7   [T11C0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


C: DTC P0107 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3576




                                                  362
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11C5] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11C1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11C4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-         chassis ground.
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
                                                           Connector & terminal
general scan tool.
                                                              (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than 13.3 kPa (100
           mmHg, 3.94 inHg)?
         : Go to step 11C3.                                                                        B2M2443A

         : Go to step 11C2.
                                                                    : Does the voltage change more than
                                                                      4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
11C2 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
                                                                      nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                      value with voltage meter?
Check poor contact in ECM and pressure sensor                       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
connector. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C8].>
                                                                    : Contact with SOA service.
         : Is there poor contact in ECM or pres-
           sure sensor connector?                          NOTE:
         : Repair poor contact in ECM or pressure          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
           sensor connector.                               cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has          11C5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           returned to a normal condition at this
           time.
                                                           Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground.
11C3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
                                                           Connector & terminal
Measure voltage between ECM connector and                     (B136) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                   B2M2444A


                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                      B2M2443A
                                                                    : Go to step 11C7.
                                                                    : Go to step 11C6.
         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 11C5.
         : Go to step 11C4.

                                                     363
2-7   [T11C6]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11C6 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     11C8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          TOR.)                                                     AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
                                                                    NECTOR.
Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal
using Subaru Select Monitor.                              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
NOTE:                                                     2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            and intake air temperature and pressure sensor
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                       connector.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                        Connector & terminal
         : Does the value change more than                   (B136) No. 16 — (E21) No. 1:
           13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg) by
           shaking harness and connector of
           ECM while monitoring the value with
           Subaru Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 11C7.

11C7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-                                                              B2M3268B
          NECTOR.
                                                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                    : Go to step 11C9.
2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-                   : Repair open circuit in harness between
ture and pressure sensor.                                            ECM and intake air temperature and
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       pressure sensor connector.
4) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-
ture sensor and pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                      B2M3267B


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 11C8.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between
           ECM and intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor connector.



                                                    364
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11C10] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11C9 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
          NECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between intake air
temperature and pressure sensor connector and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 4 — Engine ground:




                                       B2M3767A


         : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?
         : Go to step 11C10.
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between ECM and intake air tempera-
           ture and pressure sensor connector.

11C10 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in intake manifold pressure
sensor connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in intake mani-
           fold pressure sensor connector?
         : Repair poor contact in intake air tem-
           perature and pressure sensor connec-
           tor.
         : Replace intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>




                                                     365
2-7   [T11D0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


D: DTC P0108 — PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3576




                                                  366
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11D4] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11D1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11D3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read the data of intake manifold absolute pres-         chassis ground.
sure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II          Connector & terminal
general scan tool.                                            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 119.5 kPa
           (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg)?
                                                                                                   B2M2443A
         : Go to step 11D10.
         : Go to step 11D2.                                         : Does the voltage change more than
                                                                      4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
11D2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                                 nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                      value with voltage meter?
Measure voltage between ECM connector and                           : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
chassis ground.                                                     : Contact with SOA service.
Connector & terminal                                       NOTE:
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.

                                                           11D4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

                                                           Measure voltage between ECM connector and
                                                           chassis ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 5 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

                                      B2M2443A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 11D4.
         : Go to step 11D3.



                                                                                                   B2M2444A


                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                                                    : Go to step 11D6.
                                                                    : Go to step 11D5.




                                                     367
2-7   [T11D5]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11D5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     11D7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          TOR.)                                                     AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
                                                                    NECTOR.
Read data of atmospheric absolute pressure signal
using Subaru Select Monitor.                              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
NOTE:                                                     2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            and intake air temperature and pressure sensor
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                       connector.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                        Connector & terminal
         : Does the value change more than                   (B136) No. 5 — (E21) No. 4:
           13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg) by
           shaking harness and connector of
           ECM while monitoring the value with
           Subaru Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 11D6.

11D6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-                                                              B2M3769A
          NECTOR.
                                                                   : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                    : Go to step 11D8.
2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-                   : Repair open circuit in harness between
ture and pressure sensor.                                            ECM and intake air temperature and
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       pressure sensor connector.
4) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-
ture and pressure sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                      B2M3267B


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 11D7.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between
           ECM and intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor connector.



                                                    368
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11D10] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11D8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                        11D10 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE                                  AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
          AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-                                    AND PRESSURE SENSOR CON-
          NECTOR.                                                     NECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select
intake air temperature and pressure sensor con-            Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
nector.                                                    OFF.
Connector & terminal                                       2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
   (B136) No. 16 — (E21) No. 1:                            ture and pressure sensor.
                                                           3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select
                                                           Monitor or the OBD-II general scan tool switch to
                                                           ON.
                                                           4) Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure
                                                           signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
                                                           eral scan tool.
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                           For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                           “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                       B2M3268B            FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                           ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
         : Go to step 11D9.                                OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Repair open circuit in harness between                  : Is the value more than 119.5 kPa
           ECM and intake air temperature and                        (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg)?
           pressure sensor connector.
                                                                   : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                     between ECM and intake air tempera-
11D9 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                                        ture and pressure sensor connector.
                                                                   : Replace intake air temperature and
Check poor contact in intake air temperature and                     pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>
pressure sensor connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in intake mani-
           fold pressure sensor connector?
         : Repair poor contact in intake air tem-
           perature and pressure sensor connec-
           tor.
         : Replace intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>




                                                     369
2-7   [T11E0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


E: DTC P0111 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3576




                                                  370
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11E2] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11E1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117 or
           P0125?
         : Inspect DTC P0112, P0113, P0116,
           P0117 or P0125 using “11. Diagnostics
           Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc
           Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0111.
         : Go to step 11E2.

11E2 :    CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEM-
          PERATURE.

1) Start the engine and warm it up completely.
2) Measure engine coolant temperature using
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the engine coolant temperature
           between 75°C (167°F) and 95°C
           (203°F)?
         : Replace intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>
         : Inspect DTC P0125 using “11. Diagnos-
           tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc
           Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>




                                                      371
2-7   [T11F0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


F: DTC P0112 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3576




                                                  372
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11F2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11F1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.
2) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value greater than 120°C
           (248°F)?
         : Go to step 11F2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature and pres-
sure sensor
¼ Poor contact in ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B83 and B122)

11F2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND
          PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
ture and pressure sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Replace intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor and ECM connector.



                                                     373
2-7   [T11G0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


G: DTC P0113 — INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3576




                                                  374
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11G2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11G1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11G2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                     INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND
                                                                     PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM
1) Start engine.
                                                                     CONNECTOR.
2) Read data of intake air temperature sensor sig-
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.                                            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                           2) Disconnect connector from intake air tempera-
NOTE:
                                                           ture and pressure sensor.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                           3) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
                                                           ture and pressure sensor connector and engine
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                           ground.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                                 Connector & terminal
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the                (E21) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 11G2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature and pres-
sure sensor
¼ Poor contact in ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                                                         B2M3771A

¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B83 and B122)
                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                    : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                      between intake air temperature and
                                                                      pressure sensor and ECM connector.
                                                                    : Go to step 11G3.




                                                     375
2-7   [T11G3]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11G3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                            11G4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND                                 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND
          PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM                                    PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.                                                 CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                             Measure voltage between intake air temperature
2) Measure voltage between intake air tempera-             and pressure sensor connector and engine
ture and pressure sensor connector and engine              ground.
ground.                                                    Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                          (E21) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):
   (E21) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                                                                                 B2M3771A
                                       B2M3771A
                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 3 V?
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                           : Go to step 11G5.
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness                  : Repair harness and connector.
           between intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor and ECM connector.              NOTE:
                                                           In this case, repair the following:
         : Go to step 11G4.                                ¼ Open circuit in harness between intake air tem-
                                                           perature and pressure sensor and ECM connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature and pres-
                                                           sure sensor
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in ECM
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B83 and B122)




                                                     376
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11G5] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11G5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE AND
          PRESSURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance of harness between intake
air temperature and pressure sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E21) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                       B2M3773A


         : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Replace intake air temperature and
           pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between intake air tem-
perature and pressure sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in intake air temperature and pres-
sure sensor
¼ Poor contact in ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B83 and B122)




                                                     377
2-7   [T11H0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


H: DTC P0116 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Hard to start
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3542




                                                  378
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11H2] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11H1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                             11H2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                    ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1) Start engine.                                                    SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
general scan tool.                                        2) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-
NOTE:                                                     perature sensor.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            4) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                       sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                        general scan tool.
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                                NOTE:
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the           ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.              For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
         : Is the value greater than 150°C                “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
           (302°F)?                                       FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
         : Go to step 11H2.                               ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                          For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
         : Repair poor contact.
                                                          OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
NOTE:
                                                                   : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-                  : Replace engine coolant temperature
sor                                                                  sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
¼ Poor contact in ECM                                              : Repair ground short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)                           between engine coolant temperature
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                             sensor and ECM connector.




                                                    379
2-7   [T11I0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


I: DTC P0117 — ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Hard to start
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3542




                                                  380
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11I2] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11I1 :   CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11I2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                   ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1) Start engine.                                                   SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
general scan tool.                                        2) Disconnect connector from engine coolant tem-
NOTE:                                                     perature sensor.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                   3) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the            perature sensor connector and engine ground.
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                       Connector & terminal
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                           (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 11I2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor                                                                                               B2M3565A
¼ Poor contact in ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)                           : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                   : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                     between ECM and engine coolant tem-
                                                                     perature sensor connector.
                                                                   : Go to step 11I3.




                                                    381
2-7   [T11I3]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11I3 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                             11I4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
         ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE                                 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
         SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                  SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                             Measure voltage between engine coolant tempera-
2) Measure voltage between engine coolant tem-             ture sensor connector and engine ground.
perature sensor connector and engine ground.               Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                          (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):
   (E8) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                                                                                 B2M3565A
                                       B2M3565A
                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                           : Go to step 11I5.
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness                  : Repair harness and connector.
           between ECM and engine coolant tem-
           perature sensor connector.                      NOTE:
                                                           In this case, repair the following:
         : Go to step 11I4.                                ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                           engine coolant temperature sensor connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
                                                           sor connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                     382
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11I5] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11I5 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
         ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
         SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance of harness between engine
coolant temperature sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E8) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                      B2M3566A


         : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Replace engine coolant temperature
           sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
engine coolant temperature sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sen-
sor connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                    383
2-7   [T11J0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


J: DTC P0121 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3577



11J1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0122 or P0123?
         : Inspect DTC P0122 or P0123 using “11.
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0121.
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A2].>

                                                     384
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T11J1] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               385
2-7   [T11K0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


K: DTC P0122 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3577




                                                  386
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11K4] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11K1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                                11K3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Start engine.                                             Measure voltage between ECM connector and
2) Read data of throttle position sensor signal              chassis ground.
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general                Connector & terminal
scan tool.                                                      (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than 0.1 V?
         : Go to step 11K2.                                                                          B2M2443A
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           returned to a normal condition at this                     : Does the voltage change more than
           time. A temporary poor contact of the                        4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
           connector may be the cause.                                  nector of ECM while monitoring the
NOTE:                                                                   value with voltage meter?
In this case, repair the following:                                   : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-                    : Contact with SOA service.
tor
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                              NOTE:
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B122)                  Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                             cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
11K2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
                                                             11K4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground while throttle valve is fully closed.         Measure voltage between ECM connector and
                                                             chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                   Connector & terminal
                                                                (B136) No. 17 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                        B2M2443A
                                                                                                     B2M2703A

         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
                                                                      : Is the voltage less than 0.1 V?
         : Go to step 11K4.
                                                                      : Go to step 11K6.
         : Go to step 11K3.
                                                                      : Go to step 11K5.




                                                       387
2-7   [T11K5]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11K5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                       11K7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                                  AND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
          TOR.)                                                       CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between ECM connector and                   1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
chassis ground.                                             2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                            connector and throttle position sensor connector.
         : Does the voltage change more than
           0.1 V by shaking harness and con-                Connector & terminal
           nector of ECM while monitoring the                  (B136) No. 17 — (E13) No. 3:
           value with Subaru Select Monitor?
         : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Go to step 11K6.

11K6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
          CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                                                                   B2M2705A
2) Disconnect connectors from throttle position
sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
4) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-                    : Go to step 11K8.
sor connector and engine ground.                                     : Repair harness and connector.
Connector & terminal                                        NOTE:
   (E13) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):                     In this case, repair the following:
                                                            ¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
                                                            sensor and ECM connector
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
                                                            tor
                                                            ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)




                                       B2M2704A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
         : Go to step 11K7.
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-
tor
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                      388
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11K9] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11K8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
          CONNECTOR.

Measure resistance of harness between throttle
position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E13) No. 3 — Engine ground:




                                       B2M2706A


         : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between throttle position sensor and
           ECM connector.
         : Go to step 11K9.

11K9 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in throttle position sensor con-
nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
         : Is there poor contact in throttle posi-
           tion sensor connector?
         : Repair poor contact in throttle position
           sensor connector.
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A2].>




                                                      389
2-7   [T11L0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


L: DTC P0123 — THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3577




                                                  390
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11L2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11L1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11L2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
                                                                     THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
                                                                     ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of throttle position sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general              1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
scan tool.                                                 2) Disconnect connector from throttle position
                                                           sensor.
NOTE:
                                                           3) Measure resistance of harness between throttle
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                           position sensor connector and engine ground.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                        Connector & terminal
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                            (E13) No. 2 — Engine ground:
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 4.9 V?
         : Go to step 11L2.
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           returned to a normal condition at this
           time. A temporary poor contact of the
           connector may be the cause.
                                                                                                   B2M2707A
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in throttle position sensor connec-                  : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
tor                                                                 : Go to step 11L3.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                     : Repair harness and connector.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           In this case, repair the following:
                                                           ¼ Open circuit in harness between throttle position
                                                           sensor and ECM connector
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                     391
2-7   [T11L3]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11L3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR AND
          ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between throttle position sen-
sor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E13) No. 3 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                       B2M2708A


         : Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness
           between throttle position sensor and
           ECM connector. After repair, replace
           ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
         : Replace throttle position sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-7 [W10A2].>




                                                     392
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11M2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


M: DTC P0125 — INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED
LOOP FUEL CONTROL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine would not return to idling.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3542



11M1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      11M2 :    CHECK THERMOSTAT.
          PLAY.
                                                                    : Does thermostat remain opened?
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                        : Replace thermostat. <Ref. to 2-5
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate                          [W2A0].>
           DTC P0116 or P0117?                                      : Replace engine coolant temperature
         : Inspect DTC P0116 or P0117 using “11.                      sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W4A0].>
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0125.
         : Go to step 11M2.




                                                     393
2-7   [T11N0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


N: DTC P0130 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3578



11N1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P1130, P1131, P1132 or P1133?
         : Inspect DTC P1130, P1131, P1132 or
           P1133 using “11. Diagnostics Chart with
           Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models”.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
         : Go to step 11N2.




                                                     394
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11N4] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11N2 :    CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                     11N4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          SOR DATA.                                                   AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
                                                                      SOR.
1) Start engine.
2) While observing the Subaru Select Monitor or             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
OBD-II general scan tool screen, warm-up the                2) Disconnect connector from ECM and front oxy-
engine until coolant temperature is above 70°C              gen (A/F) sensor connector.
(160°F).                                                    3) Measure resistance between ECM and front
If the engine is already warmed-up, operate at idle         oxygen (A/F) sensor.
speed for at least 1 minute.                                Connector & terminals
3) Read data of front oxygen (A/F) sensor signal               (B136) No. 6 — (E24) No. 1:
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general                  (B136) No. 7 — (E24) No. 6:
scan tool.                                                     (B136) No. 19 — (E24) No. 3:
NOTE:                                                          (B136) No. 20 — (E24) No. 4:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value equal to or more than
           0.85 and equal to less than 1.15 in
           idling?
                                                                                                    B2M3776B
         : Go to step 11N3.
         : Go to step 11N4.                                          : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                                     : Go to step 11N5.
11N3 :    CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-                              : Repair open circuit between ECM and
          SOR DATA.                                                    front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

Race engine at speeds from idling to 5,000 rpm for
a total of 5 cycles.
NOTE:
To increase engine speed to 5,000 rpm, slowly
depress accelerator pedal, taking approximately 5
seconds, and quickly release accelerator pedal to
decrease engine speed.
         : Is the value more than 1.1 for a
           moment?
         : Go to step 11N6.
         : Go to step 11N4.




                                                      395
2-7   [T11N5]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11N5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SEN-
          SOR.

Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminals
   (B136) No. 6 — Chassis ground:
   (B136) No. 7 — Chassis ground:
   (B136) No. 19 — Chassis ground:
   (B136) No. 20 — Chassis ground:




                                      B2M3777A


         : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
         : Go to step 11N6.
         : Repair ground short circuit between
           ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor.

11N6 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.

Check exhaust system parts.
NOTE:
Check the following items.
¼ Loose installation of portions
¼ Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
¼ Looseness of front oxygen (A/F) sensor
¼ Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
         : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
         : Repair or replace faulty parts.
         : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
           <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>




                                                     396
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11O2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


O: DTC P0133 — FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                        H2M3578



11O1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      11O2 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
          PLAY.
                                                           NOTE:
         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or               Check the following items.
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate               ¼ Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe
           DTC P1130, P1131, P1132 or P1133?               onto cylinder heads
         : Inspect DTC P1130, P1131, P1132 or              ¼ Loose connection between front exhaust pipe
           P1133 using “11. Diagnostics Chart with         and front catalytic converter
           Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models”.               ¼ Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
           <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
                                                                    : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
NOTE:                                                               : Repair exhaust system.
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0133.                                                              : Replace front oxygen (A/F) sensor.
                                                                      <Ref. to 2-7 [W8A0].>
         : Go to step 11O2.




                                                     397
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 5
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11P5] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11P3 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR                         11P5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          DATA.                                                      AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CON-
                                                                     NECTOR.
1) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant tem-
perature is above 70°C (160°F), and keep the               1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
engine speed at 2,000 rpm to 3,000 rpm for two             2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and rear oxy-
minutes.                                                   gen sensor.
2) Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using            3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general scan tool.         and rear oxygen sensor connector.
NOTE:                                                      Connector & terminal
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                       (B136) No. 16 — (E25) No. 3:
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Does the value fluctuate?
         : Go to step 11P7.
         : Go to step 11P4.
                                                                                                   B2M2799E

11P4 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR
          DATA.                                                     : Is the resistance more than 3 Ω?
                                                                    : Repair open circuit in harness between
Read data of rear oxygen sensor signal using                          ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II General Scan                        : Go to step 11P6.
Tool.
         : Is the value fixed between 0.2 and 0.4
           V?
         : Go to step 11P5.
         : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
           2-7 [W9A0].>




                                                     399
2-7   [T11P6]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11P6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR                     11P7 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
          OXYGEN SENSOR AND ECM CON-
          NECTOR.                                        Check exhaust system parts.
                                                         NOTE:
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.         Check the following items.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           ¼ Loose installation of portions
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor            ¼ Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
harness connector and engine ground or chassis           ¼ Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front
ground.                                                  oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor
Connector & terminal                                              : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
   (E25) No. 4 (+) — Engine ground (−):                           : Repair or replace faulty parts.
                                                                  : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
                                                                    2-7 [W9A0].>




                                      B2M2478E


         : Is the voltage more than 0.2 V?
         : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
           2-7 [W9A0].>
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen
sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector




                                                   400
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 6
                                           Replacement page for MSA5T0013A
Bulletin Number:18-75-04; Date: 03/15/04                           Page 7
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T11R2] 2-7
                                                11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11R1 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.                11R2 :    CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                       1) Repair harness and connector.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.                     NOTE:
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM          In this case, repair the following:
connector and chassis ground.                         ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
Connector & terminal                                  engine ground terminal
   (B134) No. 35 — Chassis ground:                    ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                      ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
                                                      2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                      connector and chassis ground.
                                                      Connector & terminal
                                                         (B134) No. 34 — Chassis ground:




                                     B2M2467A


         : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Go to step 11R3.
         : Go to step 11R2.
                                                                                              B2M2709A


                                                               : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 11R3.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                      NOTE:
                                                      In this case, repair the following:
                                                      ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and
                                                      engine ground terminal
                                                      ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                      ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                403
2-7   [T11R3]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11R3 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                             11R5 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
                                                                    ECM.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of rear oxygen sensor heater current         Measure voltage between ECM connector and
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general             chassis ground.
scan tool.                                                Connector & terminal
NOTE:                                                        (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value more than 0.2 A?
         : Repair connector.
NOTE:                                                                                            B2M2710A
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector                     : Does the voltage change less than
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting                      1.0 V by shaking harness and con-
harness connector                                                    nector of ECM while monitoring the
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                      value with voltage meter?
         : Go to step 11R4.                                        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                   : Go to step 11R6.
11R4 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.
                                                          11R6 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
                                                                    ECM.
1) Start and idle the engine.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                           1) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
                                                          2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
Connector & terminal                                      chassis ground.
   (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                          Connector & terminal
                                                             (B134) No. 21 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2710A

                                                                                                 B2M2710A
         : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
         : Go to step 11R7.                                        : Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
         : Go to step 11R5.                                        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
                                                                   : Repair battery short circuit in harness
                                                                     between ECM and rear oxygen sensor
                                                                     connector. After repair, replace ECM.
                                                                     <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>

                                                    404
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11R8] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11R7 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR                     11R8 :    CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
          OXYGEN SENSOR.
                                                         1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          2) Measure resistance between rear oxygen sen-
2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.         sor connector terminals.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Terminals
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor                No. 1 — No. 2:
connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E25) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                  OBD0706


                                                                  : Is the resistance less than 30 Ω?
                                     B2M2481E                     : Repair harness and connector.
                                                         NOTE:
         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?                In this case, repair the following:
         : Go to step 11R8.                              ¼ Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen
         : Repair power supply line.                     sensor and ECM connector
                                                         ¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
NOTE:                                                    ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
In this case, repair the following:                      ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (E1)
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and                  : Replace rear oxygen sensor. <Ref. to
rear oxygen sensor connector                                        2-7 [W9A0].>
¼ Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (E1)




                                                   405
2-7   [T11S0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


S: DTC P0170 — FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

11S1 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.                              (2) Start the engine and run it until it stalls.
                                                             (3) After the engine stalls, crank it for five more
                                                             seconds.
         : Are there holes or loose bolts on                 (4) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
           exhaust system?                                2) Connect connector to fuel pump relay.
         : Repair exhaust system.                         3) Disconnect fuel delivery hose from fuel filter,
         : Go to step 11S2.                               and connect fuel pressure gauge.

11S2 :    CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.

         : Are there holes, loose bolts or dis-
           connection of hose on air intake sys-
           tem?
         : Repair air intake system.
         : Go to step 11S3.
                                                                                                     B2M2484
11S3 :    CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.

WARNING:
¼ Place “NO FIRE” signs near the working
area.
¼ Be careful not to spill fuel on the floor.
1) Release fuel pressure.
   (1) Disconnect connector from fuel pump relay.




                                      S2M0093A




                                                    406
                                              DIAGNOSTICS                                                  [T11S4] 2-7
                                                              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


4) Install fuel filler cap.                                         11S4 :    CHECK FUEL PRESSURE.
5) Start the engine and idle while gear position is
neutral.
6) Measure fuel pressure while disconnecting                        After connecting pressure regulator vacuum hose,
pressure regulator vacuum hose from intake mani-                    measure fuel pressure.
fold.                                                               WARNING:
WARNING:                                                            Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release
Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release                        fuel pressure.
fuel pressure.                                                      NOTE:
NOTE:                                                               ¼ If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel
If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel                    return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres-
return hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pres-                   sure again.
sure again.                                                         ¼ If out of specification as measured at this step,
                                                                    check or replace pressure regulator and pressure
                                                                    regulator vacuum hose.




                                                B2M2485


         : Is fuel pressure between 284 and 314                                                                    B2M2485
           kPa (2.9 — 3.2 kg/cm2, 41 — 46 psi)?
         : Go to step 11S4.                                                  : Is fuel pressure between 206 and 235
                                                                               kPa (2.1 — 2.4 kg/cm2, 30 — 34 psi)?
         : Repair the following items.
                                                                             : Go to step 11S5.
                         ¼ Clogged fuel return line or bent                  : Repair the following items.
Fuel pressure too high
                         hose
                         ¼ Improper fuel pump discharge                                     ¼ Faulty pressure regulator
Fuel pressure too low                                               Fuel pressure too
                         ¼ Clogged fuel supply line                                         ¼ Clogged fuel return line or bent
                                                                    high
                                                                                            hose
                                                                                            ¼ Faulty pressure regulator
                                                                    Fuel pressure too low   ¼ Improper fuel pump discharge
                                                                                            ¼ Clogged fuel supply line




                                                              407
2-7   [T11S5]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11S5 :    CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEM-                      11S6 :      CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD PRES-
          PERATURE SENSOR.                                           SURE SENSOR SIGNAL.

1) Start the engine and warm-up completely.              1) Start the engine and warm-up engine until cool-
2) Read data of engine coolant temperature sen-          ant temperature is greater than 60°C (140°F).
sor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II         2) Place the selector lever in “N” or “P” position.
general scan tool.                                       3) Turn A/C switch to OFF.
                                                         4) Turn all accessory switches to OFF.
NOTE:                                                    5) Read data of intake manifold pressure sensor
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                  signal using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II gen-
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the           eral scan tool.
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                       NOTE:
¼ OBD-II general scan tool                               ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the          For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.             “READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                         FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
         : Is temperature between 70°C (158°F)           ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
           and 100°C (212°F)?                            For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
         : Go to step 11S6.                              OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Replace engine coolant temperature            Specification:
           sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W5A0].>
                                                             Engine speed              Specified value
                                                                                      24.0 — 41.3 kPa
                                                                Idling
                                                                            (180 — 310 mmHg, 7.09 — 41.3 inHg)
                                                                                     73.3 — 106.6 kPa
                                                              Ignition ON     (550 — 800 mmHg, 21.65 — 31.50
                                                                                           inHg)

                                                                    : Is the voltage within the specifica-
                                                                      tions?
                                                                    : Contact with SOA service.
                                                         NOTE:
                                                         Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                         cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
                                                                  : Replace intake air temperature and
                                                                    pressure sensor. <Ref. to 2-7 [W13A0].>




                                                   408
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11T1] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


T: DTC P0181 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3014



11T1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate
           DTC P0182 or P0183?
         : Inspect DTC P0182 or P0183 using “11.
           Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
           2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0181.
         : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-1 [W6A0].>




                                                     409
2-7   [T11U0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


U: DTC P0182 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3014




                                                  410
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11U2] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11U1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Start engine.
2) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value greater than 150°C
           (300°F)?
         : Go to step 11U2.
         : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           returned to a normal condition at this
           time.

11U2 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove access hole lid.
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
           to 2-1 [W6A0].>
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness
           between fuel pump and ECM connector.




                                                    411
2-7   [T11V0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


V: DTC P0183 — FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition

CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3014




                                                  412
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11V3] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11V1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                              11V3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
                                                                     TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
                                                                     CONNECTOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Read data of fuel temperature sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general              1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
scan tool.                                                 2) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
                                                           and chassis ground.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                    Connector & terminal
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the                (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
         : Is the value less than −40°C (−40°F)?
         : Go to step 11V2.
         : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
                                                                                                   S2M0403A
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                     : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22, B98,                    : Repair battery short circuit in harness
B97 and R57)                                                          between ECM and fuel pump connector.
                                                                    : Go to step 11V4.
11V2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
          TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove access hole lid.
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
4) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       S2M0403A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Repair battery short circuit in harness
           between ECM and fuel pump connector.
         : Go to step 11V3.


                                                     413
2-7   [T11V4]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11V4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL                    11V5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
          TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM                              TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
          CONNECTOR.                                              CONNECTOR.

Measure voltage between fuel pump connector             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
and chassis ground.                                     2) Measure resistance of harness between fuel
                                                        pump connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R58) No. 6 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                Connector & terminal
                                                           (R58) No. 5 — Chassis ground:




                                      S2M0403A
                                                                                              S2M0404A

         : Is the voltage more than 4 V?
                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
         : Go to step 11V5.
                                                                 : Replace fuel temperature sensor. <Ref.
         : Repair harness and connector.                           to 2-1 [W6A0].>
NOTE:                                                            : Repair harness and connector.
In this case, repair the following:                     NOTE:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel          In this case, repair the following:
pump connector                                          ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector                   pump connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                         ¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and          ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
R57)                                                    ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
                                                        R57)




                                                  414
        DIAGNOSTICS                                        [T11V5] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               415
2-7   [T11W0]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


W: DTC P0301 — CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11Z0].>
X: DTC P0302 — CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11Z0].>
Y: DTC P0303 — CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11Z0].>
Z: DTC P0304 — CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Rough driving
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                       H2M3546




                                                  416
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11Z3] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      11Z3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
          PLAY.                                                      INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.

         : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or               1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
           OBD-II general scan tool indicate               2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
           DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116,                 faulty cylinders.
           P0117 or P0125?                                 3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
         : Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108,                engine ground on faulty cylinders.
           P0116, P0117 or P0125 using “11. Diag-          Connector & terminal
           nostics Chart with Trouble Code for                #1 (E5) No. 1 — Engine ground:
           2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>            #2 (E16) No. 1 — Engine ground:
NOTE:                                                         #3 (E6) No. 1 — Engine ground:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC              #4 (E17) No. 1 — Engine ground:
P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304.
         : Go to step 11Z2.

11Z2 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM
          ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal                                                                               OBD0713A

   #1 (B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   #2 (B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground                            : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
   (−):                                                             : Repair ground short circuit in harness
   #3 (B134) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground                              between fuel injector and ECM connec-
   (−):                                                               tor.
   #4 (B134) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground                            : Go to step 11Z4.
   (−):




                                       B2M2068A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Go to step 11Z7.
         : Go to step 11Z3.




                                                     417
2-7   [T11Z4]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL                     11Z5 :    CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
          INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                         Measure resistance between fuel injector terminals
Measure resistance of harness connector between          on faulty cylinder.
ECM connector and fuel injector on faulty cylin-         Terminals
ders.                                                        No. 1 — No. 2:
Connector & terminal
   #1 (B134) No. 4 — (E5) No. 1:
   #2 (B134) No. 13 — (E16) No. 1:
   #3 (B134) No. 14 — (E6) No. 1:
   #4 (B134) No. 15 — (E17) No. 1:




                                                                                                   S2M0405


                                                                  : Is the resistance between 5 and 20
                                                                    Ω?
                                                                  : Go to step 11Z6.
                                      B2M2440A
                                                                  : Replace faulty fuel injector. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                    [W18A0].>
         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Go to step 11Z5.
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel
injector connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)




                                                   418
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11Z7] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z6 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.                          11Z7 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL
                                                                      INJECTOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel injector and                1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
engine ground on faulty cylinders.                          2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on
Connector & terminal                                        faulty cylinder.
   #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):                   3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):                  4) Measure voltage between ECM connector and
   #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):                   chassis ground on faulty cylinders.
   #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) — Engine ground (−):                  Connector & terminal
                                                               #1 (B134) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                               #2 (B134) No. 13 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):
                                                               #3 (B134) No. 14 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):
                                                               #4 (B134) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground
                                                               (−):



                                       OBD0715A


         : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
         : Repair poor contact in all connectors in
           fuel injector circuit.
         : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:                                                                                               B2M2068A
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and                     : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders                          : Repair battery short circuit in harness
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)                             between ECM and fuel injector. After
¼ Poor contact in main relay connector                                 repair, replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty                    [W19A0].>
cylinders
                                                                     : Go to step 11Z8.




                                                      419
2-7   [T11Z8]                            DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z8 :    CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.                               11Z11 :     CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION
                                                                         OF TIMING BELT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between fuel injector termi-           Turn crankshaft using ST, and align alignment
nals on faulty cylinder.                                     mark on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark
Terminals                                                    on cylinder block.
    No. 1 — No. 2:                                           ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET




                                         S2M0405


         : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
         : Replace faulty fuel injector <Ref. to 2-7
           [W18A0].> and ECM <Ref. to 2-7
           [W19A0].>.
         : Go to step 11Z9.

11Z9 :    CHECK INSTALLATION OF CAM-
          SHAFT POSITION SENSOR/
          CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.                                                                  H2M3621A



         : Is camshaft position sensor or crank-                       : Is timing belt dislocated from its
           shaft    position    sensor   loosely                         proper position?
           installed?                                                  : Repair installation condition of timing
         : Tighten camshaft position sensor or                           belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
           crankshaft position sensor.                                 : Go to step 11Z12.
         : Go to step 11Z10.
                                                             11Z12 :     CHECK FUEL LEVEL.
11Z10 :    CHECK CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET.
                                                                       : Is the fuel meter indication higher
Remove timing belt cover.                                                than the “Lower” level?
                                                                       : Go to step 11Z13.
         : Is crankshaft sprocket rusted or does
           it have broken teeth?                                       : Replenish fuel so fuel meter indication is
                                                                         higher than the “Lower” level. After
         : Replace crankshaft sprocket. <Ref. to                         replenishing fuel, Go to step 11Z13.
           2-3 [W3A4].>
         : Go to step 11Z11.




                                                       420
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11Z18] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z13 :    CHECK STATUS OF CHECK                            11Z15 :    CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
           ENGINE MALFUNCTION INDICA-
           TOR LAMP (MIL).                                          : Is there a fault in air intake system?
                                                                    : Repair air intake system.
1) Clear memory using Subaru Select Monitor.
<Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>                                       NOTE:
2) Start engine, and drive the vehicle more than            Check the following items:
10 minutes.                                                 ¼ Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose
                                                            or dislocated nuts and bolts?
                                                            ¼ Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses?
                                                                     : Go to step 11Z16.

                                                            11Z16 :    CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM.

                                                            1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                            2) Read diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
                                                            ¼ Subaru Select Monitor
                                                            <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C2].>
                                       H2M2446C             ¼ OBD-II general scan tool
                                                            For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
        : Is the MIL coming on or blinking?                 OBD-II General Scan Tool Operation Manual.
        : Go to step 11Z15.                                 NOTE:
        : Go to step 11Z14.                                 Perform diagnosis according to the items listed
                                                            below.
11Z14 :    CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE DIAG-                             : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
           NOSED.                                                     OBD-II general scan tool indicate
                                                                      only one DTC?
        : Was the cause of misfire diagnosed                        : Go to step 11Z21.
          when the engine is running?                               : Go to step 11Z17.
        : Finish diagnostics operation, if the
          engine has no abnormality.                        11Z17 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
NOTE:                                                                  CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
Ex. Remove spark plug cord, etc.
       : Repair poor contact.                                       : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
NOTE:                                                                 OBD-II general scan tool indicate
In this case, repair the following:                                   DTC P0301 and P0302?
¼ Poor contact in ignitor connector                                 : Go to step 11Z22.
¼ Poor contact in ignition coil connector                           : Go to step 11Z18.
¼ Poor contact in fuel injector connector on faulty
cylinders
                                                            11Z18 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                                       CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)

                                                                    : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
                                                                      OBD-II general scan tool indicate
                                                                      DTC P0303 and P0304?
                                                                    : Go to step 11Z23.
                                                                    : Go to step 11Z19.




                                                      421
2-7   [T11Z19]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z19 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE                      11Z23 :   GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS
           CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.
                                                                 : Are there faults in #3 and #4 cylin-
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                        ders?
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                      : Repair or replace faulty parts.
          DTC P0301 and P0303?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Go to step 11Z24.
                                                         ¼ Check the following items.
        : Go to step 11Z20.                                 ¼ Spark plugs
                                                            ¼ Fuel injectors
11Z20 :    CHECK DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE                         ¼ Ignition coil
           CODE (DTC) ON DISPLAY.                        ¼ If no abnormal is discovered, check for “9. D:
                                                         IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #3 and #4 cyl-
                                                         inders side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                       : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
          DTC P0302 and P0304?                                      [T11S0].>
        : Go to step 11Z25.
                                                         11Z24 :   GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLINDERS
        : Go to step 11Z26.
                                                                 : Are there faults in #1 and #3 cylin-
11Z21 :    ONLY ONE CYLINDER                                       ders?
                                                                 : Repair or replace faulty parts.
        : Is there a fault in that cylinder?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.                Check the following items.
NOTE:                                                    ¼ Spark plugs
Check the following items.                               ¼ Fuel injectors
¼ Spark plug                                             ¼ Skipping timing belt teeth
¼ Spark plug cord                                                : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
¼ Fuel injector                                                    [T11S0].>
¼ Compression ratio
        : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7                  11Z25 :   GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLINDERS
          [T11S0].>
                                                                 : Are there faults in #2 and #4 cylin-
11Z22 :    GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLINDERS                            ders?
                                                                 : Repair or replace faulty parts.
        : Are there faults in #1 and #2 cylin-
                                                         NOTE:
          ders?
                                                         Check the following items.
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.                ¼ Spark plugs
NOTE:                                                    ¼ Fuel injectors
¼ Check the following items.                             ¼ Compression ratio
   ¼ Spark plugs                                         ¼ Skipping timing belt teeth
   ¼ Fuel injectors                                              : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
   ¼ Ignition coil                                                 [T11S0].>
   ¼ Compression ratio
¼ If no abnormal is discovered, check for “8. D:
IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM” of #1 and #2 cyl-
inders side. <Ref. to 2-7 [T8D0].>
         : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
           [T11S0].>




                                                   422
                               DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T11Z26] 2-7
                                            11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11Z26 :   CYLINDER AT RANDOM

        : Is the engine idle rough?
        : Go to DTC P0170. <Ref. to 2-7
          [T11S0].>
        : Repair or replace faulty parts.
NOTE:
Check the following items.
¼ Spark plugs
¼ Fuel injectors
¼ Compression ratio




                                            423
2-7   [T11AA0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AA: DTC P0325 — KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Poor driving performance
  ¼ Knocking occurs.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3547




                                                  424
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T11AA4] 2-7
                                                 11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AA1 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        11AA3 :    CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
          KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON-
          NECTOR.                                      1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.
                                                       2) Measure resistance between knock sensor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                        connector terminal and engine ground.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
                                                       Terminal
3) Measure resistance between ECM harness
                                                           No. 2 — Engine ground:
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 4 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                B2M3572


                                                               : Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?
                                   B2M2487A
                                                               : Go to step 11AA4.
       : Is the resistance more than 700 kΩ?                   : Repair harness and connector.
       : Go to step 11AA3.                             NOTE:
                                                       In this case, repair the following:
       : Go to step 11AA2.
                                                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between knock sensor
                                                       and ECM connector
11AA2 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        ¼ Poor contact in knock sensor connector
          KNOCK SENSOR AND ECM CON-                    ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
          NECTOR.
                                                       11AA4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF KNOCK
Measure resistance of harness between ECM con-                    SENSOR INSTALLATION.
nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                           : Is the knock sensor installation bolt
   (B136) No. 4 — Chassis ground:                                tightened securely?
                                                               : Replace knock sensor. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                 [W7A0].>
                                                               : Tighten knock sensor installation bolt
                                                                 securely.




                                   B2M2487A


       : Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
       : Go to step 11AA5.
       : Go to step 11AA6.




                                                 425
2-7   [T11AA5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AA5 :     CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.                               11AA6 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.                    1) Connect connectors to ECM and knock sensor.
2) Measure resistance between knock sensor                    2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
connector terminal and engine ground.                         3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                              ground.
Terminal
    No. 2 — Engine ground:                                    Connector & terminal
                                                                 (B136) No. 4 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                          B2M3572
                                                                                                    B2M2488A

         : Is the resistance less than 400 kΩ?
                                                                      : Is the voltage more than 2 V?
         : Replace knock sensor. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                                      : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
           [W7A0].>
                                                                        returned to a normal condition at this
         : Repair ground short circuit in harness                       time. (However, the possibility of poor
           between knock sensor connector and                           contact still remains.)
           ECM connector.
                                                              NOTE:
NOTE:                                                         In this case, repair the following:
The harness between both connectors is shielded.              ¼ Poor contact in knock sensor connector
Repair short circuit of harness together with shield.         ¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                              ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                                       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.




                                                        426
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T11AA6] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               427
2-7   [T11AB0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AB: DTC P0335 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3548




                                                  428
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AB2] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AB1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         11AB2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                               CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                       AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between crank-
2) Disconnect connector from crankshaft position         shaft position sensor connector and engine
sensor.                                                  ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between crank-          Connector & terminal
shaft position sensor connector and engine                  (E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E10) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3574A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                     B2M3574A
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                   between crankshaft position sensor and
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?                      ECM connector.
        : Repair harness and connector.                  NOTE:
NOTE:                                                    The harness between both connectors are
In this case, repair the following:                      shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
¼ Open circuit in harness between crankshaft             together with shield.
position sensor and ECM connector                                : Go to step 11AB3.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 11AB2.




                                                   429
2-7   [T11AB3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AB3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                        11AB5 :   CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION
           CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                             SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                        1) Remove crankshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between crank-            2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
shaft position sensor connector and engine              nals of crankshaft position sensor.
ground.                                                 Terminals
Connector & terminal                                        No. 1 — No. 2:
   (E10) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                                                                             H2M1632A

                                      B2M3575A
                                                               : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                       kΩ?
        : Go to step 11AB4.                                    : Repair poor contact in crankshaft posi-
                                                                 tion sensor connector.
        : Repair harness and connector.
                                                               : Replace crankshaft position sensor.
NOTE:                                                            <Ref. to 2-7 [W5A0].>
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between crankshaft
position sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)

11AB4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CRANK-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Is the crankshaft position sensor
          installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Go to step 11AB5.
        : Tighten crankshaft position sensor
          installation bolt securely.




                                                  430
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T11AB5] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               431
2-7   [T11AC0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AC: DTC P0336 — CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                   H2M3548



11AC1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                     11AC2 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CRANK-
           PLAY.                                                      SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                Turn ignition switch to OFF.
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                        : Is the crankshaft position sensor
          DTC P0335?                                                 installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Inspect DTC P0335 using “11. Diagnos-                    : Go to step 11AC3.
          tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>                          : Tighten crankshaft position sensor
                                                                     installation bolt securely.
        : Go to step 11AC2.




                                                     432
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AC4] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AC3 :    CHECK CRANKSHAFT
           SPROCKET.

Remove front belt cover.
        : Are crankshaft sprocket teeth
          cracked or damaged?
        : Replace crankshaft sprocket. <Ref. to
          2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Go to step 11AC4.

11AC4 :    CHECK INSTALLATION CONDI-
           TION OF TIMING BELT.

Turn crankshaft using ST, and align alignment
mark on crankshaft sprocket with alignment mark
on cylinder block.
ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET




                                      H2M3621A


        : Is timing belt dislocated from its
          proper position?
        : Repair installation condition of timing
          belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Replace crankshaft position sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W5A0].>




                                                    433
2-7   [T11AD0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AD: DTC P0340 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3562




                                                  434
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AD2] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AD1 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         11AD2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                       AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between camshaft
2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position           position sensor connector and engine ground.
sensor.                                                  Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between cam-               (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
shaft position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3577A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                     B2M3577A
                                                                   between camshaft position sensor and
                                                                   ECM connector.
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Repair harness and connector.                  The harness between both connectors are
NOTE:                                                    shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
In this case, repair the following:                      together with shield.
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-                 : Go to step 11AD3.
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 11AD2.




                                                   435
2-7   [T11AD3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AD3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           11AD5 :   CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                  SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between camshaft             2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
position sensor connector and engine ground.               nals of camshaft position sensor.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (E15) No. 2 — Engine ground:                                No. 1 — No. 2:




                                      B2M3578A                                                  H2M1632A



        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                        : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
                                                                    kΩ?
        : Go to step 11AD4.
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in camshaft position
        : Repair harness and connector.                             sensor connector.
NOTE:                                                             : Replace camshaft position sensor.
In this case, repair the following:                                 <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)

11AD4 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.

        : Is the camshaft position sensor
          installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Go to step 11AD5.
        : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
          lation bolt securely.




                                                     436
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T11AD5] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               437
2-7   [T11AE0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AE: DTC P0341 — CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3562



11AE1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0340?
        : Inspect DTC P0340 using “11. Diagnos-
          tics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc
          Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
        : Go to step 11AE2.




                                                     438
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AE3] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AE2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                         11AE3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.                                       AND ECM CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                          Measure resistance of harness between camshaft
2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position           position sensor connector and engine ground.
sensor.                                                  Connector & terminal
3) Measure resistance of harness between cam-               (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:
shaft position sensor connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (E15) No. 1 — Engine ground:




                                                                                                 B2M3577A


                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                     B2M3577A
                                                                   between camshaft position sensor and
                                                                   ECM connector.
        : Is the resistance more than 100 kΩ?
                                                         NOTE:
        : Repair harness and connector.                  The harness between both connectors are
NOTE:                                                    shielded. Repair ground short circuit in harness
In this case, repair the following:                      together with shield.
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-                 : Go to step 11AE4.
tion sensor and ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
         : Go to step 11AE3.




                                                   439
2-7   [T11AE4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AE4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                           11AE6 :    CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION
           CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR                                   SENSOR.
           AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
Measure resistance of harness between camshaft             2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
position sensor connector and engine ground.               nals of camshaft position sensor.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (E15) No. 2 — Engine ground:                                No. 1 — No. 2:




                                      B2M3578A                                                   H2M1632A


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                         : Is the resistance between 1 and 4
        : Go to step 11AE5.                                          kΩ?
        : Repair harness and connector.                            : Go to step 11AE7.
NOTE:                                                              : Replace camshaft position sensor.
In this case, repair the following:                                  <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>
¼ Open circuit in harness between camshaft posi-
tion sensor and ECM connector                              11AE7 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector                                       SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
                                                           Turn ignition switch to OFF.
11AE5 :    CHECK CONDITION OF CAM-
           SHAFT POSITION SENSOR.                                  : Is the camshaft position sensor
                                                                     installation bolt tightened securely?
        : Is the camshaft position sensor                          : Go to step 11AE8.
          installation bolt tightened securely?                    : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
        : Go to step 11AE6.                                          lation bolt securely.
        : Tighten camshaft position sensor instal-
          lation bolt securely.                            11AE8 :    CHECK CAMSHAFT SPROCKET.

                                                           Remove front belt cover. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
                                                                   : Are camshaft sprocket teeth cracked
                                                                     or damaged?
                                                                   : Replace camshaft sprocket. <Ref. to 2-3
                                                                     [W3A0].>
                                                                   : Go to step 11AE9.




                                                     440
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AE9] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AE9 :    CHECK INSTALLATION CONDI-
           TION OF TIMING BELT.

Turn camshaft using ST, and align alignment mark
on camshaft sprocket with alignment mark on tim-
ing belt cover LH.
ST 499207100 CAMSHAFT SPROCKET
                   WRENCH




                                      H2M3621A


        : Is timing belt dislocated from its
          proper position?
        : Repair installation condition of timing
          belt. <Ref. to 2-3 [W3A0].>
        : Replace camshaft position sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W6A0].>




                                                    441
2-7   [T11AF0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AF: DTC P0420 — CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine stalls.
  ¼ Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3579




                                                  442
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AF4] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AF1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                     11AF3 :    CHECK REAR CATALYTIC CON-
           PLAY.                                                      VERTER.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or                Separate rear catalytic converter from rear exhaust
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate                pipe.
          DTC P0130, P0133, P0136, P0139,
          P0141, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304,
          P1130, P1131, P1132, P1133 and
          P1151?
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0420.                                                                                             OBD0525B
         : Go to step 11AF2.
                                                                   : Is there damage at rear face of rear
11AF2 :    CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.                                     catalyst?
                                                                   : Replace front catalytic converter <Ref.
Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose                   to 2-1 [W1A0].> and rear catalytic con-
or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at                       verter <Ref. to 2-1 [W2A0].>.
exhaust pipes.                                                     : Go to step 11AF4.
NOTE:
Check the following positions.                             11AF4 :    CHECK FRONT CATALYTIC CON-
¼ Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe                        VERTER.
¼ Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic
converter                                                  Remove front catalytic converter.
¼ Between front catalytic converter and rear cata-
lytic converter
        : Is there a fault in exhaust system?
        : Repair or replace exhaust system. <Ref.
          to 2-9 [W1A0].>
        : Go to step 11AF3.



                                                                                                   S2M1059A


                                                                   : Is there damage at rear face or front
                                                                     face of front catalyst?
                                                                   : Replace front catalytic converter. <Ref.
                                                                     to 2-1 [W1A0].>
                                                                   : Contact with SOA service.
                                                           NOTE:
                                                           Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                     443
2-7   [T11AG0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AG: DTC P0440 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Gasoline smell
  ¼ There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                      H2M3550



11AG1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    11AG2 :     CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
           PLAY.
                                                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
        : Is there any other DTC on display?              2) Check the fuel filler cap.
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.             NOTE:
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for         The DTC code is stored in memory if fuel filler cap
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>         is or was loose or if the cap chain was caught while
        : Go to step 11AG2.                               tightening.
                                                                  : Is the fuel filler cap tightened
                                                                    securely?
                                                                  : Go to step 11AG3.
                                                                  : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.




                                                    444
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AG5] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AG3 :    CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACK-                      11AG5 :     CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
           ING.                                                          NOID VALVE.

        : Is there any damage to the seal                    Operate purge control solenoid valve.
          between fuel filler cap and fuel filler            NOTE:
          pipe?                                              Purge control solenoid valve operation can also be
        : Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel         executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the
          filler pipe. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>                 procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
        : Go to step 11AG4.                                  OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                             [T3F0].>
11AG4 :    CHECK DRAIN VALVE.

1) Connect test mode connector.




                                                                                                     B2M2254C


                                                                     : Does purge control solenoid valve
                                                                       produce operating sound?
                                        S2M0259B
                                                                     : Go to step 11AG6.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
3) Operate drain valve.                                                <Ref. to 2-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>




                                        B2M1873E


        : Does drain valve produce operating
          sound?
        : Go to step 11AG5.
        : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W13A0].>




                                                       445
2-7   [T11AG6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AG6 :    CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL                           11AG9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK.
           SOLENOID VALVE.
                                                            Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W1C0].>
Operate pressure control solenoid valve.                            : Is fuel tank damaged or is there a
NOTE:                                                                 hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can also                    dia. in it?
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the                    : Repair or replace fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE                                 [W1C0].>
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7                                 : Go to step 11AG10.
[T3F0].>
                                                            11AG10 :    CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANI-
                                                                        CAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE
                                                                        EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.

                                                                    : Are there holes of more than 1.0 mm
                                                                      (0.04 in) dia., cracks, clogging or dis-
                                                                      connections of hoses or pipes in
                                                                      evaporative emission control sys-
                                                                      tem?
                                       B2M1874C                     : Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
                                                                    : Contact with SOA service.
        : Does pressure control solenoid valve              NOTE:
          produce operating sound?                          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
        : Go to step 11AG7.                                 cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
        : Replace pressure control solenoid
          valve. <Ref. to 2-1 [W9A0].>

11AG7 :    CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
           CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.

Turn ignition switch to OFF.
        : Is there a hole of more than 1.0 mm
          (0.04 in) dia. on fuel line?
        : Repair or replace fuel line. <Ref. to 2-8
          [W8A0].>
        : Go to step 11AG8.

11AG8 :    CHECK CANISTER.

        : Is canister damaged or is there a hole
          of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in
          it?
        : Repair or replace canister. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W3A0].>
        : Go to step 11AG9.




                                                      446
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T11AG10] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               447
2-7   [T11AH0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AH: DTC P0442 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Gasoline smell
  ¼ There is a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                      H2M3550



11AH1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    11AH2 :     CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.
           PLAY.
                                                          1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
        : Is there any other DTC on display?              2) Check the fuel filler cap.
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.             NOTE:
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for         The DTC code is stored in memory if fuel filler cap
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>         is or was loose or if the cap chain was caught while
        : Go to step 11AH2.                               tightening.
                                                                  : Is the fuel filler cap tightened
                                                                    securely?
                                                                  : Go to step 11AH3.
                                                                  : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.




                                                    448
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AH5] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AH3 :    CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE PACK-                      11AH5 :    CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
           ING.                                                         NOID VALVE.

        : Is there any damage to the seal                    Operate purge control solenoid valve.
          between fuel filler cap and fuel filler            NOTE:
          pipe?                                              Purge control solenoid valve operation can also be
        : Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel         executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the
          filler pipe. <Ref. to 2-8 [W2A0].>                 procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE
        : Go to step 11AH4.                                  OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7
                                                             [T3F0].>
11AH4 :    CHECK DRAIN VALVE.

1) Connect test mode connector.




                                                                                                     B2M2254C


                                                                     : Does purge control solenoid valve
                                                                       produce operating sound?
                                        S2M0259B
                                                                     : Go to step 11AH6.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.                                       : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
3) Operate drain valve.                                                <Ref. to 2-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
Drain valve operation can also be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor. For the procedure, refer to
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>




                                        B2M1873E


        : Does drain valve produce operating
          sound?
        : Go to step 11AH5.
        : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W13A0].>




                                                       449
2-7   [T11AH6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AH6 :    CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL                           11AH9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK.
           SOLENOID VALVE.
                                                            Remove fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8 [W1C0].>
Operate pressure control solenoid valve.                            : Is fuel tank damaged or is there a
NOTE:                                                                 hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in)
Pressure control solenoid valve operation can also                    dia. in it?
be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. For the                    : Repair or replace fuel tank. <Ref. to 2-8
procedure, refer to “COMPULSORY VALVE                                 [W1C0].>
OPERATION CHECK MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7                                 : Go to step 11AH10.
[T3F0].>
                                                            11AH10 :    CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANI-
                                                                        CAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE
                                                                        EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.

                                                                    : Are there holes of more than 0.5 mm
                                                                      (0.020 in) dia., cracks, clogging or
                                                                      disconnections of hoses or pipes in
                                                                      evaporative emission control sys-
                                                                      tem?
                                       B2M1874C                     : Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
                                                                    : Contact with SOA service.
        : Does pressure control solenoid valve              NOTE:
          produce operating sound?                          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
        : Go to step 11AH7.                                 cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
        : Replace pressure control solenoid
          valve. <Ref. to 2-1 [W9A0].>

11AH7 :    CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION
           CONTROL SYSTEM LINE.

Turn ignition switch to OFF.
        : Is there a hole of more than 0.5 mm
          (0.020 in) dia. on fuel line?
        : Repair or replace fuel line. <Ref. to 2-8
          [W8A0].>
        : Go to step 11AH8.

11AH8 :    CHECK CANISTER.

        : Is canister damaged or is there a hole
          of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in
          it?
        : Repair or replace canister. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W3A0].>
        : Go to step 11AH9.




                                                      450
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T11AH10] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               451
2-7   [T11AI0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AI: DTC P0443 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PURGE
CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3551




                                                  452
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AI2] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AI1 :     CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                       11AI2 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
            ECM.                                                       PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
                                                                       VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis                 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground.                                                    2) Disconnect connectors from purge control sole-
Connector & terminal                                       noid valve and ECM.
   (B134) No. 2 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                  3) Measure resistance of harness between purge
                                                           control solenoid valve connector and engine
                                                           ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (E4) No. 2 — Engine ground:




                                       B2M2493A


          : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
          : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
                                                                                                   B2M3584A
            returned to a normal condition at this
            time. Contact with SOA service.
                                                                     : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
NOTE:
                                                                     : Repair ground short circuit in harness
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                                       between ECM and purge control sole-
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
                                                                       noid valve connector.
         : Go to step 11AI2.
                                                                     : Go to step 11AI3.




                                                     453
2-7   [T11AI3]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AI3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          11AI4 :     CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLE-
            PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID                                     NOID VALVE.
            VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
                                                           1) Remove purge control solenoid valve.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and              2) Measure resistance between purge control
purge control solenoid valve of harness connector.         solenoid valve terminals.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (B134) No. 2 — (E4) No. 2:                                  No. 1 — No. 2:




                                       B2M3585A                                                    B2M3586


          : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                         : Is the resistance between 10 and 100
          : Go to step 11AI4.                                          Ω?
          : Repair open circuit in harness between                   : Go to step 11AI5.
            ECM and purge control solenoid valve                     : Replace purge control solenoid valve.
            connector.                                                 <Ref. to 2-1 [W4A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                        11AI5 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and                              PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
purge control solenoid valve connector                                 VALVE.
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
                                                           1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                           2) Measure voltage between purge control sole-
                                                           noid valve and engine ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (E4) No. 1 (+) — Engine ground (−):




                                                                                                  B2M3751A


                                                                     : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                     : Go to step 11AI6.
                                                                     : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                       main relay and purge control solenoid
                                                                       valve connector.

                                                     454
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AI6] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AI6 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in purge control solenoid valve
connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
          : Is there poor contact in purge control
            solenoid valve connector?
          : Repair poor contact in purge control
            solenoid valve connector.
          : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
cause is deterioration of multiple parts.




                                                     455
2-7   [T11AJ0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AJ: DTC P0446 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT
CONTROL LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     S2M1720




                                                  456
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AJ3] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AJ1 :   CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                       11AJ3 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
          ECM.                                                      DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-
                                                                    TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis               1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
ground.                                                  2) Disconnect connectors from drain valve and
Connector & terminal                                     ECM.
   (B134) No. 10 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               3) Measure resistance of harness between drain
                                                         valve connector and chassis ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (R69) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                     B2M2495A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                                                 S2M0463A
       : Go to step 11AJ2.
       : Go to step 11AJ3.
                                                                 : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                 : Repair ground short circuit in harness
11AJ2 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.                                      between ECM and drain valve connec-
                                                                   tor.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to                    : Go to step 11AJ4.
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
       : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
         tor?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
         returned to a normal condition at this
         time. (However, the possibility of poor
         contact still remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in drain valve connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97, B98
and R57)




                                                   457
2-7   [T11AJ4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AJ4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          11AJ6 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO
           DRAIN VALVE AND ECM CONNEC-                               DRAIN VALVE.
           TOR.
                                                          1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM and             2) Measure voltage between drain valve and
drain valve connector.                                    chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 10 — (R69) No. 2:                              (R69) No. 1 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2496A                                                  S2M0466A



        : Is the voltage less than 1 Ω?                           : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
        : Go to step 11AJ5.                                       : Go to step 11AJ7.
        : Repair harness and connector.                           : Repair harness and connector.
                                                          NOTE:
NOTE:
                                                          In this case, repair the following:
In this case, repair the following:                       ¼ Open circuit in harness between main relay and
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and drain           drain valve
valve connector                                           ¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97 and
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B98 and            R57)
R57)                                                      ¼ Poor contact in main relay connector
11AJ5 :    CHECK DRAIN VALVE.                             11AJ7 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Measure resistance between drain valve terminals.         Check poor contact in drain valve connector. <Ref.
Terminals                                                 to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
    No. 1 — No. 2:                                                : Is there poor contact in drain valve
                                                                    connector?
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in drain valve con-
                                                                    nector.
                                                                  : Contact with SOA service.
                                                          NOTE:
                                                          Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                          cause is deterioration of multiple parts.


                                       S2M0465


        : Is the resistance between 10 and 100
          Ω?
        : Go to step 11AJ6.
        : Replace drain valve. <Ref. to 2-1
          [W13A0].>

                                                    458
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AK3] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AK: DTC P0451 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                       H2M3552



11AK1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                    11AK3 :     CHECK PRESSURE/VACUUM
           PLAY.                                                      LINE.

        : Is there any DTC on display?                    NOTE:
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.             Check the following items.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for         ¼ Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>         vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pres-
                                                          sure sensor and fuel tank
        : Go to step 11AK2.                               ¼ Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ven-
                                                          tilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and
11AK2 :    CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.                         fuel tank
                                                                   : Is there a fault in pressure/vacuum
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                      line?
2) Open the fuel flap.                                             : Repair or replace hoses and pipes.
        : Is the fuel filler cap tightened                         : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
          securely?                                                  <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>
        : Go to step 11AK3.
        : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.

                                                    459
2-7   [T11AL0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AL: DTC P0452 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3552




                                                  460
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                                [T11AL4] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AL1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                             11AL3 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
                                                                      TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.                                 Measure voltage between ECM connector and
3) Install fuel filler cap.                                chassis ground.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                             Connector & terminal
5) Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor sig-            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
nal using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II gen-
eral scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                                                   B2M2497A
        : Is the value less than −2.8 kPa (−21.0
          mmHg, −0.827 inHg)?
                                                                   : Does the voltage change more than
        : Go to step 11AL2.                                          4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has                     nector of ECM while monitoring the
          returned to a normal condition at this                     value with voltage meter?
          time.                                                    : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                                   : Contact with SOA service.
11AL2 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
           TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.                           NOTE:
                                                           Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
                                                           cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
Measure voltage between ECM connector and
chassis ground.                                            11AL4 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2497A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
        : Go to step 11AL4.                                                                        B2M2498A
        : Go to step 11AL3.
                                                                   : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                                                   : Go to step 11AL6.
                                                                   : Go to step 11AL5.



                                                     461
2-7   [T11AL5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AL5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                  11AL6 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                             AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           TOR.)                                                  REAR WIRING HARNESS.

Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                            2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
NOTE:                                                   rear seat cushion (Wagon).
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                 3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the          cord.
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                     4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>                      5) Measure voltage between rear wiring harness
                                                        connector and chassis ground.
        : Does the value change more than
          −2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)            Connector & terminal
          by shaking harness and connector of              (R15) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
          ECM while monitoring the value with
          Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 11AL6.




                                                                                           S2M1177A


                                                               : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
                                                               : Go to step 11AL7.
                                                               : Repair harness and connector.
                                                        NOTE:
                                                        In this case, repair the following:
                                                        ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
                                                        wiring harness connector (R15)
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
                                                        ¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)




                                                  462
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AL9] 2-7
                                                 11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AL7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                    11AL8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN                               AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
          REAR WIRING HARNESS.                                    REAR WIRING HARNESS.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                        Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.                      ing harness connector and chassis ground.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM           Connector & terminal
and rear wiring harness connector.                        (R15) No. 11 — Chassis ground:
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 16 — (R15) No. 11:




                                                                                               H2M3555A


                                   S2M1178A                    : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?
                                                               : Go to step 11AL9.
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                               : Repair ground short circuit in harness
       : Go to step 11AL8.                                       between ECM and rear wiring harness
       : Repair harness and connector.                           connector (R15).
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                    11AL9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
wiring harness connector (R15)                         1) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)             sensor.
¼ Poor contact in joint connector (B122)               2) Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (R57) No. 9 — (R47) No. 3:




                                                                                               S2M1024A


                                                               : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 11AL10.
                                                               : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.




                                                 463
2-7   [T11AL10]                          DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AL10 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                          11AL12 :   CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.                      Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
                                                           connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
Connector & terminal
   (R57) No. 10 — (R47) No. 1:                                    : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
                                                                    pressure sensor connector?
                                                                  : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
                                                                    sure sensor connector.
                                                                  : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
                                                                    <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>




                                        H2M3557A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 11AL11.
        : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.

11AL11 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.

Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank
pressure sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R47) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                        B2M1882A


        : Is the resistance more than 500 kΩ?
        : Go to step 11AL12.
        : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
          cord.




                                                     464
        DIAGNOSTICS                                     [T11AL12] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               465
2-7   [T11AM0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AM: DTC P0453 — EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3552




                                                  466
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AM4] 2-7
                                                   11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AM1 :    CHECK CURRENT DATA.                           11AM3 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL
                                                                     TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.                               Measure voltage between ECM connector and
3) Install fuel filler cap.                              chassis ground.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                           Connector & terminal
5) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal            (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
using Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
                                                                                                 B2M2497A
        : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
          mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
                                                                 : Does the voltage change more than
        : Go to step 11AM12.                                       4.5 V by shaking harness and con-
        : Go to step 11AM2.                                        nector of ECM while monitoring the
                                                                   value with voltage meter?
11AM2 :    CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL                            : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
           TANK PRESSURE SENSOR.                                 : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>

Measure voltage between ECM connector and                11AM4 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal                                     Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
   (B136) No. 15 (+) — Chassis ground (−):               ground.
                                                         Connector & terminal
                                                            (B136) No. 12 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                     B2M2497A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
                                                                                                 B2M2498A
        : Go to step 11AM4.
        : Go to step 11AM3.                                      : Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
                                                                 : Go to step 11AM6.
                                                                 : Go to step 11AM5.




                                                   467
2-7   [T11AM5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AM5 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                  11AM7 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
           (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                             AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           TOR.)                                                  REAR WIRING HARNESS.

Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal           1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
using Subaru Select Monitor.                            2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
NOTE:                                                   3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                 and rear wiring harness connector.
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the          Connector & terminal
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY                        (B136) No. 12 — (R15) No. 10:
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
        : Does the value change more than
          −2.8 kPa (−21.0 mmHg, −0.827 inHg)
          by shaking harness and connector of
          ECM while monitoring the value with
          Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 11AM6.

11AM6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                                                       S2M1180A
           AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           REAR WIRING HARNESS.                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                               : Go to step 11AM8.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                                : Repair harness and connector.
2) Remove rear seat cushion (Sedan) or move
rear seat cushion (Wagon).                              NOTE:
3) Separate rear wiring harness and fuel tank           In this case, repair the following:
cord.                                                   ¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.                          wiring harness connector (R15)
5) Measure voltage between rear wiring harness          ¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 9 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                       S2M1177A


        : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
        : Go to step 11AM7.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear
wiring harness connector (R15)
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B98)

                                                  468
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                           [T11AM11] 2-7
                                                  11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AM8 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                    11AM10 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           AND COUPLING CONNECTOR IN
           REAR WIRING HARNESS.                         Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.
                                                        Connector & terminal
Measure resistance of harness between rear wir-
                                                           (R57) No. 10 — (R47) No. 1:
ing harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B136) No. 16 — (R15) No. 11:




                                                                                                H2M3557A


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                      S2M1178A
                                                                : Go to step 11AM11.
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?                       : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.
       : Go to step 11AM9.
                                                        11AM11 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.
       : Repair ground short circuit in harness
         between ECM and rear wiring harness
         connector (R15).                               Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
                                                        connector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
11AM9 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                                : Is there poor contact in fuel tank
                                                                  pressure sensor connector?
1) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure                 : Repair poor contact in fuel tank pres-
sensor.                                                           sure sensor connector.
2) Measure resistance of fuel tank cord.                        : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
Connector & terminal                                              <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>
   (R57) No. 11 — (R47) No. 2:




                                      H2M3560A


       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
       : Go to step 11AM10.
       : Repair open circuit in fuel tank cord.




                                                  469
2-7   [T11AM12]                          DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AM12 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN
             ECM AND FUEL TANK PRES-
             SURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure
sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Read data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal
using Subaru Select Monitor or the OBD-II general
scan tool.
NOTE:
¼ Subaru Select Monitor
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
¼ OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the
OBD-II General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
        : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa (21.0
          mmHg, 0.827 inHg)?
        : Repair battery short circuit in harness
          between ECM and fuel tank pressure
          sensor connector.
        : Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
          <Ref. to 2-1 [W8A0].>




                                                    470
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AN1] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AN: DTC P0461 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE
PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                      H2M3558



11AN1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0462 or P0463?
        : Inspect DTC P0462 or P0463 using “11.
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect this
trouble.
         : Replace fuel sending unit <Ref. to 2-1
           [W5A0].> and fuel sub level sensor
           <Ref. to 2-1 [W7A0].>.




                                                    471
2-7   [T11AO0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AO: DTC P0462 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3558



11AO1 :    CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND
           TACHOMETER OPERATION IN
           COMBINATION METER.

        : Does speedometer and tachometer
          operate normally?
        : Go to step 11AO2.
        : Repair or replace combination meter.




                                                  472
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AO5] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AO2 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                     11AO4 :     CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)                1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and               2) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and
chassis ground.                                            rear wiring harness connector (R15).
Connector & terminal                                       3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                 4) Measure voltage of harness between ECM con-
                                                           nector and chassis ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
                                                              (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2652A


        : Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
                                                                                                   B2M3726A
        : Go to step 11AO6.
        : Go to step 11AO3.
                                                                   : Is the voltage more than 0.12 V?
                                                                   : Go to step 11AO4.
11AO3 :    CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           (USING SUBARU SELECT MONI-                              : Go to step 11AO7.
           TOR.)
                                                           11AO5 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
Read data of fuel level sensor signal using Subaru                     AND COMBINATION METER.
Select Monitor.
NOTE:                                                      1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
¼ Subaru Select Monitor                                    2) Disconnect connector from connector (i10) and
For detailed operation procedure, refer to the             ECM connector.
                                                           3) Measure resistance between ECM and chassis
“READ CURRENT DATA SHOWN ON DISPLAY
                                                           ground.
FOR ENGINE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3C4].>
                                                           Connector & terminal
        : Does the value change less than 0.12                (B136) No. 27 — Chassis ground:
          V by shaking harness and connector
          of ECM while monitoring the value
          with Subaru Select Monitor?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
          returned to a normal condition at this
          time. A temporary poor contact of the
          connector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
                                                                                                   B2M3823A
¼ Poor contact in combination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
                                                                   : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
¼ Poor contact in coupling connectors (B99 and
R57)                                                               : Go to step 11AO6.
                                                                   : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                     between ECM and combination meter
                                                                     connector.

                                                     473
2-7   [T11AO6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AO6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       11AO8 :     CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           AND COMBINATION METER.
                                                           1) Disconnect connector from fuel pump assem-
Measure resistance between ECM and combina-                bly.
tion meter connector.                                      2) Measure resistance between fuel pump assem-
Connector & terminal                                       bly and chassis ground.
   (B136) No. 27 — (i10) No. 8:                            Connector & terminal
                                                              (R59) No. 2 — Chassis ground:




                                          H2M3619A
                                                                                                     B2M3729A
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Repair or replace combination meter.                      : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
          <Ref. to 6-2 [W8A0].>                                     : Go to step 11AO9.
        : Repair open circuit between ECM and                       : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank
          combination meter connector.                                cord.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                        11AO9 :     CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
Poor contact in coupling connector (i1)
                                                           WARNING:
11AO7 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                           During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
                                                           than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                           1) Remove fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to 2-8
2) Disconnect connector from fuel sub level sen-
                                                           [W3A0].>
sor.
3) Measure resistance between fuel sub level sen-          2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
sor and chassis ground.                                    and terminals with its float set to the full position.
Connector & terminal                                       Terminals
   (R59) No. 1 — Chassis ground:                               No. 3 — No. 6:




                                          B2M3728A                                                    B2M3730


        : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?                         : Is the resistance between 0.5 and 2.5
        : Go to step 11AO8.                                           Ω?
        : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank                  : Go to step 11AO10.
          cord.                                                     : Replace fuel level sensor.

                                                     474
                                         DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AO10] 2-7
                                                         11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AO10 :      CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
              SOR.

WARNING:
During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Remove fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
[W6A0].>
2) Measure resistance between fuel sub level sen-
sor and terminals with its float set to the full posi-
tion.
Terminals
    No. 1 — No. 2:




                                           B2M3731


         : Is the resistance between 0.5 and 2.5
           Ω?
         : Repair poor contact in harness between
           ECM and combination meter connector.
         : Replace fuel sub level sensor.




                                                         475
2-7   [T11AP0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AP: DTC P0463 — FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3558



11AP1 :    CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND
           TACHOMETER OPERATION IN
           COMBINATION METER.

        : Does speedometer and tachometer
          operate normally?
        : Go to step 11AP2.
        : Repair or replace combination meter.
          <Ref. to 6-2 [W8A0].>




                                                  476
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AP4] 2-7
                                                  11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AP2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                   11AP3 :    CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM.

1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)             1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and            2) Disconnect combination meter connector (i10)
chassis ground.                                         and ECM connector.
Connector & terminal                                    3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
   (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):              4) Measure voltage of harness between ECM and
                                                        chassis ground.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 27 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                    B2M2652A


       : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
                                                                                                B2M3726A
       : Go to step 11AP3.
       : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has
                                                                : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
         returned to a normal condition at this
         time. A temporary poor contact of the                  : Go to step 11AP4.
         connector may be the cause.                            : Repair battery short circuit between
NOTE:                                                             ECM and combination meter connector.
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Poor contact in fuel pump connector                   11AP4 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (B22, B97                     AND FUEL TANK CORD.
and R57)
                                                        1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                        2) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R57) and
                                                        rear wiring harness connector (R15).
                                                        3) Measure resistance between ECM and fuel
                                                        tank cord.
                                                        Connector & terminal
                                                           (B136) No. 27 — (R15) No. 3:




                                                                                                H2M3561A


                                                                : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?
                                                                : Go to step 11AP5.
                                                                : Repair open circuit between ECM and
                                                                  fuel tank cord.

                                                  477
2-7   [T11AP5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AP5 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN                          11AP7 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
           FUEL TANK CORD AND CHASSIS
           GROUND.                                        1) Disconnect connector from fuel sub level sen-
                                                          sor.
Measure resistance between fuel tank cord and             2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
chassis ground.                                           and fuel sub level sensor.
Connector & terminal                                      Connector & terminal
   (R15) No. 2 — Chassis ground:                             (R58) No. 3 — (R59) No. 2:




                                      H2M3562A                                                 B2M0937A


        : Is the resistance less than 5 Ω?                        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
        : Go to step 11AP6.                                       : Go to step 11AP8.
        : Repair open circuit between fuel tank                   : Repair open circuit between fuel level
          cord and chassis ground.                                  sensor and fuel sub level sensor.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:                       11AP8 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.
Poor contact in coupling connectors (B22 and B97)
                                                          Measure resistance between fuel sub level sensor
11AP6 :    CHECK FUEL TANK CORD.                          and coupling connector.
                                                          Connector & terminal
1) Disconnect connector from fuel level sensor.
                                                             (R57) No. 3 — (R59) No. 1:
2) Measure resistance between fuel level sensor
and coupling connector.
Connector & terminal
   (R57) No. 2 — (R58) No. 5:




                                                                                               H2M3564A


                                                                  : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
                                                                  : Go to step 11AP9.
                                      H2M3563A
                                                                  : Repair open circuit between coupling
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?                         connector and fuel sub level sensor.
        : Go to step 11AP7.
        : Repair open circuit between coupling
          connector and fuel level sensor.


                                                    478
                                     DIAGNOSTICS                                              [T11AP10] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AP9 :    CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.                       11AP10 :     CHECK FUEL SUB LEVEL SEN-
                                                                       SOR.
WARNING:
During work procedures, if fuel tank is more              WARNING:
than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.         During work procedures, if fuel tank is more
                                                          than 3/4 full, be careful because fuel may spill.
1) Remove fuel pump assembly. <Ref. to 2-8
[W3A0].>                                                  1) Remove fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
2) While moving fuel level sensor float up and            [W6A0].>
down, measure resistance between fuel level sen-          2) Measure resistance between connector termi-
sor terminals.                                            nals of fuel sub level sensor.
Terminals                                                 Terminals
    No. 3 — No. 6:                                            No. 1 — No. 2:




                                       B2M3730                                                     B2M0936


        : Is the resistance more than 54.5 Ω?                     : Is the resistance more than 41.5 Ω?
        : Go to step 11AP10.                                      : Replace combination meter. <Ref. to 6-2
                                                                    [W8A0].>
        : Replace fuel level sensor. <Ref. to 2-8
          [W3A0].>                                                : Replace fuel sub level sensor. <Ref. to
                                                                    2-8 [W6A0].>




                                                    479
2-7   [T11AQ0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AQ: DTC P0480 — COOLING FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Radiator fan does not operate properly.
  ¼ Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3565




                                                  480
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AQ3] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AQ1 :    CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM                         11AQ2 :     CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT
           ECM.                                                         IN RADIATOR FAN RELAY 1 CON-
                                                                        TROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower por-            1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
tion of instrument panel (on the driver’s side), to         2) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
the side of the center console box.                         3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM
                                                            connector and chassis ground.
                                                            Connector & terminal
                                                               (B134) No. 3 — Chassis ground:




                                       S2M0259B

3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) While operating radiator fan relay, measure
                                                                                                    B2M2655A
voltage between ECM terminal and ground.
NOTE:                                                               : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
Radiator fan relay operation can be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor. For procedure, refer to                      : Repair ground short circuit in radiator
“COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK                                     fan relay 1 control circuit.
MODE”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T3F0].>                                        : Go to step 11AQ3.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 3 (+) — Chassis ground (−):                   11AQ3 :     CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR
                                                                        RELAY.

                                                            1) Remove main fan relay from A/C relay holder.
                                                            2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                            3) Measure voltage between fuse and relay box
                                                            (F/B) connector and chassis ground.
                                                            Connector & terminal
                                                               (F66) No. 28 (+) — Chassis ground (−):

                                       B2M2654A


        : Does voltage change between 0 and
          10 V?
        : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
        : Go to step 11AQ2.


                                                                                                    H2M3234A


                                                                    : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
                                                                    : Go to step 11AQ4.
                                                                    : Repair open circuit in harness between
                                                                      ignition switch and fuse and relay box
                                                                      (F/B) connector.

                                                      481
2-7   [T11AQ4]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AQ4 :    CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY.                          11AQ6 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.                           Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay con-
2) Measure resistance between main fan relay ter-         nector. <Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1].>
minals.                                                           : Is there poor contact in ECM or main
Terminal                                                            fan relay connector?
    No. 5 — No. 6:                                                : Repair poor contact in ECM or main fan
                                                                    relay connector.
                                                                  : Contact with SOA service.




                                       S2M0434


        : Is the resistance between 87 and 107
          Ω?
        : Go to step 11AQ5.
        : Replace main fan relay.

11AQ5 :    CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAIN
           FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT.

Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
main fan relay connector.
Connector & terminal
   (B134) No. 3 — (F66) No. 27:




                                      S2M1034A


        : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
        : Go to step 11AQ6.
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and main
fan relay connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)


                                                    482
        DIAGNOSTICS                                      [T11AQ6] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               483
2-7   [T11AR0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AR: DTC P0483 — COOLING FAN FUNCTION PROBLEM —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Occurrence of noise
  ¼ Overheating
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal
cooling function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                    H2M3566




                                                    484
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AR1] 2-7
                                                  11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AR1 :   CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
          PLAY.

      : Is there any other DTC on display?
      : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.
        Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for
        2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
      : Check engine cooling system. <Ref. to
        2-5 [T100].>




                                                  485
2-7   [T11AS0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AS: DTC P0500 — VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Immediately at fault recognition
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                               H2M3567



11AS1 :    CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                        11AS3 :   CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERA-
                                                                     TION IN COMBINATION METER.
        : Is transmission type AT?
        : Go to step 11AS2.                                      : Does speedometer operate nor-
                                                                   mally?
        : Go to step 11AS3.
                                                                 : Go to step 11AS4.
11AS2 :    CHECK DTC P0720 ON DISPLAY.                           : Check speedometer and vehicle speed
                                                                   sensor. <Ref. to 6-2 [K3A0].>
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0720?
        : Check vehicle speed sensor 2 signal cir-
          cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>
        : Go to step 11AS3.




                                                     486
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AS4] 2-7
                                                  11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AS4 :   CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM
          AND COMBINATION METER CON-
          NECTOR.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
3) Measure resistance between ECM and combi-
nation meter.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 24 — (i12) No. 10:




                                    H2M3568A


       : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?
       : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
       : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open circuit in harness between ECM and com-
bination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector
¼ Poor contact in combination meter connector
¼ Poor contact in coupling connector (i1)




                                                  487
2-7   [T11AT0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AT: DTC P0506 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine is difficult to start.
  ¼ Engine does not start.
  ¼ Erroneous idling
  ¼ Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3580




                                                  488
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11AT2] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AT1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P1510, P1511, P1512, P1513,
          P1514, P1515, P1516 or P1517?
        : Inspect DTC P1510, P1511, P1512,
          P1513, P1514, P1515, P1516 or P1517
          using “11. Diagnostics Chart with
          Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models”.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0506.
         : Go to step 11AT2.

11AT2 :    CHECK AIR BY-PASS LINE.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from
throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A2].>
3) Remove throttle body from intake manifold.
<Ref. to 2-7 [W2A2].>
4) Using an air gun, force air into idle air control
solenoid valve installation area. Confirm that
forced air subsequently escapes from throttle body
interior.
        : Does air flow out?
        : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A2].>
        : Replace throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7
          [W2A2].>




                                                       489
2-7   [T11AU0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AU: DTC P0507 — IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified idling revolution.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                     H2M3580



11AU1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                   11AU2 :     CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
           PLAY.
                                                         1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or              2) Start engine, and idle it.
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate              3) Check the following items.
          DTC P1510, P1511, P1512, P1513,                ¼ Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air
          P1514, P1515, P1516 or P1517?                  control solenoid valve and throttle body
        : Inspect DTC P1510, P1511, P1512,               ¼ Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control
          P1513, P1514, P1515, P1516 or P1517            solenoid valve gasket and throttle body gasket
          using “11. Diagnostics Chart with              ¼ Disconnections of vacuum hoses
          Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models”.                      : Is there a fault in air intake system?
          <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>                                 : Repair air suction and leaks.
NOTE:                                                            : Go to step 11AU3.
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC
P0507.
         : Go to step 11AU2.

                                                   490
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AU4] 2-7
                                                     11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AU3 :    CHECK THROTTLE CABLE.

        : Does throttle cable have play for
          adjustment?
        : Go to step 11AU4.
        : Adjust throttle cable. <Ref. to 4-5
          [W1A3].>

11AU4 :    CHECK AIR BY-PASS LINE.

1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove idle air control solenoid valve from
throttle body. <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A2].>
3) Confirm that there are no foreign particles in
by-pass air line.
        : Are foreign particles in by-pass air
          line?
        : Remove foreign particles from by-pass
          air line.
        : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
          <Ref. to 2-7 [W15A2].>




                                                     491
2-7   [T11AV0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AV: DTC P0601 — INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MEMORY CHECK SUM
ERROR —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Engine does not start.
  ¼ Engine stalls.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3570



11AV1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-
           PLAY.

        : Does the Subaru Select Monitor or
          OBD-II general scan tool indicate
          DTC P0601?
        : Replace ECM. <Ref. to 2-7 [W19A0].>
        : It is not necessary to inspect DTC
          P0601.




                                                  492
        DIAGNOSTICS                                       [T11AV1] 2-7
              11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


MEMO:




               493
2-7   [T11AW0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AW: DTC P0703 — BRAKE SWITCH INPUT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     B2M3790



11AW1 :     CHECK OPERATION OF BRAKE
            LIGHT.

        : Does brake light come on when
          depressing the brake pedal?
        : Go to step 11AW2.
        : Repair or replace brake light circuit.




                                                   494
                                   DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11AW4] 2-7
                                                  11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AW2 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM                    11AW3 :     CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM
           AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON-                              AND BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CON-
           NECTOR.                                                  NECTOR.

1) Disconnect connectors from TCM and brake             Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
light switch.                                           chassis ground.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM            Connector & terminal
and brake light switch connector.                          (B55) No. 24 — Chassis ground:
Connector & terminal
   (B55) No. 24 — (B64) No. 2:
   (B55) No. 24 — (B65) No. 3 (With cruise
   control):




                                                                                                B2M2548A


                                                                : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ?
                                                                : Go to step 11AW4.
                                    B2M2547A
                                                                : Repair ground short circuit in harness
                                                                  between TCM and brake light switch
       : Is the resistance less than 1 Ω?
                                                                  connector.
       : Go to step 11AW3.
       : Repair or replace harness and connec-          11AW4 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
         tor.
NOTE:                                                   1) Connect connectors to TCM and brake light
In this case, repair the following:                     switch.
¼ Open circuit in harness between TCM and brake         2) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
light switch connector                                  ground.
¼ Poor contact in TCM connector
¼ Poor contact in brake light switch connector          Connector & terminal
                                                           (B55) No. 24 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                                                                                B2M2549A


                                                                : Is the voltage less than 1 V when
                                                                  releasing the brake pedal?
                                                                : Go to step 11AW5.
                                                                : Adjust or replace brake light switch.
                                                                  <Ref. to 4-5 [W1A1].>


                                                  495
2-7   [T11AW5]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11AW5 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.

Measure voltage between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
   (B55) No. 24 (+) — Chassis ground (−):




                                      B2M2549A


        : Is the voltage more than 10 V when
          depressing the brake pedal?
        : Go to step 11AW6.
        : Adjust or replace brake light switch.
          <Ref. to 4-5 [W1A1].>

11AW6 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
          tor?
        : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                  496
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T11BA0] 2-7
                                                    11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


AX: DTC P0705 — TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Starter does not rotate when selector lever is in “P” or “N” range.
  ¼ Starter rotates when selector lever is in “R”, “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” range.
  ¼ Engine brake is not effected when selector lever is in “3” range.
  ¼ Shift characteristics are erroneous.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9T0].>
AY: DTC P0710 — TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift up to 4th speed (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8D0].>
AZ: DTC P0715 — TORQUE CONVERTER TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check torque converter turbine speed sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
BA: DTC P0720 — OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2)
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8F0].>


                                                        497
2-7   [T11BB0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BB: DTC P0725 — ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ AT diagnostic indicator light (AT OIL TEMP indicator light) remains on when vehicle speed is “0”.
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check engine speed input signal circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8C0].>
BC: DTC P0731 — GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11BF0].>
BD: DTC P0732 — GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11BF0].>
BE: DTC P0733 — GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO —
NOTE:
For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0734. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11BF0].>




                                                  498
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11BF6] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BF: DTC P0734 — GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected in “3” range; excessive shift shock; exces-
  sive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

11BF1 :    CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                       11BF4 :    CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER
           PLAY.                                                        TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIR-
                                                                        CUIT.
        : Is there any other DTC on display?
        : Inspect relevant DTC using “11. Diag-              Check torque converter turbine speed sensor cir-
          nostics Chart with Trouble Code for                cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>                    : Is there any trouble in torque con-
        : Go to step 11BF2.                                            verter turbine speed sensor circuit?
                                                                     : Repair or replace torque converter tur-
                                                                       bine speed sensor circuit.
11BF2 :    CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
           SENSOR CIRCUIT.                                           : Go to step 11BF5.

Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2         11BF5 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.
[T8E0].>
        : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-             Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
          tion sensor circuit?                               FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Repair or replace throttle position sen-                   : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
          sor circuit.                                                 tor?
        : Go to step 11BF3.                                          : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
                                                                     : Go to step 11BF6.
11BF3 :    CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
           2 CIRCUIT.                                        11BF6 :    CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2           Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmis-
[T8F0].>                                                     sion.
        : Is there any trouble in vehicle speed                      : Is there any mechanical trouble in
          sensor 2 circuit?                                            automatic transmission?
        : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor                     : Repair or replace automatic transmis-
          2 circuit.                                                   sion. <Ref. to 3-2 [W100].>
                                                                     : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>
        : Go to step 11BF4.




                                                       499
2-7   [T11BG0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BG: DTC P0740 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
  ¼ No shift or excessive tight corner “braking”
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.

11BG1 :     CHECK ANY OTHER DTC ON DIS-                      11BG4 :     CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER
            PLAY.                                                        TURBINE SPEED SENSOR CIR-
                                                                         CUIT.
        : Is there any other DTC on display?
        : Inspect the relevant DTC using “11.                Check torque converter turbine speed sensor cir-
          Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for            cuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8G0].>
          2500 cc Models”. <Ref. to 2-7 [T11A0].>                     : Is there any trouble in torque con-
        : Go to step 11BG2.                                             verter turbine speed sensor circuit?
                                                                      : Repair or replace torque converter tur-
11BG2 :     CHECK LOCK-UP DUTY SOLE-                                    bine speed sensor circuit.
            NOID CIRCUIT.                                             : Go to step 11BG5.

Check lock-up duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2            11BG5 :     CHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT
[T8P0].>                                                                 CIRCUIT.
        : Is there any trouble in lock-up duty
          solenoid circuit?                                  Check engine speed input circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
        : Repair or replace lock-up duty solenoid            [T8C0].>
          circuit.                                                    : Is there any trouble in engine speed
        : Go to step 11BG3.                                             input circuit?
                                                                      : Repair or replace engine speed input
11BG3 :     CHECK THROTTLE POSITION                                     circuit.
            SENSOR CIRCUIT.                                           : Go to step 11BG6.

Check throttle position sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2         11BG6 :     CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIR-
[T8E0].>                                                                 CUIT.
        : Is there any trouble in throttle posi-
          tion sensor circuit?                               Check inhibitor switch circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T9T0].>
        : Repair or replace throttle position sen-                    : Is there any trouble in inhibitor
          sor circuit.                                                  switch circuit?
        : Go to step 11BG4.                                           : Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
                                                                      : Go to step 11BG7.




                                                       500
                                      DIAGNOSTICS                                               [T11BG10] 2-7
                                                      11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11BG7 :    CHECK BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH
           CIRCUIT.

Check brake light switch circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
[T11AW0].>
        : Is there any trouble in brake light
          switch circuit?
        : Repair or replace brake light switch cir-
          cuit.
        : Go to step 11BG8.

11BG8 :    CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SEN-
           SOR CIRCUIT.

Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. <Ref. to 3-2
[T8D0].>
        : Is there any trouble in ATF tempera-
          ture sensor circuit?
        : Repair or replace ATF temperature sen-
          sor circuit.
        : Go to step 11BG9.

11BG9 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.

Check poor contact in TCM connector. <Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1].>
        : Is there poor contact in TCM connec-
          tor?
        : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
        : Go to step 11BG10.

11BG10 :     CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.

Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmis-
sion.
        : Is there any mechanical trouble in
          automatic transmission?
        : Repair or replace automatic transmis-
          sion. <Ref. to 3-2 [W100].>
        : Replace TCM. <Ref. to 3-2 [W23A0].>




                                                      501
2-7   [T11BH0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BH: DTC P0743 — TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM (LOCK-UP
DUTY SOLENOID) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check lock-up duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8P0].>
BI: DTC P0748 — PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID (LINE PRESSURE DUTY
SOLENOID) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Excessive shift shock
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check line pressure duty solenoid circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8N0].>
BJ: DTC P0753 — SHIFT SOLENOID A (SHIFT SOLENOID 1) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 1 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8J0].>
BK: DTC P0758 — SHIFT SOLENOID B (SHIFT SOLENOID 2) ELECTRICAL —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ No shift
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
NOTE:
Check shift solenoid 2 circuit. <Ref. to 3-2 [T8K0].>




                                                    502
                                       DIAGNOSTICS                                                 [T11BL1] 2-7
                                                       11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BL: DTC P1100 — STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT —
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Failure of engine to start
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                                         H2M3536



11BL1 :    CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER
           MOTOR.

NOTE:
¼ Depress the clutch pedal (MT).
¼ Place the inhibitor switch in the “P” or “N” posi-
tion (AT).
        : Does starter motor operate when
          ignition switch to “ST”?
        : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
¼ Open or ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and starter motor connector.
¼ Poor contact in ECM connector.
         : Check starter motor circuit. <Ref. to 2-7
           [T8B0].>

                                                       503
2-7   [T11BM0]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


BM: DTC P1101 — NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW INPUT [MT
VEHICLES] OR NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT [AT
VEHICLES]—
¼ DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
  ¼ Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
¼ TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
  ¼ Erroneous idling
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct CLEAR MEMORY MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3D0].>
and INSPECTION MODE <Ref. to 2-7 [T3E0].>.
¼ WIRING DIAGRAM:




                                                                                     H2M3572




                                                                                     H2M3573




                                                  504
                                    DIAGNOSTICS                                             [T11BM5] 2-7
                                                 11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11BM1 :   CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.                     11BM4 :     CHECK POOR CONTACT.

       : Is transmission type MT?                      Check poor contact in ECM connector. <Ref. to
       : Go to step 11BM2.                             FOREWORD [T3C1].>
       : Go to step 11BM8.                                     : Is there poor contact in ECM connec-
                                                                 tor?
11BM2 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.                          : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
                                                               : Contact with SOA service.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.                         NOTE:
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis             Inspection by DTM is required, because probable
ground.                                                cause is deterioration of multiple parts.
Connector & terminal
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):             11BM5 :     CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION
                                                                   SWITCH.

                                                       1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
                                                       2) Disconnect connector from transmission har-
                                                       ness.
                                                       3) Measure resistance between transmission har-
                                                       ness and connector terminals.
                                                       Connector & terminal
                                                          (T2) No. 1 — No. 2:
                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage more than 10 V in neu-
         tral position?
       : Go to step 11BM3.
       : Go to step 11BM5.

11BM3 :   CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.

                                                                                               OBD0469A
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
ground.
                                                               : Is the resistance more than 1 MΩ in
Connector & terminal                                             neutral position?
   (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
                                                               : Go to step 11BM6.
                                                               : Repair short circuit in transmission har-
                                                                 ness or replace neutral position switch.




                                    B2M2091A


       : Is the voltage less than 1 V in other
         positions?
       : Go to step 11BM4.
       : Go to step 11BM5.

                                                 505
2-7   [T11BM6]                           DIAGNOSTICS
11. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code for 2500 cc Models


11BM6 :    CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM                       11BM9 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
           AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
           CONNECTOR.                                      1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
                                                           2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
Measure resistance between ECM and chassis                 ground in selector lever “N” and “P” positions.
ground.
                                                           Connector & terminal
Connector & terminal                                          (B135) No. 26 (+) — Chassis ground (−):
   (B135) No. 26 — Chassis ground:




                                                                                                    B2M2091A
                                      B2M2092A

                                                                    : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
        : Is the resistance less than 10 Ω?                         : Go to step 11BM10.
        : Repair ground short circuit in harness                    : Go to step 11BM12.
          between ECM and transmission har-
          ness connector.
                                                           11BM10 :     CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR
        : Go to step 11BM7.                                             ECM.

11BM7 :    CHECK POOR CONTACT.                             Measure voltage between ECM and chassis
                                                           ground in selector lever except for “N” and “P” posi-
Check poor contact in